The Act Of 7 September 1991 On The Education System

Original Language Title: USTAWA z dnia 7 września 1991 r. o systemie oświaty

Subscribe to a Global-Regulation Premium Membership Today!

Key Benefits:

Subscribe Now for only USD$20 per month, or Get a Day Pass for only USD$4.99.
Education in the Republic of Poland is the common good of society as a whole; be guided by the principles embodied in the Constitution of the Republic of Poland, as well as the indications contained in the Universal Declaration of human rights, the International Covenant on Civil and political rights and the Convention on the rights of the child. Teaching and education-while respecting the Christian system of values-the basis adopt a universal ethics. Training and education is developing in adolescents a sense of responsibility, love the motherland and respect for Polish cultural heritage, while at the same time open to the values of the cultures of Europe and the world. The school must provide each student the conditions necessary for its development, prepare it to fulfil family responsibilities and citizenship based on the principles of solidarity, democracy, tolerance, justice and freedom.



Chapter 1 General provisions article 1. 1. [the objectives of the education system] Education System provides in particular: 1) the implementation of the right of every citizen of the Republic of Poland, to education and the right of children and adolescents to upbringing and care, appropriate to age and achieved;

2) power by educational school, the role of the family;

3) the possibility of setting up and running of schools and by the various actors;

4) adjust the content, methods and organization of teaching to students ' psycho-physical capabilities, as well as the ability to enlist the help of Psycho-pedagogy and special education work;

5) the possibility of learning in all types of schools for disabled children and young people, socially and ill-affected the market hitherto, in accordance with individual needs, and developmental education and predispositions;

5A) take care of students with disabilities by facilitating the implementation of individualized learning process, forms and curricula and activities rewalidacyjnych;

6) take care of students especially uzdolnionymi by enabling the implementation of individual study programmes and school graduation of each type in the summary;

7) promoting access to schools, which allows you to complete further training in higher education;

8) Refillable by adults education, acquisition or change of professional qualifications and specialized;

9) reducing the differences in terms of education, upbringing and care between different regions of the country, and especially the wielkomiejskimi centres and rural areas;

10) maintenance of safe and hygienic conditions of science, education and health care in schools and institutions;

11) the dissemination among children and adolescents knowledge about the principles of sustainable development and the shaping of attitudes, to foster its implementation in local, national and global scale;

12) care of students in hardship and life;

13) adjust the direction and content of training to labour market requirements;

13A) the evolution of the entrepreneurial attitudes of students to foster active participation in economic life;

14) preparing pupils to choose profession and direction of training;

15) the conditions for the development of the interests and talents of students by organizing extra-curricular and out-and the evolution of social activity and leisure skills;

16) the dissemination among children and adolescents knowledge about safety and shaping appropriate attitudes towards risks and emergencies.

Article. 2. the [system of education] Educational System includes: 1) kindergartens, including oddziałami integracyjnymi, kindergarten, special, and other forms of pre-school education;

2) school: a), including: special, integrative, oddziałami integracyjnymi and sports and sports championships, b) middle schools, including: special, integrative, bilingual, with oddziałami integracyjnymi, bilingual, and przysposabiającymi to work, sports and sports championships, c) secondary, including: special, integrative, bilingual, with oddziałami integracyjnymi, bilingual and sports, sports, sports championships, agriculture and forestry, d) art;

3 educational institutions), including school youth hostels, to develop interests and talents and the use of the various forms of leisure and free time;

3A) lifelong learning facility, practical training and further training centres and training, obtaining and supplementing the knowledge, skills and professional qualifications;

3B) artistic outpost-artistic outbreak to developing interests and artistic talents;

4) psychological services, including specialized services providing teaching children, young people, parents and teachers to help Psycho-pedagogy, as well as help students in choosing the direction of education and profession;

5 youth educational centres), youth socjoterapii centres, special-educational and special educational centres for children and young people that require the use of a special organization of science, working methods and upbringing, as well as the centres for children and young people referred to in article 1. 16. 7, as well as children and adolescents with mental retardation with a charge-up implementation of the obligation referred to in article 2. 14 paragraph 1. 3, compulsory education and science;

6) (repealed);

7) facility to ensure the care and upbringing of the students during the learning outside the place of residence;

8) (repealed);

9) training establishments and teacher training institutions;

10) pedagogical library;

11) colleges of social services workers.

Article. 2A. [NGOs] 1. The system of education shall encourage non-governmental organizations, including Scout organizations, and also legal entities registered in education and upbringing.

2. Public authorities carrying out school and interact with the entities referred to in paragraph 1. 1, in the performance of the tasks referred to in article 1. 1.3. The education system can also support the organizational units of the National Fire Department and other relevant departments in the activities aimed at enhancing the safety of children and youth, including in the field of fire protection.

4. Public administration bodies, including leading authorities and school facility, interact with the entities referred to in paragraph 1. 3, to ensure appropriate conditions for the implementation of the tasks referred to in paragraph 1. 3, and in particular in conducting educational activities from the scope of the safety lifting children and young people, including fire safety.

Article. 3. [Definitions] Whenever further provisions is mentioned without further determine: 1) school-it should be also a kindergarten;

1A) special school or special branch – it should be accordingly: a) school or branch for pupils with a need for special education, organised in accordance with the regulations issued on the basis of article. 71 (b) of paragraph 1. 7 section 2 (b)) or school branch of the organized medical entity referred to in the provisions on the activities of the medical and social assistance unit, to the education of children and youth residing in the body or unit where appropriate for organising the training and specific actions for the education and care-educational, organized in accordance with the regulations issued on the basis of article. 71 c of paragraph 1. 2;

2) art school-it shall mean also the school library and youth culture;

2A) integration branch – it should be a branch of the school, in which pupils with a need for special education learn and grow with the rest of the students, organized in accordance with the regulations issued on the basis of article. 71B hand-held mouth. 7 point 2;

2B) bilingual branch-it should be a branch of the school, in which teaching is conducted in two languages: Polish and foreign modern times being the second language teaching, taught in two languages are at least two educational activities, with the exception of activities involving the Polish language, part of the story on the history of Polish and part of geography on Polish geography, including at least some educational activities selected from among activities involving : biology, chemistry, physics, geography, part relating to geography, overall, part of the story relating to universal history, mathematics or of supplementary items;

2 c) integrative school-it must be a school, in which all branches are oddziałami integracyjnymi;

2D) bilingual school-be it a school, in which all branches are bilingual departments;

2E) agricultural school-ponadgimnazjalną school it only for students in agricultural occupations, for which, in accordance with the classification of occupations, vocational education, referred to in article 14(2). 24 paragraph 1. 1 the Minister it is appropriate to the proper minister of the proper minister of agriculture, rural development or the proper minister of the agricultural markets;

2F) Forest school-ponadgimnazjalną school it only for students in competitions for forestry, for which, in accordance with the classification of occupations, vocational education, referred to in article 14(2). 24 paragraph 1. 1 the Minister it is appropriate to the proper minister of the environment;

2 g) international branch-it should be a branch of the school in which the instruction is carried out in accordance with the curriculum established by the foreign educational institution;

3) facility-it shall mean organizational units mentioned in article 1. 2 paragraph 3 – 5, 7 and 10;


3A) agricultural facility-it shall mean establishments and centres listed in the article. 2 paragraph 3a, obtaining and supplementing the knowledge, skills and professional competence only in occupations for which, in accordance with the classification of occupations, vocational education, referred to in article 14(2). 24 paragraph 1. 1 the Minister it is appropriate to the proper minister of the proper minister of agriculture, rural development or the proper minister of the agricultural markets;

4) (repealed);

5) operating authority school or establishment-it should be the Minister, self-government, other legal and natural persons;

6) (repealed);

7) (repealed);

8) education kuratorze-it should be the head of the Board of education as an organizational unit within the complex composition of General Government in the administrative;

9) teacher-it should be also an educator and another employee of the school and the education establishment, teaching and teacher training institutions;

10) parents-it should be the child's legal guardians as well and people (), holding a replacement Manager over the child;

11) students – it also listeners and alumni;

11A) (repealed);

11B) (repealed);

11 c) sports branch-it should be a branch of the school in which they are carried out sports activities include athletic training, organized in accordance with the regulations issued on the basis of article. 9. 5;

11 d) continuing education centres or training centres practical-it kind of appropriate continuing education facility and practical training;

12) (repealed);

13) under the education programme under the education program or school-it should be compulsory objectives and sets the content of the curriculum, including the skills described in the form of General and special requirements for the knowledge and skills that should be a student after completion of the particular stage of education, and educational tasks of the school, pre-primary education programmes, respectively, included and curricula and to establish criteria for evaluations of educational and examination requirements;

13A) under the training programme in the competition-it should be mandatory training and learning content objectives sets described in the form of expected outcomes: knowledge, professional skills and personal and social competencies, necessary for the occupations or qualifications separate competitions, included in the school curricula and to establish criteria for the evaluation and examination requirements and the conditions for the implementation of the school training in the professions, including the recommended equipment in teaching aids and equipment, and the minimum number of hours of vocational training;

the pre-school education programme 13B) or curriculum to the educational activity data from the scope of the education-it should be a description of how to implement the purposes of education or training and learning content laid down respectively in programming or software based pre-primary education under the education for the educational phase or a description of how the implementation of the objectives of the training and learning content of the educational activity, for which there has been established the basis for education software but the curriculum of those activities was included in the school curriculum of the Assembly referred to in article 2. 22A paragraph 2. (7);

c) curriculum to the profession-it should be a description of how the achievement of the objectives of education and learning content set out in the basis of software training in the professions, in the form of training effects, taking into account the separate qualifications in the profession, in accordance with the classification of occupations, vocational education, referred to in the rules pursuant to article 114. 24 paragraph 1. 1; the curriculum also includes training curricula for each of the mandatory educational activities from the scope of the training in the profession, to be determined by the Director of the school, and in the case of art schools-referred to in the framework teaching plans for those schools;

14) educational tasks, units of local government-it should be the task of education, upbringing and care, including social prevention;

15) school for adults – it should be school, referred to in article 1. 9. 1 points 1, 2 and 3 (b). (b) and (d), in which the separate education and organization to which they are adopted persons 18 years of age, as well as ending 18 years in the calendar year in which they are accepted to the school;

16) lifelong learning-it should be in training schools for adults, as well as obtaining and supplementing the knowledge, skills and professional qualifications in the forms out-by persons who have fulfilled the compulsory education;

17) extracurricular forms-it must be forms for obtaining and supplementing the knowledge, skills and professional qualifications and facilities referred to in article 1. 2 paragraph 3a, as well as vocational qualification;

18) joined niepełnosprawnościach it should be the existence of child niesłyszącego or słabosłyszącego, a blind or słabowidzącego, with a disability movement, mentally handicapped or autistic with at least one of the following disability;

18A) specific learning difficulties-it shall understand the difficulty of learning relating to students in intellectual property, who have difficulty in assimilation learning content, due to the specifics of their operation of the perceptive-cognitive and motor impairment, neurological nieuwarunkowane;

18B) mental upośledzeniu in a slight, moderate, severe or profound – it must be a degree of disability up light, moderate, severe or profound.

19) qualifications in the profession-it should be extracted in the profession a set of expected outcomes, which confirms a certificate issued by the regional examining Board, after passing an examination certifying the qualifications in the profession with regard to one of the qualifications;

20) professional course qualifier-it course, which takes into account the programmatic basis for the curriculum of education in the professions, with regard to one qualification, which enables you to complete accession to the confirmation exam qualifications in the profession in terms of the qualifications;

21) exam confirming qualification in profession-it should be an examination as to obtain a certificate of qualification in the profession with regard to one qualification, and, in the case of obtaining certificates of qualification and profession concerned in all the possession of basic education vocational training referred to in article 2. 11A paragraph 3. 3, or secondary education, as referred to in article 1. 11A paragraph 3. 4-also a diploma certifying the professional competence;

21a) passing-through it understand the examination carried out in the last year of primary school, and art school which meets general education in primary school is in the classroom, where the scope of teaching corresponds to class VI school, checking messages and skills student or listener defined in the basis of a general education programme for the educational phase II;

21B) secondary exam-it should be an examination carried out in the last year of study at junior high school, and the school artistic implement General education in junior high school, in the classroom, where the scope of teaching corresponds to class III middle school, checking messages and skills student or listener defined in the basis of a general education programme for III stage of education;

21 c) graduation exam-it must be exam conducted for graduates with secondary education, referred to in article 1. 11A paragraph 3. 4 to obtain a certificate of maturity;

22) charges for the use of pre-primary education-it shall mean the fees for education, upbringing and care in the nursery or some other form of pre-primary education, carried out at the time of exceeding the time of free education, upbringing and care, determined in accordance with article 8. 6 (2). 1 point 2, paragraph 2. 2 or 2a;

23) manual-it should be approved for school use manual;

24) educational material-be it material, replacing or supplementing a manual to enable the implementation of the curriculum, with a paper form or electronic means;

25) it should be the lecture material intended for students for perpetuating their messages and skills.

Article. 4. [the duties of a teacher] Teacher in their teaching and educational activities is required to drive out good students care about their health, moral attitude and citizenship while respecting the dignity of the student.

Article. 4A. [security software] schools and establishments to ensure students access to the Internet are required to take action to safeguard students from access to the content, which may pose a threat to their proper development and, in particular, install and update security software.

Article. 5. [School and] 1. The school and the school and the public service can be either a private placement.

2. The school and, subject to paragraph 2. 3A-3e may be assumed and carried out by: 1) self-government;

2) another legal person;

3) a natural person.

3. Government entities may establish and maintain only the school and the public service.


3A. The proper Minister of the Interior and the Minister of national defence may establish and maintain public schools and establishments referred to in the rules pursuant to article 114. 29.3b. The proper Minister of education and upbringing: 1) implies and leads: a) school, schools and school consultation diplomatic delegations at points of consular offices and military delegations of the Republic of Poland in order to Polish citizens education of children temporarily residing abroad, (b)) public teacher training institutions circulated;

2) may establish and maintain: (a)) public schools and of an experimental, b) public facility continuing education circulated.

3 c. the proper Minister of culture and national heritage protection assumes and leads public art schools and establishments referred to in article 1. 2 paragraph 7, for high school students, as well as art school teacher training institutions.

3D. The proper Minister of agriculture: 1) may establish and maintain public schools agricultural facilities and the importance of regional and supra-regional;

2) may establish and maintain a public teacher training establishments for vocational subjects, who teach in schools.

3E. The proper Minister of the environment may assume and lead public schools.

3F. The Minister of Justice may establish and maintain public schools and correctional establishments and hostels for minors and public schools and in prisons and prisons. School and at prisons and prisons operate within their structure.

3 g job training school may fire-fighting techniques and only the proper minister of the Interior.

4. (repealed).

5. The establishment and operation of public kindergartens, including oddziałami integracyjnymi, special education and other forms of pre-school education, referred to in article 1. 14A paragraph 6. 1A, primary schools and secondary schools, including oddziałami integracyjnymi, with the exception of special schools and special secondary schools, art schools and high schools at prisons, correctional facilities and shelters for minors, to the tasks of their own communities.

5a. The establishment and operation of public elementary and secondary schools, special schools, including oddziałami integracyjnymi, schools sports and sports championships and establishments referred to in article 1. 2 paragraph 3 – 5 and 7, with the exception of schools and institutions about the importance of regional and supra-regional, belongs to the County's own tasks, subject to the provisions of paragraph 2. 3 c. 5b. Government entities may establish and maintain schools and establishments whose conduct does not belong to their own tasks, following the conclusion of an agreement with a unit of local government for which the conduct of a particular type of school or facility is a task, and, in the case of art schools-with the Minister responsible for Cultural Affairs and the protection of the national heritage.

5 c. the Provision of paragraph 1. 5B shall also apply in the event of a transfer of schools and facilities between units of local government.

5 conduct of art schools and establishments referred to in article 1. 2 paragraph 7, for high school students, as well as teacher training establishments, art schools can be transferred by agreement between the competent Minister for culture and protection of national heritage and the local government.

5E. The conduct of public agricultural school and agricultural establishments, the importance of regional and supra-regional and public forest schools may be transferred by agreement to be concluded between the competent Minister and the local government.

5F. the agreement referred to in paragraph 1. 5E, the parties may specify the transfer mode property, which is up in the possession of public schools and agricultural establishments, the importance of regional and supra-regional and public forest schools, necessary for the proper performance of the tasks referred to in paragraph 1. 7.5 g. The unit of local government, which is the leading organ of the school with no more than 70 students, on the basis of the resolutions of the founding authority of that undertaking and following a favourable opinion of the authority holding the pedagogical supervision, may delegate, by contract, a legal person other than the unit of local government, with the exception of those referred to in paragraph 1. 5ga, or a natural person, such a school.

5ga. local Government Unit may not entrust or delegate tasks, referred to in article 1. 5A paragraph 2. 2-2b, a legal entity created by the unit of local government or a legal person in which the unit of local Government has, or which you want to share. In particular, the unit of local government may not pass such legal person driving school on the basis of paragraph 1. 5 g, or grant its authorization for the establishment of a public school, or any other form of pre-school education on the basis of article. 58 paragraph 1. 3.5 h. The agreement referred to in paragraph 1. 5 g, specifies in particular: 1) in the case of elementary school and junior high school-an indication of whether the school is determined by the circuit;

2) mode of acquisition of the school or facility by the local government in the cases referred to in paragraph 1. 50 and 5 k;

3) conditions of use of property acquired the school or facility;

4) mode checking compliance with the conditions of the contract;

5) conditions and termination of the contract by notice.

5. The school or facility acquired in accordance with paragraph 1. 5 g shall apply recipes for schools and public facilities operated by non-government bodies, legal persons or natural persons, with the exception of article 5. 58 paragraph 1. 3-5.

50. the local Government shall take over the running of the school or facility passed a legal person of a non-government entity or natural person, if the person or school assignment has not exercised command, referred to in article 1. paragraph 34. 1 or 2, the law or violates the conditions for the pursuit of the school or institution specified in the agreement referred to in paragraph 1. 5 g. In this case the agreement shall terminate on the date of acquisition of the school or facility by the local government.

5 k. A legal person which is not a Government entity or natural person who has assumed to conduct school or a public service on the basis of an agreement referred to in paragraph 1. 5 g, may not eliminate this school or facility; at the request of that person, the body of local government, which gave the school or facility, takes over her conduct as specified in the agreement referred to in paragraph 1. 5 g. 5 l unit of local Government shall be notified within 6 months before the date of the transfer of the school or institution to carry out a legal person of a non-government entity or natural person, employees of the school or facility and of the date of the transfer of trade union organization operates the school or facility, its grounds, legal, economic and social consequences for employees, as well as new working conditions and pay.

5. Teacher, within 3 months of obtaining the information referred to in paragraph 1. 5 l, may submit a statement of refusal to move to the school or public facility being acquired to carry out a non-government entity by a legal person or a natural person.

5N. A declaration referred to in paragraph 1. 5 m, resulting in termination of employment on grounds referred to in article 1. 20 paragraph 1. 1 of the law of 26 January 1982 – Teacher Card, from the date of the transfer of the school or facility, unless a teacher until termination agrees to transfer to another school or facility run by a unit of local government.

5O. A legal person which is not a Government entity, or a natural person who has taken over the school or service, on the basis of an agreement referred to in paragraph 1. 5 g, as from the date of acquisition of the school or institution is obliged to propose for teachers on writing new working conditions and pay and indicate a time limit of not less than 7 days, to which teachers have to submit a declaration of acceptance or refusal of acceptance of the proposed conditions.

5 p. Refusal to accept new work conditions and pay, referred to in paragraph 1. 5 °, resulting in termination of employment of a teacher with the expiry of 3 months from the date by which the teacher had to make a statement referred to in paragraph 1. 5 ° to a teacher who refused to accept the new conditions of work and pay, shall apply mutatis mutandis the provisions of resolving employment relationship for reasons directly attributable to the employer.

5R. Pending the adoption of new working conditions and pay, or termination due to the refusal of their adoption, in respect of the rights and obligations of the teacher shall apply recipes so far.

6. Setting up and conducting public education and teacher training establishments, establishments, libraries, education and schools and establishments referred to in paragraph 1. 5A regional or supra-regional local government tasks to the province, subject to the provisions of paragraph 2. 3 c and 6 c.

6a. The County and municipality can establish and maintain their own tasks within the framework of the public teacher training institutions, teacher training and teaching library, subject to the provisions of paragraph 2. 3 c 6b. (repealed).

6 c. public network Plan educational and teacher training establishments, libraries, education and schools and establishments referred to in paragraph 1. 6, defines the strategy for the development of the province determined on the basis of separate provisions.

6 d. setting up public social services staff colleges belong to the own tasks of the Government.


7. the host school or facility is responsible for its activities. The tasks of the authority leading the school or facility shall, in particular: 1) ensure that the operating conditions of the school or facility, including safe and hygienic conditions of science, education and care;

1A) to ensure the conditions for the use of a special science organization and methods of work for children and adolescents covered by special education;

2) executing repairs of school facilities and investment tasks in this field;

3) provide support, including financial support, including the actions referred to in article 1. 4. paragraphs 1 and 2. 3 points 2 to 6 of the Act of 29 September 1994 on accounting (OJ of 2013. poz. 330, as amended), and organizational support of the school or facility;

4) school or facility in teaching aids and equipment necessary for the full implementation of the curriculum, educational programmes, carrying out tests and exams, and perform other tasks in the statutes.

8. (repealed).

9. in order to carry out the tasks referred to in paragraph 1. 7, leading authorities and schools can create economic and administrative support units and schools, or to organize a common administrative support, financial and organisational conducted schools and establishments referred to in paragraph 1. 7 section 3.

10. (repealed).

11. The Minister of national defence may grant authority to a school teacher, in the context of the implementation of the obligations of the Republic of Poland resulting from ratified international agreements in the field of defence, which is the Republic of Poland, the special-purpose grant funding current jobs or investment.

Article. 5a. [the realization of educational tasks] 1. Tasks of the educational units of local Government shall be financed on the basis of specified in separate laws.

2. Providing training, education and care, including special education and social education is the task of prevention: 1) municipalities, in kindergartens and in other forms of pre-school education, referred to in article 1. 14A paragraph 6. 1A, as well as in schools, referred to in article 1. 5 paragraph 1. 5;

2) counties-in schools and institutions referred to in article 1. 5 paragraph 1. 5A;

3) municipalities provinces – in schools, healthcare facilities, education and teacher training institutions and colleges of social services workers referred to in article 1. 5 paragraph 1. 6.2a. The task of education is to provide an additional, free Polish language, referred to in article 14(2). 94a paragraph 1. 4.2b. The task of the county school district is to provide the qualifying conditions vocational courses in schools and schools operated by the district.

3. The measures necessary for the implementation of the educational tasks referred to in paragraph 1. 2 and 2b, including the salaries of teachers and schools and outlets, guaranteed income are units of local government.

4. The Executive Body of the units of local Government shall, no later than 31 October, submit to the authority of local government units forming the information on the State of implementation of the educational tasks of this unit for the previous school year, including the results of: 1) test, exam, exam and matriculation examination attesting competence in the profession, taking into account actions taken by schools to pupils with special educational needs in these types of schools whose conduct belongs to the tasks of their own units of local government;

2) pedagogical supervision conducted by the curator of education or the competent Minister in schools and these types of facilities and the types of conduct which belongs to the tasks of their own units of local government.

Article. 5b. [the rights and responsibilities of teachers] the rights and obligations of the teachers of kindergartens, schools and specifies the law of 26 January 1982 – teacher's Card (OJ of 2014 item 191 and 1198), subject to article 22. 7E. 5 c. [the tasks and competencies of the authority leading] in the case of schools and educational establishments run by government entities the tasks and competencies of the investigator's body, as defined in article 1). 5 paragraph 1. 9, art. 6 (2). 1, paragraph 2 and paragraph 3. 2, art. (7A) paragraph 1. 4 and paragraphs 1 and 2. 6 paragraph 4, art. 7 c of paragraph 1. 1 paragraph 4, art. 7 d. 58 paragraph 1. 6, art. paragraph 59. 1 and 10 and article. paragraph 62. 1, 1 d, 1e, and 5-performs a Municipal Council, respectively, the Council of the County, regional population;

2) article. 5 paragraph 1. 7, art. 14 paragraph 1. 5 g, art. paragraph 36. 2, art. paragraph 36A. 1, 4-6, 10, 12 and 14, art. 38 paragraph 1. 1, art. paragraph 39. 5, art. paragraph 62. 6 and art. 71 c of paragraph 1. 1-executes properly: Mayor (Mayor, Mayor of the city), the County Board, Board of;

3) article. 7 paragraph 1. 1 d. paragraph 34. 2, art. 34A. 37 paragraph 2. 1, art. paragraph 39. 6, art. paragraph 41. 3, art. 58 paragraph 1. 3, art. paragraph 59. 3 and 4, art. 24 paragraph 1. 3, 5 and 6, art. 71B hand-held mouth. 2B and 5 d and art. paragraph 77. 6 performs properly: Mayor (Mayor, Mayor of the city), starost, Marshal.

Article. 5 d [the Legal Status of employees who are not teachers] the Legal Status of employees who are not teachers employed in schools and schools operated by units of local Government shall determine the provisions for the employees.



Article. 5E. [the delegation of tasks and powers of the organs of local government] tasks and competencies of local government units referred to in article 1. paragraph 82. 1 and 3-5, and the tasks and powers of the authority of government entities referred to in article 1. paragraph 85. 3-perform adequately: Mayor (Mayor, Mayor of the city), starost, Marshal.

Article. 5F. [entry to national registry of official entities of the national economy] public and private organizational units referred to in article 1. 2, and their teams are to be entered in the national register of official entities of the national economy as referred to in article 1. paragraph 42. 1 point 2 of the Act of 29 June 1995 on public statistics (Dz. u. No. 88, item 439, as amended).



Article. 5 g [a ban on charging parents fees for information about their children] in respect of parents sharing collected by public kindergartens, other forms of pre-school education, schools and teaching information, educate and care for their children, may not be taken from their parents a fee, regardless of the character and how to communicate this information.

Article. 6. [Nursery public and non-public] 1. Public kindergarten kindergarten: 1 pre-primary education programmes), taking into account the programmatic basis for pre-primary education;

2) provides free education, upbringing and care at the time fixed by the authority, not less than 5 hours a day;

3) recruitment of children on the basis of the principle of universal access;

4) employs qualified teachers set out in separate provisions, subject to the provisions of paragraph 2. 6.2. Another form of public pre-primary education, referred to in article 14(2). 14A paragraph 6. 1A, provide free education, upbringing and care at the time fixed by the authority, but not less than the time specified in the rules pursuant to article 114. 14A paragraph 6. 7.2a. In the case of public kindergartens and other forms of pre-school education, carried out by legal persons, other than the local governments and individuals, free time teaching, nurturing and care given by a person conducting, in accordance with paragraph 1. 1, paragraph 2 and paragraph 3. 2 may not be less than the time of the free education, upbringing and care, in accordance with paragraph 1. 1, paragraph 2 and paragraph 3. 2, by the Council of the municipality for public kindergartens and other forms of pre-school education carried out by the municipality.

3. for any other form of public pre-primary education shall apply the provisions of paragraph 1. 1 points 1 and 3, and to other forms of pre-school education non-provision of paragraph 1. 1 point 1.

4. the provisions of paragraphs 1 and 2. 1 also applies to a branch school in elementary school.

5. Non-public kindergarten: 1 pre-primary education programmes), taking into account the programmatic basis for pre-primary education;

2) employs qualified teachers as defined for teachers kindergarten; the provisions of paragraph 1. 6. 7 paragraph 1. 1BA shall apply mutatis mutandis.

6. in justified cases in public kindergarten may be, with the consent of the guardian of education, employed non-teacher to developing teaching interest, having been recognized by nursery Director of the preparation suitable for carrying data. The provisions of article 4. 7 paragraph 1. 1B and 1ba shall apply mutatis mutandis.

Article. 7. [a Public School and non-public] 1. The public school is a school that: 1) provides free instruction in the framework curricula;

2) recruiting students on the basis of the principle of universal access;

3) employs qualified teachers set out in separate provisions, subject to the provisions of paragraph 2. 1A;

4) implements: a) curricula, taking into account the programmatic basis for the general education and, in the case of the school's leading vocational training – also the basis for the training programme in the competition, b) framework;

5) implements the principle of evaluating, classifying and promoting pupils and carry out the test and examination, referred to in sections 3a and 3b.

1a. in justified cases, in a public school may be, with the consent of the guardian of education and, in the case of art school is the proper Minister of culture and national heritage protection, the employed person, other than a teacher, having been recognized by the principal of the school to prepare for the appropriate data to conduct classes.


1B. A person referred to in paragraph 1. 1A, employs on the principles laid down in the Labour Code, except that these persons shall apply mutatis mutandis the provisions concerning compulsory weekly hours of teachers and educational dimension is fixed salary no higher than provided for teacher certification.

1BA. a person referred to in paragraph 1. 1A, can be employed in a school, if it meets the conditions referred to in article 1. 10 paragraph 1. 5 points 3 and 4 of the Act of 26 January 1982 – teacher's Card (Dz. u. 2006 No 97, poz. 674, as amended). In order to confirm the condition referred to in article 2. 10 paragraph 1. 5 section 4 of the Act of 26 January 1982 – teacher's Card, that person shall, before establishing the employment relationship, shall submit to the Director of the school of information from the National Criminal Register.

1. The provisions of paragraph 1. 1A, 1b and 1ba shall apply mutatis mutandis to the artistic establishments, establishments referred to in article 1. 2 paragraph 7, for art schools and teacher training establishments, art schools, that consent to the employment of a person of a non-teacher expresses the proper minister of culture and protection of national heritage.

1 d. the provisions of paragraph 1. 1A, 1b and 1ba shall also apply in the case of employment of the person preparing the professional recognized by the school director or appropriate to carry out the activities from the scope of vocational training, the employment of this person follows with the consent of the authority.

1E. Primary school, including special education and integrative, can be employed Teaching Assistant or a person referred to in paragraph 1. 1A, leading classes in grades I-III, or Assistant teacher's lounge. The task of the Assistant shall be to support the teacher, or a person referred to in paragraph 1. 1A, leading educational activities, educational and caring, or supporting educators lounge. Assistant performs the tasks only under the guidance of a teacher, the person referred to in paragraph 1. 1A, or a teacher's lounge.

1F. Assistant, referred to in paragraph 1. 1E has the least level of education required to occupy the position of a teacher in a primary school and a teaching certificate. Assistant employs the principles laid down in the Labour Code, except that the remuneration shall be not higher than provided for teacher certification. The provision of paragraph 1. 1BA shall apply mutatis mutandis.

g., Assistant referred to in paragraph 1. 1E, not be entrusted with the tasks set out for qualified teachers with a range of special education employed in addition to training współorganizowania training współorganizowania and the integration of students with disabilities, socially maladjusted and threatened the market hitherto, referred to in the rules pursuant to article 114. 71B hand-held mouth. 7 pts 2.

2. Public schools provide certificates or diplomas.

3. non-public School can obtain the permission to public schools referred to in paragraph 1. 2:1) implements a curricula taking into account programmatic basis referred to in paragraph 1. 1 point 4 (b). (a);

2) carries out educational activities in the cycle of no less and, in terms of not less than the total of the minimum dimension of the educational activity determined in the framework of the public school curriculum plan;

3) shall apply the principles of classifying and promoting pupils and carry out the test and examination referred to in paragraph 1. 1 point 5;

4) keep a record of the course curriculum for public schools;

5) in the case of the school's leading vocational training-educates in the event specified in the classification of occupations, vocational education, referred to in article 14(2). 24 paragraph 1. 1;

6) employs teachers of compulsory educational activities referred to in paragraph 2, having qualifications specified for the teachers of public schools; the provisions of paragraph 1. 1A, 1ba and 1 d shall apply mutatis mutandis.



Article. 7A. [creating branch international] 1. In public and private schools can be created for the international troops.

2. Creation of the subsidiary of the international requires the authorisation of the proper Minister of education and upbringing.

3. the authorization for the creation of the international branch in elementary school or high school may be granted if the curriculum established by a foreign educational institution, which is to be implemented in the branch, provides student messages and skills to enable them to join up to test and exam.

4. the application for the authorisation for the creation of a branch of an international body comprised a school, in which you want to create a branch.

5. the request referred to in paragraph 1. 4, should specify: 1) objective, training and curriculum, which will be implemented in the Branch Office;

2) for organising the training in the Branch Office, and used a system of evaluation, grading and examinations;

3) date on which the operation of the branch.

6. the application referred to in paragraph 1. 4, shall be accompanied by: 1) the approval of the Council on the setting up of the international branch of teaching;

2) document containing the consent to a foreign educational institution to join the school to teach in accordance with the curriculum established by the institution;

3) the opinion of the Superintendent of education, containing an assessment of the possibilities of organizational and human resources to implement the school curriculum prescribed by a foreign educational institution;

4) in the case of public school-school leading body's commitment to bear, with income of their own, the cost of education in the international branch in excess of current expenditure incurred per student in the other branches of the school.



Article. 7B. [operation of the international branch] 1. For first class international branch in the public primary school shall be open to candidates who have obtained a positive result of the suitability test to be carried out under the conditions laid down by the Council on language teaching.

1a. in the case of a larger number of candidates satisfying the condition referred to in paragraph 1. 1, than the number of vacancies in the Branch Office, referred to in paragraph 1. 1, at the first stage of the recruitment procedure is taken into account the result of the suitability test, referred to in paragraph 1. 1.1b. In the case of equal results obtained by the candidates in the first stage of the recruitment procedure, on the second stage of the recruitment procedure shall be taken into account including the criteria referred to in article 1. 20 c of paragraph 1. 2. the provision of article. 20 c of paragraph 1. 3 apply.

1. for the admission of candidates to the international public high school open and public secondary school, the public, shall apply mutatis mutandis the provisions of article 4. 20i. 20j. 2. Teaching international branch office may be carried out in a foreign language, with the exception of classes for students who are nationals of Polish including: Polish language, part of the story on the history of Polish and part of geography on Polish geography.

3. the school provides students with the international branch of the Polish Polish language teaching who are nationals of and parts of the story concerning the Polish history and geography section concerning geography Polish in accordance with the basis of a general education programme established in the rules pursuant to article 114. 22 paragraph 1. 2 paragraph 2 (a). (b). 4. The school provides students with a branch of the international non-citizens of Polish language teaching Polish as a foreign language.

5. The students branch of the international primary school and high school are entered according to the test and exam.

6. Students of the international troops in secondary schools, referred to in article 1. 9. 1, paragraph 3 (b). (b) and (c) may join the matriculation exam.

7. School, in which it was created the international branch, provides students with the opportunity to branch, at every stage of the education to the training carried out in accordance with the curricula, referred to in article 1. 7 paragraph 1. 1 point 4 (b). a. 8. The branch shall not apply the provisions of article 5, international. 7 paragraph 1. 1 paragraphs 3-5, and paragraphs 1 and 2. 3. 7 c [withdrawal] 1. The proper Minister of education and upbringing may revoke the authorisation for the creation of the international branch: 1) where the authority supervising the pedagogical activity of the branch is inconsistent with the provisions of international law or the statutes of the school in which the branch has been created;

2) in the case of withdrawal by a foreign educational institution, the consent referred to in article 14(2). (7A) paragraph 1. 6 point 2;

3) in the case of withdrawal by the pedagogical Council consent, referred to in article 14(2). (7A) paragraph 1. 6 point 1;

4) in the case of non-execution by the leading school of the undertaking referred to in article 2. (7A) paragraph 1. 6 (4).

2. The withdrawal of authorisation is synonymous with the winding-up of the branch. Liquidation occurs within the time limit referred to in the decision to withdraw the authorisation.



Article. 7 d [liquidation of international branch] a branch of the international can be disposed at the end of the school year by the body after providing students with opportunities to continue their studies. Body is obliged, at least 6 months before the date of the winding-up of the branch, notify its intention to the liquidation of the pupils ' parents and the proper Minister of education and upbringing.




Article. 7E. [employment of the teacher in order to carry out the activities under the programmes financed from funds from the EU budget] 1. In order to carry out the activities under the programmes financed from the budget of the European Union, carried out directly with students or alumni, or on their behalf, in school or public facility can be employed teacher who fails in this school or the facility weekly mandatory dimension hours, parental leave and caring, qualified as defined in the rules pursuant to article 114. 9. 2 and 3 of the law of 26 January 1982 – teacher's Card, and to satisfy the conditions set out in article 1. 10 paragraph 1. 5 points 3 and 4 of this Act. In order to confirm the condition referred to in article 2. 10 paragraph 1. 5 section 4 of the Act of 26 January 1982, teacher, Teacher card before you, is required to submit to the Director of the school or facility information from the National Criminal Register.

2. Teacher, referred to in paragraph 1. 1, employs on the principles laid down in the Labour Code, except that for each hour of conducting activities referred to in paragraph 1. 1 the teacher shall be entitled to remuneration not higher than the remuneration for one hour teaching determined as specified in article 4. paragraph 35. 3 of the law of 26 January 1982 – Teacher Card for Chartered teacher having higher education and pursuing the weekly mandatory dimension hours referred to in article 2. paragraph 42. 3. in the table in the lp. 3 of this Act.

Article. 8. [elementary school and junior high school] elementary school and junior high school may be the only public school or non-privileged public school.

Article. 9. [public school and non-public] 1. Non-public and public schools are divided into the following types: 1) six-year primary school, which in the last year of the science test is to be carried out;

2) three years of junior high school, for the possibility of further education in schools referred to in paragraph 3 (b). (a) to (c) and (e) where in the last year of the science high school exam shall be carried out;

3) secondary schools: a) a three-year professional school, which allows for the completion of a diploma certifying professional qualifications after passing examinations qualifications in the profession, as well as further training from the second grade grammar school for adults, (b)) three years of high school, whose successful completion allows you to obtain a certificate of maturity after passing the matriculation examination, c) four-year technical school, which allows for the completion of a diploma certifying professional qualifications after passing examinations qualifications in the profession as well as getting a certificate of maturity after passing the matriculation examination, d) policealną school for people with secondary education, teaching period of not more than 2.5 years, to obtain a diploma certifying professional qualifications after passing examinations qualifications in the profession, e) three-year school special przysposabiającą to work for students with mental retardation in moderate or significant, and for students with multiple disabilities disabilities whose completion enables you to obtain a certificate of adoption to work.

1a. (repealed).

1B. (repealed).

2. The proper Minister of education and upbringing can specify, by regulation, other types of schools than those mentioned in paragraph 1. 1 points 1-3, and set rules for their operation.

3. The proper Minister of culture and national heritage protection in consultation with the Minister responsible for Education Affairs and education shall determine, by regulation, types of art schools, including public and private schools, in which diploma examination, and schools where the test is carried out, the high school exam and matriculation examination, taking into account the schools implementing General education and training, as well as schools pursuing education only.

4. (repealed).

5. The proper Minister of education and upbringing, in consultation with the Minister responsible for Cultural Affairs, shall determine, by regulation, the conditions for the creation, organization and activities of branches and schools and schools sports championships, having regard to enabling students to reconcile sports science, in particular by means of appropriate organisation of the classroom.

Article. 9A. [Cke] 1. Creates a central examining Board, based in Warsaw.

2. The tasks of the Central Examination Commission shall, in particular: 1) preparation and examination materials, in particular the tasks and examination sheets to carry out the test, exam, examination, matriculation exam attesting competence in the profession and the exams of 3rd party referred to in article 1. 10 paragraph 1. 1 and 3;

2) preparation and evaluation principles the task solutions used to carry out the test, exam, examination, matriculation exam attesting competence in the profession and the exams of 3rd party referred to in article 1. 10 paragraph 1. 1 and 3, in order to ensure the comparability of evaluation;

3) development and publication in the Bulletin of public information on the Central Examination Commission informants in particular examples of tasks that can occur on a pop quiz, exam secondary, graduation exam, exam confirming qualification in profession and the exams of 3rd party referred to in article 1. 10 paragraph 1. 1 and 3, along with solutions;

4) organize the printing and distribution of examination materials; the implementation of the selected tasks in the field of printing and distribution of examination materials, the Director of the Central Commission for the navigation of the Board may entrust the regional directors examination if this is justified due to the cost-effectiveness of the expenditure related to the execution of the test, exam, examination, matriculation exam attesting competence in the profession and the exams of 3rd party referred to in article 1. 10 paragraph 1. 1 and 3;

5) analyzing the results of the test, exam, examination, matriculation exam attesting competence in the profession and the exams of 3rd party referred to in article 1. 10 paragraph 1. 1 and 3, as well as the submission of the Minister competent for the education and upbringing of their annual reports on the results of that test and exams;

6) preparation, in collaboration with the district committees egzaminacyjnymi, training materials for candidates for examiners and examiners;

7) cooperation with domestic and foreign institutions in respect of the examinations;

8) initiate or organize research and analysis and the development of new solutions in the field of examinations;

9) the implementation of international agreements and amendments in respect of the conduct of the test, exam, examination, matriculation exam attesting competence in the profession and the exams of 3rd party referred to in article 1. 10 paragraph 1. 1 and 3;

10) posting each year in the Bulletin of public information on the Central Board: a) in the case:-the schedule for carrying out the test, exam and matriculation exam within the main and extra time, and in the case of the matriculation exam is also within poprawkowym, the confirmation exam qualifications in the profession and the exams of 3rd party referred to in article 1. 10 paragraph 1. 1 and 3, including: – deadlines for publication of the results of the test, exam, exam and matriculation examination confirming qualification in profession-terms the transfer test results to schools, exam and a written part of the exam and matriculation certificates of the detailed results of the test or exam, certificates, certificates are certificates of matriculation exam results and maturity, the deadlines for the transmission of schools, facilities referred to in article 1. 2 paragraph 3a, employers and operators vocational qualification referred to in article 1. Br.68A paragraph 1. 2, exam results confirming the qualifications in the profession and the deadlines for transmission of schools, facilities referred to in article 1. 2 paragraph 3a, and employers certificates of qualification as well as the deadlines for the transmission of the schools diplomas certifying professional competence, materials and accessories, which can be used for passing the exam, secondary, graduation exam, exam confirming qualification in profession and the exams of 3rd party referred to in article 1. 10 paragraph 1. 1 and 3, as well as a list of operating systems, applications, and programming languages, in the case of matriculation exam in computer science, the-detailed ways to customize the conditions and forms of the conduct of the test, exam, examination, matriculation exam attesting competence in the profession and the exams of 3rd party referred to in article 1. 10 paragraph 1. 1 and 3, to meet the needs of the persons referred to in article 1. 44zzr, art. 44zzzf and article. 44zzzh, b) information about how the Organization and the conduct of the test, exam, examination, matriculation exam attesting competence in the profession and the exams of 3rd party referred to in article 1. 10 paragraph 1. 1 and 3.

Article. 9B. (repealed).

Article. 9 c [the County examination bodies] 1. The proper Minister of education and upbringing creates, by regulation, the County examination bodies and define their territorial scope.

2. The tasks of the District Board should in particular:


1) for carrying out the test, exam, examination, matriculation exam attesting competence in the profession and the exams of 3rd party referred to in article 1. 10 paragraph 1. 1 and 3;

2) preparing proposals for tasks and test sheets to carry out the test, exam, examination, matriculation exam attesting competence in the profession and the exams of 3rd party referred to in article 1. 10 paragraph 1. 1 and 3, in the range specified by the Central Examining Board;

3) preparing proposals to informants, referred to in article 1. 9A paragraph 1. 2 paragraph 3, within the range specified by the Central Examining Board;

4) to carry out a trial application of the tasks set by the Central Examining Board, in conditions which ensure their protection from unauthorized disclosure;

5) analyzing the results of the test, exam, examination, matriculation exam attesting competence in the profession and the exams of 3rd party referred to in article 1. 10 paragraph 1. 1 and 3;

6) development and transfer of: (a)) school principals, bodies which administer schools and curators of education reports of the test, exam, exam and matriculation examination attesting competence in the profession, b) guardians for education reports from 3rd party exams carried out referred to in article 1. 10 paragraph 1. 1 and 3;

7) keeping records of Examiners in the jurisdiction covered by the resident District Board;

8) the training of candidates for examiners and examiners;

9) the provision of schools, facilities referred to in article 1. 2 paragraph 3a, employers and operators vocational qualification referred to in article 1. Br.68A paragraph 1. 2, authorizations to carry out the practical part of the exam attesting competence in the profession and part written this exam carried out using the electronic system referred to in article 1. 44zzzl paragraph 1. 1;

10) cooperation with other committees, district egzaminacyjnymi;

11) cooperation with curators of education appropriate for the sake of territorial district of the Board in matters related to the execution of the test, exam, examination, matriculation exam attesting competence in the profession and the exams of 3rd party referred to in article 1. 10 paragraph 1. 1 and 3.

2A. (repealed).

2B. For the purposes of carrying out the test, exam, exam and matriculation examination attesting competence in the profession are to schools examination committees the district referred to in article 1. 2 paragraph 3a, employers and operators vocational qualification referred to in article 1. Br.68A paragraph 1. 2 personal identification numbers.

3. To register, subject to paragraph 2 examiners. 4, a person who may be entered: 1) has the qualifications required for appointment to the position of a teacher in school, the scope of which is carried out a test, exam, high school matriculation exam, demonstrating competence in the profession, or academic teacher specializing in the field, with which they are associated educational activities falling within the scope of appropriate test or exam;

2) has, within a period of 6 years before the application for entry in the register, at least a three-year length of service teaching in a public school, the school of non-privileged public school, the establishment of teacher education or a higher school or at least three-year length of service in a post requiring qualifications at the pedagogical teacher training, the Office of the Government body, Board of education or other body exercising supervision Kit;

3) meets the conditions set out in article 3. 10 paragraph 1. 5 points 2 to 4 of the Act of 26 January 1982 – teacher's Card;

4) finished with a positive result for training candidates for examiners organized by regional examining Board, culminating with the principles will be carried out, in particular, evaluate, test, exam, exam and matriculation examination attesting competence in the profession.

4. Records of examiners to the extent of the examination confirming the qualifications in the profession may also be registered in a person who is a representative of the employers or employers ' organisations or associations or professional self-government as well as: 1) has the qualifications required of the instructor practical apprenticeship and fulfils the conditions laid down in paragraph 1. 3, points 3 and 4, or 2) has a professional background recognized by the school director or appropriate to carry out the activities from the scope of vocational training referred to in article 2. 7 paragraph 1. 1 d, and fulfils the conditions laid down in paragraph 1. 3, points 3 and 4.

5. Deletion from the register of Examiners shall be made: 1) at the request of the examiner;

2) in the case of: a) unjustified to participate in periodic training of driving examiners, organised by the County examination bodies, b) to participate in the conduct of the work of the unjustified test, exam, examination, matriculation exam attesting competence in the profession and the exams of 3rd party referred to in article 1. 10 paragraph 1. 1 and 3, to which the examiner was appointed by the Regional Director of the Board, c) non-compliance with the provisions relating to the conduct of the test, exam, examination, matriculation exam attesting competence in the profession and the exams of 3rd party referred to in article 1. 10 paragraph 1. 1 and 3, or the principles of evaluating solutions to the tasks referred to in article 1. 9A paragraph 1. 2 paragraph 2;

3 in the event of failure to comply with the terms and conditions), referred to in paragraph 1. 3 paragraph 3;

4) in the event of the entry in violation of the law.

6. The entry in the register of Examiners, the denial of entry and deletion of records occurs by means of an administrative decision of the Director of the District Board.

7. a higher degree of Authority in relation to the Regional Director of the Board on the matters referred to in paragraph 1. 6, is the Director of the Central Commission for the navigation of the Board.

8. The proper Minister of education and upbringing shall determine, by regulation, the framework programme for the training of candidates for examiners, how to keep records of examiners and typing mode, and deleting of Examiners, taking account, in particular, mandatory dimension of hours training, as well as the documents required of applicants for entry into the register and the range of data to be entered in the records.

9. In carrying out the test, exam, examination, matriculation exam attesting competence in the profession and the exams of 3rd party referred to in article 1. 10 paragraph 1. 1 and 3, to the extent specified by law, participating teachers and examiners, and, in the case of confirmation exam qualifications in the profession is also the employer or authorized by these workers and traders qualifying vocational training courses referred to in article 1. Br.68A paragraph 1. 2, or authorised by them. In carrying out the oral part of the matriculation exam can also attend university teachers.

10. the Director of the regional Board of re-accreditation, subject to the provisions of paragraph 2. 12, and, in the case of the matriculation exam also from academic teachers involved in carrying out the oral part of the matriculation examination, determining the scope of their duties and remuneration.

11. The teachers taking part in carrying out the test, exam, exam and matriculation examination attesting competence in the profession of performing activities related to carrying out the test and examination in the framework of the actions and activities referred to in article 1. paragraph 42. 2 section 2 of the Act of 26 January 1982 – Teacher Card, and a fixed salary, subject to the provisions of paragraph 2. 12.12. Teachers, including teachers who are participating in the part, re-accreditation oral exam matriculation, carry out activities related to the carrying out of this part of the exam within the framework of the activities referred to in article 1. paragraph 42. 2 paragraph 1 of the law of 26 January 1982 – Teacher Card. In the case of the exercise of these activities in excess of the weekly mandatory dimension hours referred to in article 1. paragraph 42. 2 paragraph 1 of the Act-the teacher Card, the teacher shall be entitled to remuneration for the extra long hours on the principles referred to in article 1. paragraph 35. 3 of the Act-the teacher Card.

Article. 9 d [supervision of the activities of the Central Examination Commission] 1. Supervision of the activities of the Central Examination Commission and regional examination has the proper minister of education and upbringing.

2. the Cke and examination bodies national budgetary units are the County financed from the budget of the proper Minister of education and upbringing.

2A. The activities of the Central Examination Commission and regional examination direct managers appointed after the contest and removed by the proper Minister of education and upbringing. The proper Minister of education and upbringing may appeal against the Director of the regional examination Commission at the request of or in consultation with the Director of the Central Commission for the navigation of the Board.

2B. Wicedyrektorów Central Examination Commission and regional examination shall appoint and dismiss the proper minister of education and upbringing at the request of the Director, respectively, the central examining board or regional board.

3. The organization of the Central Examination Commission and the County examination bodies define their statutes assigned by Ordinance by the proper Minister of education and upbringing. The order is subject to the notice in the official journal of the Republic of Poland "Polish Monitor."


Article. 9E. [protection against unauthorised disclosure] 1. The preparation of examination materials to carry out the test, exam, examination, matriculation exam attesting competence in the profession and the exams of 3rd party referred to in article 1. 10 paragraph 1. 1 and 3, as well as printing, storing and transport of the examination, shall take place under conditions which ensure their protection from unauthorized disclosure.

2. Persons engaged in the preparation, printing, storing and transport of the materials included in the examination referred to in paragraph 1. 1, are required to disclose unauthorized examination materials.

3. in the case of unauthorised disclosure of examination materials referred to in paragraph 1. 1, or substantiated suspicion of unauthorized disclosure of these materials decide on the further course of the test, exam, examination, matriculation exam attesting competence in the profession and the exams of 3rd party referred to in article 1. 10 paragraph 1. 1 and 3, shall be taken by the Director of the Central Examination Commission. The Director of the Central Commission for the navigation of the Board may appoint a new date of carrying out the test or the part of the test, exam or the scope or the level of the relevant part of the exam, the exam of matriculation subject in part or in part, an examination certifying the qualifications in the profession or part of the written or practical part of the exam and exams of 3rd party referred to in article 1. 10 paragraph 1. 1 and 3, with an item.

Article. 9F. [College Student workers social services] 1. A student of the College of social services workers can only be the holder of a certificate of maturity.

2. the terms of reference to reduced public transport journeys, use of health services and of military training for social services staff colleges listeners apply the provisions concerning students in higher education.

3. Colleges of social services may charge fees for examinations and for educational activities, with the exception of the classes on the day in public colleges employees social services, unless they are repeated due to unsatisfactory results.

4. The proper Minister of social security, in consultation with the Minister responsible for Education Affairs and education determines, by regulation, the detailed rules and conditions for creating, converting and decommissioning and the organisation and operating principles, including the principle of conferral of management positions, as well as rules for custody and supervision of educational and scientific workers social services boards.

5. The proper Minister of social security determines, by regulation, standards of training in the colleges of social services workers, taking into account in particular the requirements for the implementation of curricula, training, the scope and dimension of the apprenticeship, content and programming skills required.

6. in the absence of contrary in legislation issued on the basis of paragraph 1. 4 and 5 to the staff colleges of social services shall apply recipes for schools.

Article. 10. [school leaving Certificate] 1. A person who has completed 18 years of age may obtain a certificate of completion of elementary school, junior high school and grammar school after passing the exams of 3rd party carried out by regional examining Board, subject to article 22. 10A. 2. External examinations referred to in paragraph 1. 1, from the scope of the compulsory educational activities referred to in the framework teaching plans accordingly primary school for adults, adult school or grammar school for adults.

2A. external Examinations referred to in paragraph 1. 1, shall be carried out on the basis of the requirements laid down in the general education program, except that in the case of a grammar school for adults, based on the requirements set out in the basis of a general education programme for primary coverage.

3. a person who has completed 18 years of age may obtain: 1) certificate qualification in profession after passing examinations certifying competence in the profession for the qualification, which is carried out by regional examining Board, in accordance with the provisions of chapter 3b;

2) diploma confirming professional qualifications, if it has a certificate attesting to the qualifications of all extracted in the profession and has: (a) the principal or vocational training) has passed the eksternistyczny examination of the extent of the requirements referred to in the general education programme for fundamental professional carried out by regional examining Board, or b) secondary education.

4. eksternistyczny Examination referred to in paragraph 1. 3, paragraph 1, shall be carried out with the scope of the requirements set out in the basis of the training programme.

4A. the results of the exams of 3rd party referred to in paragraph 1. 1 and 3, shall be final and shall not be used on a complaint to the administrative court.

4B. The exams of 3rd party referred to in paragraph 1. 1, the provisions of article 4. 44zzz shall apply mutatis mutandis.

5. The proper Minister of education and upbringing shall determine by regulation: 1) the conditions and mode of carrying out the examination of 3rd party referred to in paragraph 1. 1 and paragraph 2. 3, point 2 (a). and, including the conditions for their evaluation, 2) conditions of admission to the exams of 3rd party referred to in paragraph 1. 1 and 3, of 3) the amount of fees charged for external examinations referred to in paragraph 1. 1 and 3, 4) the conditions of remuneration of examiners conducting exams extension referred to in paragraph 1. 1 and paragraph 2. 3, point 2 (a). and, taking into account the possibility of annulment of exams of 3rd party referred to in paragraph 1. 1 and paragraph 2. 3, point 2 (a). and due to the infringement of the provisions concerning the conduct of those examinations, if the breach may have affected the result of the examination, as well as taking into account the possibility of releasing people on low incomes from all or part of the fees for carrying out the examinations referred to in paragraph 1. 1 and 3. Fees for external examinations referred to in paragraph 1. 1 and 3, it may not be higher than the costs of carrying out those examinations. Remuneration of examiners should be determined in relation to the minimum rate of the basic salary of a teacher with a master's degree in professional title certification of pedagogic, based on art. 30 paragraph 1. 5 paragraph 1 of the law of 26 January 1982 – Teacher Card.

6. The regulation referred to in paragraph 1. 5, the proper minister of education and upbringing may, at the request of the competent Ministers, indicate, in respect of which there shall be carried out examinations of 3rd party referred to in paragraph 1. 3. 10A. [a certificate and diploma in art school] 1. Certificate or high school diploma can be obtained on the basis of the artistic team exams carried out by the State examination committees appointed by the proper Minister of culture and protection of national heritage.

2. external Examinations shall be carried out with a range of educational activities referred to in the framework teaching plans of the various types of public schools.

3. The proper Minister of culture and protection of national heritage, specify by regulation the types of art schools, where a certificate or diploma can be obtained on the basis of the exams of 3rd party, conditions and methods of examination of 3rd party, the amount of the fees for examinations and external conditions of remuneration of the persons constituting the State examination Commission, taking into account the possibility of rescinding the exams of 3rd party due to infringement of the provisions concerning the conduct of those examinations If a violation could have an impact on the outcome of the examination, and that the amounts of the fees for external exams may not be higher than the cost of carrying out these exams, as well as taking into account the possibility of the release of all or part of the fees for the examination of persons with low incomes.

Article. 11. [official documents] 1. National certificates and diplomas issued by eligible for this school, continuing education and practical training, teacher education, colleges of social services workers and district committees are official documents examination.

2. The proper Minister of education and upbringing shall determine by regulation: 1) the conditions and mode of issue and the models of certificates, diplomas and other school books, how to make adjustments to their content and the issue of duplicates, as well as the mode and way of making the legalization of documents for legal transactions with foreign countries, 2) the amount of remuneration for issuing duplicate certificates, national diplomas and other school books and for the legalization of documents for legal transactions with foreign countries – taking into account the need to ensure the proper documentation course teaching assessment of the results of the work of teaching and educational schools and the results of the test and examination carried out by the regional commissions, as well as a requirement that the amount of remuneration for the performance of the activities referred to in paragraph 2, shall not exceed the amount of the stamp duty for the legalization of a document referred to in the provisions of the stamp duty.

Article. 11A. [Education] 1. Education has a person who completed primary school or graduated from basic study.

2. the secondary has a person who graduated from high school.

3. essential Education vocational training has a person who: 1) graduated from the professional school, the school principal or other school equivalent, or


2) graduated from the professional school, referred to in article 14(2). 9. 1, paragraph 3 (b). a, or 3) passed the examination referred to in article 2. 10 paragraph 1. 3, point 2 (a). (a), and: (a) graduated from the vocational qualification) in respect of all separate qualifications in the profession, or b) received diploma confirming professional qualifications.

4. Secondary education has a person who: 1) ponadpodstawową she graduated from high school, with the exception of schools referred to in paragraph 1. 3, paragraph 1, or 2) ponadgimnazjalną she graduated from high school, with the exception of the school mentioned in the article. 9. 1, paragraph 3 (b). and (e).

Article. 12. [religion] 1. Public kindergartens, elementary schools and middle schools organise teaching religion at the request of parents, public secondary schools at the request of either of the parents, or the students themselves; When you reach the age for getting a religious education students decide.

2. The proper Minister of education and upbringing, in agreement with the authorities of the Catholic Church and the Polish Autocephalous Orthodox Church and other churches and religious communities determines, by regulation, conditions and manner of performance of the tasks of the school referred to in paragraph 1. 1. 13. [science of language, history and culture] 1. School and public facility enables students supporting a sense of national identity, ethnic, linguistic and religious, and in particular the teaching of the language and its own history and culture.

2. at the request of the parents, referred to in paragraph 1. 1, may be carried out: 1) in separate groups, departments, or schools;

2) in groups, departments or schools – with the science of language and their own history and culture;

3) teaching teams programme.

3. The proper Minister of education and upbringing shall determine, by regulation, conditions and manner of performance of the school and of the tasks referred to in paragraph 1. 1 and 2, and in particular the minimum number of students for which organizes the various forms of instruction referred to in paragraph 1. 2. the 4. In the work of teaching and educational public schools provide supporting regional culture and traditions.

5. School books and books for secondary education students to the extent necessary to sustain a sense of national identity, ethnicity, and language can be supported from the State budget from a part of the "shipper", which is the proper minister of education and upbringing.

6. The proper Minister of education and upbringing shall take measures to ensure learning opportunities for teachers and textbooks for schools and public institutions referred to in paragraph 1. 1.7. The proper Minister of education and upbringing will undertake activities to promote knowledge of the history, culture, language and traditions of religious and ethnic minorities and communities with regional language.

Article. 13A. [motor Activities and physical education] 1. Kindergartens are required to carry out the activities developing children physically fit by ensuring the participation in motor activities, games and activities.

2. Schools, excluding schools for adults, are required to conduct physical education classes. The dimension of the physical education classes mandatory for students in grades IV-VI of the elementary and junior high students is 4 lessons, and for secondary school students-3 lessons, during the week.

3. The proper Minister of education and upbringing, in consultation with the Minister responsible for Cultural Affairs, shall determine, by regulation, forms the implementation of mandatory physical education classes, in particular with regard to the health needs of students, the specificity of their sporting interests, the terms of the implementation of the physical education classes and sports traditions of the environment or the school.



Chapter 2 gymnasia, compulsory education and the obligation of the Science Article. 14. [gymnasia] 1. Gymnasia covers children since the beginning of the school year in the calendar year in which the child completes 3 years, until the end of the school year in the calendar year in which the child completes 6 years. Gymnasia is realized in kindergartens and in other forms of pre-school education.

1a. In the case of children with the judgment about the need for special education pre-school education may be covered by a child over the age of 6 years, but not longer than until the end of the school year in the calendar year in which the child completes 8 years. Compulsory education these children may be extended until the end of the school year in the calendar year in which the child completes 8 years.

1B. In particularly justified cases, pre-school education can also be a child who is under 2.5 years.

2. (repealed).

3. A child at the age of 5 years is required to make the annual preparation of the kindergarten in kindergarten, pre-school Branch organized in elementary school or in any other form of pre-primary education.

3A. the obligation referred to in paragraph 1. 3, starts at the beginning of the school year in the calendar year in which the child completes 5 years. in the case of a child referred to in paragraph 1. 1A, this obligation starts at the beginning of the school year preceding the year in which the child begins to comply with compulsory education.

4. Providing the conditions to meet the obligation referred to in paragraph 1. 3, is its own municipality.

4A. [1] the task referred to in paragraph 1. 4, is performed by the municipality by providing your child the benefit of pre-primary education in: 1) public kindergarten or another form of public pre-primary education, carried out by the municipality, or 2) or another form of public kindergarten in public pre-primary education, carried out by a legal entity or natural person, in the territory of the municipality, or 3) private preschool, as referred to in article 1. 90 paragraph 1. 1B, or private placement of another form of pre-primary education, referred to in article 14(2). 90 paragraph 1. 1 c, located on the territory of the municipality.

4B. If the number of children, where a municipality has a duty to ensure the possibility of using the pre-primary education, residing on the territory of the municipality, reported during the recruitment for public kindergarten, pre-primary education other public, private kindergartens, as referred to in article 1. 90 paragraph 1. 1B, or private placement of another form of pre-primary education, referred to in article 14(2). 90 paragraph 1. 1 c, exceeds the number of places in the nursery or some other form of pre-primary education, the Director of the kindergarten, and, in the case of any other form of pre-primary education carried out by the municipality is also the principal of the school, it shall inform the non-acceptance of a child to daycare or any other form of pre-primary education Mayor (Mayor, Mayor of the city). In this case, the Mayor (Mayor, Mayor of the city) is obliged to indicate in writing to the parents of other public kindergarten or another form of public pre-primary education, or non-public kindergartens, as referred to in article 1. 90 paragraph 1. 1B, or private placement of another form of pre-primary education, referred to in article 14(2). 90 paragraph 1. 1 c, which may adopt a child. Operating time indicated by the Mayor (Mayor, Mayor of the city of) other public or other form of kindergarten public school education, or private kindergartens, as referred to in article 1. 90 paragraph 1. 1B, or private placement of another form of pre-primary education, referred to in article 14(2). 90 paragraph 1. 1 c, should be close to the working time up the nursery or any other form of pre-primary education, the adoption of which applied to the parents of the child.

4 c (repealed).

5. the Council of the municipality: 1) specifies the height of charge pre-primary education in the municipality: (a)) kindergarten class dimension beyond time the public referred to in article 2. 6 (2). 1 point 2 (b)) other forms of pre-school education to the public at the time of exceeding the free time teaching, nurturing and care given to public education on the basis of article. 6 (2). 1 point 2;

2) may specify the conditions for the partial or total exemption from the fees referred to in paragraph 1.

5a. The amount of the fee referred to in paragraph 1. 5 point 1 may not be higher than the £ 1 per hour.

5b. the maximum amount of the fee referred to in paragraph 1. 5A, shall be subject to adjustment. The evaluation shall be made for the first time is equal to the amount of the fee referred to in paragraph 1. 5A by the valorisation and rounded down to the nearest whole cents. Another charge adjustments are multiplying the amount of the fee from the year in which it was carried out by the valorisation of the last valorisation and rounded down to the nearest whole cents. Adjustment shall be made on 1 September of the calendar year in which the amount of the adjustment ratio was announced established in accordance with paragraph 1. 5 c or 5 d.

5b. If the annual average price index of consumer goods and services is determined by the total of the President of the Main Statistical Office in the official journal of the Republic of Poland "Polish Monitor" on the basis of article. paragraph 94. 1 of the law of 17 December 1998 on pensions and the Veterans of the Social Security Fund (OJ of 2009 No 153, item 1227, with further amendments), for the calendar year in which it was carried out the last valorisation, (a) in the case of valuation made for the first time – for the year 2013, amounted to at least 110, the value of this indicator divided by 100 shall be adopted as an indicator of improvement.


5 If the condition referred to in paragraph 1. 5 c, was not satisfied that the valorisation rate is determined as the product of 100 divided by the value of the średniorocznych price indices of consumer goods and services in total to be determined by the President of the Central Statistical Office in the official journal of the Republic of Poland "Polish Monitor" on the basis of article. paragraph 94. 1 of the law of 17 December 1998 on pensions and the Veterans of the Social Security Fund, at least 1.1 in the period of the calendar year in which it was carried out the last valorisation, a year prior to the valuation date and, in the case of a valuation made for the first time, during the period from 2013 to the year preceding the valuation date.

5E. The proper Minister of education and education announce in the official journal of the Republic of Poland "Polish Monitor" within a time limit to the end of March of the year in which it is carried out the evaluation referred to in paragraph 1. 5b, height adjustment indicator and the maximum amount of the fee referred to in paragraph 1. 5 (1), after adjustment.

5F. public kindergartens and other forms of public pre-primary education, carried out by legal persons who are not government entities and natural persons, the charge for the use of pre-primary education in the amount of not more than the amount of the fees laid down by the Council of the municipality on the basis of paragraph 1. 5 point 1.

5 g. body public kindergarten, another form of public pre-primary education, niepubliczne przedszkole, referred to in article 1. 90 paragraph 1. 1B, or private placement of another form of pre-primary education, referred to in article 14(2). 90 paragraph 1. 1 c, releases the parents in whole or in part, of the charges for the use of pre-primary education, under the conditions laid down by the Council of the municipality on the basis of paragraph 1. 5 points 2. Body may authorize to grant these exemptions of the Director of the kindergarten, and, in the case of any other form of pre-primary education is also the Director of the appropriate school.

5 h. A legal person which is not a Government entity, or a natural person operating public kindergarten, another form of public pre-primary education, niepubliczne przedszkole, referred to in article 1. 90 paragraph 1. 1B, or private placement of another form of pre-primary education, referred to in article 14(2). 90 paragraph 1. 1 c, may grant partial or complete exemption from charges for the use of the pre-school education also in cases other than those referred to by the Council of the municipality on the basis of paragraph 1. 5 points 2.

5I. Parent intending to apply for a full or partial waiver of fees referred to in paragraph 1. 5 section 2 presents in the form of a statement of the data necessary to establish entitlement to this exemption.

6. To determine the charges for the use of food in kindergartens and other forms of public pre-primary education. 67A shall apply mutatis mutandis.

7. branch of primary school education, paragraph 2 shall apply by analogy. 2, 5 and 6.

8. public kindergarten, pre-primary education non-public, other forms of public kindergartens, as referred to in article 1. 90 paragraph 1. 1B, and other forms of private pre-primary education, referred to in article 1. 90 paragraph 1. 1 c may not charge other than the fees determined in accordance with paragraph 1. 5, 5f, 6 and 9.

9. kindergartens or other forms of pre-school education carried out by the bodies referred to in article 1. 5 paragraph 1. 3A and 5b, the provisions of paragraphs 1 and 2 shall apply by analogy. 5-5e, 5 g, 5 and 6, except that the powers of the Municipal Council referred to in paragraph 1. 5 perform the latter.

Article. 14A. [public Network kindergarten] 1. The Council of the municipality shall be carried out by the network of the municipality public kindergartens and pre-school in primary schools.

1a. in cases of justified conditions geographic and demographic Municipal Council can make up a network of public kindergartens and pre-school in primary schools about the other forms of pre-school education. Other forms of pre-school education organizes for children in the place of residence or in another as closely as possible to the place.

2. the public network of kindergartens and pre-school in primary schools along with other forms of public pre-primary education should provide all children residing in five years in the area of the municipality the opportunity to comply with the obligation referred to in article 2. 14 paragraph 1. 3. the way of the five-year-old child from the House to the nearest public kindergarten, primary school education, branch or other form of public pre-primary education should not exceed 3 km.

3. If the way a child of five years from the House to the nearest public kindergarten, primary school education, branch or other form of public pre-primary education exceeds 3 km, the obligation is to provide free transport and care during transport of the child or the child's guardian and travel expenses by public transport, if you bring provide parents.

4. The responsibility of the municipality is to provide disabled children five years and children covered by pre-school education on the basis of article. 14 paragraph 1. 1A free transport and care during transport to the nearest kindergarten, pre-primary branch primary school, another form of pre-primary education or Centre for children, referred to in article 1. 16. 7, as well as children with mental retardation with a charge-the implementation of the obligation referred to in article 2. 14 paragraph 1. 3, or reimbursement of the costs of the journey of the student and supervisor on the principles laid down in the contract concluded between the Mayor (Mayor, city President) and their parents, guardians or legal guardians, if the parents or guardians provide bring legal guardians.

4A. A municipality may arrange a free shuttle service to the children and care during transport to kindergarten or any other form of pre-school education also in cases where there is no such obligation.

5. (repealed).

6. The teacher and the person referred to in article 14(2). 6 (2). 6, leading classes in some other form of pre-primary education carried out by the municipality, employs a Director of kindergarten or elementary school operated by the municipality.

6a. Activities in other forms of pre-school education lead teachers having the qualifications required of teachers in kindergartens. The provisions of article 4. 6 (2). 6. 7 paragraph 1. 1B and 1ba shall apply mutatis mutandis.

6B. in the case of other forms of public pre-primary education, carried out by legal persons who are not government entities or individuals, private and other forms of pre-school education the tasks and competencies as defined in the Act to the Director of the kindergarten performs a person in charge of the different form of pre-primary education appointed by the person leading another form of pre-school education.

7. The proper Minister of education and upbringing shall determine, by regulation, types of other forms of pre-school education, the conditions for the creation and organization of these forms of pre-school education, the way they act and the minimum daily dimension hours provided by these forms of education, upbringing and care, taking into account in particular the need to adapt to the situation and pre-school education forms local needs, as well as the ability to conduct activities only on certain days of the week.

Article. 14B. [notification of child to kindergarten] 1. The parents of a child subject to the obligation referred to in article 1. 14 paragraph 1. 3, are required to: 1) the completion of activities a child to kindergarten, pre-primary branch held in the primary school or any other form of pre-primary education;

2) ensure the child's regular school attendance for classes;

3) information, no later than 30 September of each year, the Director of the school in which the child lives, on the implementation of this obligation as referred to in article spełnianego. 16. 5B;

4) ensure that the child's learning conditions referred to in the authorisation referred to in article 2. 16. 8-in the case of a child to carry a duty beyond kindergarten, pre-school division or another form of pre-school education.

2. Monitoring compliance with the obligation referred to in article 2. 14 paragraph 1. 3, belongs to the tasks of the Director of the elementary school, in which a child lives.

3. The directors of public and private kindergartens and elementary schools, in which organized branches of the kindergarten, and the teachers leading classes in public and private pre-school education other forms are required to notify the Director of the school, in which a child lives, meeting the child the obligation referred to in article 2. 14 paragraph 1. 3, respectively, in kindergarten, pre-school branch or another form of pre-primary education and on changes in this regard.

Article. -[other forms of pre-school education] legal and natural persons may carry out other forms of pre-school education, referred to in the rules pursuant to article 114. 14A paragraph 6. 7. Activities in another form of pre-primary education teacher leads having the qualifications required of teachers in kindergartens. The provisions of article 4. 6 (2). 6. 7 paragraph 1. 1BA shall apply mutatis mutandis.



Article. 14 d [the special-purpose Grant to subsidize pre-primary education tasks] 1. The funding for pre-primary education tasks the municipality receives a special subsidy from the State budget, which can be used exclusively for the financing current expenditure linked to the implementation of these tasks.

2. Allocation of resources for the grant referred to in paragraph 1. 1, between the various municipalities make the proper minister of education and upbringing.


3. the amount of the contribution referred to in paragraph 1. 1, for a given municipality is calculated as the product of the annual amounts referred to in paragraph 1. 4, and the number of children receiving pre-primary education in the area of the municipality, established on the basis of the educational information system data as at 30 September of the year preceding the year of grant.

4. the amount of the annual contribution referred to in paragraph 1. 1 for each child referred to in paragraph 1. 3, regardless of the time of being a child in kindergarten or another form of pre-primary education, amounts to 1506. [2] 5. Annual amount referred to in paragraph 1. 4 shall be subject to adjustment annually forecast an average annual price index of consumer goods and services, set out in the budget law for a given calendar year.

6. the amount of the contribution referred to in paragraph 1. 1, calculated in accordance with paragraph 1. 3, is reduced by the amount of the annual amount of product that forms in the year for which the subsidy is granted, and the number of children, where a municipality has a duty to ensure the possibility of using the pre-primary education, unmatched in the school year for kindergarten or any other form of pre-primary education, which the Mayor (Mayor, Mayor of the city), contrary to the obligation arising from the Act pointed spots using pre-primary education, in accordance with article 4. 14 paragraph 1. 4B. 7. (3) reducing the contribution does not absolve the municipality from the obligation to ensure that children up to the obligation to comply with the conditions referred to in article 2. 14 paragraph 1. 3, and the conditions for the implementation of the rights referred to in article 2. 14 paragraph 1. 3B. 8. If the number of children taken into account for the calculation of the contribution for the financial year for the municipality in accordance with paragraph 1. 3 and 6 is greater than the average annual number of children receiving pre-primary education in the area of the municipality during the financial year for which the aid was granted, part of the contribution deducted an excessive amount is refunded to the State budget.

9. Grants, referred to in paragraph 1. 1, voivodes. A grant shall be in 12 parts within a time limit to 15. day of each month, with the exception of the first part, which shall be immediately after the increase in the expenditure part of the budget of the State, which is at the disposal of the Governor, entered for the period from the beginning of the financial year.

10. The proper Minister of education and upbringing shall determine by regulation: 1) mode way and clearance of the contribution referred to in paragraph 1. 1, including how to determine the amount of the grant to be recovered, and the fixing of the annual average number of children referred to in paragraph 1. 8, as well as the layout of the annual accounts of the use of grants, in order to ensure publicity and transparency in the management of means of the State budget;

2) the manner and terms for determining information about the number of children referred to in paragraph 1. 6, taking into account the possibility of using electronic means of communication of information and data media.

11. information concerning the children adopted in a given school year for kindergarten and other forms of pre-school education, submitted by the Director of the kindergarten or school, Mayor (Mayor, Mayor of the city) and voivode, in accordance with the regulations issued on the basis of paragraph 1. 10, include: 1) the first name, last name, date of birth and social security number of the child, and in the absence of a social security number is the series and the number of passport or another document proving identity;

2) full names of parents;

3) the address of the place of residence of the parents and the child.

12. The information referred to in paragraph 1. 11 shall be kept for a period of two years from the date of this information.

Article. 15. [education] 1. Education is compulsory until the age of 18.

2. child's compulsory education starts at the beginning of the school year in the calendar year in which the child completes 6 years and continues to complete high school, but not longer than completion of 18 years of age.



Article. 15A. (repealed).

Article. 16. [the earlier adoption of a child to primary school] 1. At the request of the parents enrolled in elementary school can also start a child who in a given calendar year ends with 5 years if psychofizyczną shows the maturity to take schooling.

2. The decision to advance the adoption of a child to a primary school shall be taken by the Director of the school on the basis of the public psychological clinic of pedagogy or psycho-pedagogical clinics private placement, established in accordance with article 4. 82, and employing staff with qualifications specified for public workers psychological clinic. A child who was previously admitted to primary school, shall be exempt from the obligation referred to in article 2. 14 paragraph 1. 3.3. The Director of the public school in which the child lives, and in the case where a child has been accepted into the school, other than a public elementary school, where he lives, the Director of the elementary school to which the child has been adopted, at the request of the parents, shall defer compliance with the child compulsory education.

4. the application referred to in paragraph 1. 3, consists in the calendar year in which the child completes 6 years. Deferral applies to the school year in which the child is supposed to start or have already begun to comply with compulsory education.

4A. If your child has been accepted into the school, other than a public elementary school, where he lives, and he has been postponed to comply with compulsory education, Director of the elementary school to which the child has been adopted, shall inform the Director of the public school in which the child lives, to postpone the fulfilment of this obligation.

4B. the application referred to in paragraph 1. 3 shall be accompanied by an opinion from which arises a need to postpone the fulfilment of the child compulsory education in a given school year, issued by a public poradnię psycho-pedagogical or psychological poradnię non-teaching, established in accordance with article 4. 82 and with staff having qualifications specified for public workers psychological clinic.

4. the child, which has been postponed to comply with compulsory education in accordance with paragraph 1. 3, continues the preparation of kindergarten in kindergarten or in any other form of pre-primary education and the child having a judgment about the need for special education issued due to disability, which joined one of the disability is mental retardation in moderate or significant, also at enabling children and young people referred to in paragraph 1. 7, as well as children and adolescents with mental retardation with a charge-up implementation of the obligation referred to in article 2. 14 paragraph 1. 3, compulsory education and science. The provisions of article 4. 14A paragraph 6. 2-4 shall apply mutatis mutandis.

4 d. the provisions of paragraph 1. 3-4 c shall apply mutatis mutandis to postpone fulfilment of compulsory education for children with a judgment about the need for special education, referred to in article 1. 14 paragraph 1. 1A, except that the application shall be accompanied by the judgment as well of the need for special education, and the application may be filed in the calendar year in which the child completes the 7 years.

5. Compulsory education meets by attending elementary school and middle school, public or private.

5a. After graduating from junior high school part of science meets: 1) by attending to the public or private placement secondary school;

2) by carrying out, in accordance with separate regulations, professional preparation on employers.

5b. the obligation referred to in article 2. 14 paragraph 1. 3, compulsory education and the obligation of science can be met also by attending up to kindergarten or school: 1) abroad, including on the basis of international agreements or cooperation agreements concluded directly by schools, government entities and government bodies or in the framework of the educational programmes of the European Union;

2 diplomatic representation of the other Member States).

5 c. the student who graduated from high school ponadgimnazjalną before the age of 18 years of age may also fulfil the obligation to attend school to high school.

6. The directors of the private elementary and secondary schools and directors of public elementary and secondary schools, as well as the directors of special schools and centres referred to in article 1. 2 paragraph 5, carried out by natural persons or legal entities other than the units of local government, which has not been established, to the adoption of a student to the school are required to notify the Director of a public elementary or secondary school in which the student circuit, and inform him of the meeting by a student of the school obligation.

6a. the provision of paragraphs 1 and 2. 6 shall apply mutatis mutandis to the Director of the public school and public school about a fixed perimeter, which accepted to school a student residing in another public school.

6B. The directors of public and private secondary schools, employers, referred to in paragraph 1. 5A point 2, and leading actors who work vocational qualification, are required to notify the Mayor of the municipality (Mayor, city President), which lives high school graduate who has not completed 18 years of age, to adopt it to school or to prepare a professional qualification or professional course, within 14 days from the date of adoption of the graduate, and inform the Mayor (Mayor, city President) about changes in fulfilling the obligation for graduate school within 14 days from the date of the creation of these changes.

6 c. the proper Minister of education and upbringing, in consultation with the Minister of Justice, shall determine by regulation: 1) the cases in which a public or private placement school for adults, you can take a person who has completed 16 years of age and, in the case of Voluntary Labour regiments from participants and persons residing in prisons or prisons-15 years


2) the cases in which a person who has graduated from high school, may satisfy the obligation to learn by attending professional course qualification, taking into account, in particular, the delay in the cycle, random to prevent or significantly hindering school attendance or to enable the fulfilment of the obligation to learn persons in prisons or prisons.

7. to comply with the obligation referred to in article 2. 14 paragraph 1. 3, compulsory education and science shall also be mentally handicapped children and youth participation in a deep rewalidacyjno classes-educational, organized in accordance with separate provisions.

7A. (repealed).

8. at the request of the parents, the Director of the public or, respectively, private kindergarten, elementary school, middle school and secondary school to which the child has been adopted, may authorise, by decision, the child appropriately the obligation referred to in article 2. 14 paragraph 1. 3, outside the kindergarten, pre-school division or another form of early childhood education and compulsory education or the obligation to learn outside the classroom.

9. (repealed).

10. The authorisation referred to in paragraph 1. 8 may be issued before the start of the school year or during the school year, if the application for authorisation is accompanied by: 1) the opinion of the psycho-pedagogical clinics;

2) Declaration by the parents of the child to ensure the conditions for the implementation of programming base force at this stage of education;

3) the commitment of the parents to the school each year to join the child fulfilling compulsory education or part of science to the annual classification examinations referred to in paragraph 1. 11.10a. The provisions of paragraph 1. 10 points 1 and 3 shall not apply in the case of the authorisation referred to in paragraph 1. 8, for children and young people with a need for special education issued due to mental retardation in moderate or significant.

11. The student fulfilling compulsory education or learning outside the school receives an annual assessment on the basis of the classification of the annual exams from the scope of the classification part of the base of the existing policy at this stage of education, agreed to the school year of the school principal. Screening examinations are conducted by the school, which permitted the Director to comply with compulsory education or the obligation to learn outside the classroom. This student has not determined the assessment of behaviour. Classification examination shall be carried out in accordance with article 4. 44l and regulations issued on the basis of article. 44zb. 11a. The provisions of paragraph 1. 11 do not apply to children and teenagers with a need for special education issued due to mental retardation in moderate or significant.

12. Annual and final classification of a student fulfilling compulsory education or the obligation to learn outside the classroom takes place in accordance with the provisions of chapter 3a.

13. The student fulfilling compulsory education or learning outside the school have the right to participate in school activities, referred to in article 1. 64 paragraph 1. 1 paragraphs 2, 5 and 6.

14. The withdrawal of authorisation referred to in paragraph 1. 8:1) at the request of the parents;

2) if the student Unexcused reasons not proceeded to the annual classification examinations referred to in paragraph 1. 11, or not passed the annual examination of the classification referred to in paragraph 1. 11;

3) in the event of authorization in violation of the law.

Article. 17. [the way of the child from home to school] 1. A network of public schools should be organised in such a way that all children meet the compulsory education, taking into account paragraph 3. 2.2. The way of the child from home to school may not exceed:-1) 3 km – for students in grades l-IV primary schools;

2) 4 km – for students in grades V and VI of the elementary and junior high students.

3. If the way the child from home to school, in which the circumference of the child lives: 1) exceeds the distance referred to in paragraph 1. 2, the obligation is to provide free transport and care during transport of the child or the child's travel expenses by public transport, if you bring provide parents, and to complete by a child 7 years old-also travelling expenses of a guardian of the child by public transport;

2) shall not exceed the distance referred to in paragraph 1. 2, can arrange a free shuttle service, providing care during transport.

3A. The responsibility of the municipality is the village of: 1) providing students with disabilities whose education and upbringing is based on art. 71B hand-held, free transport and care during transport to the nearest elementary school and junior high school, and students with disabilities of movement, mental retardation in moderate or significant-also to the nearest secondary school, not longer, however, than to complete 21. years of age;

2) ensuring children and young people referred to in article 1. 16. 7, as well as children and adolescents with mental retardation with a charge, free transport and care during transport to the resort for the children and young people the implementation of compulsory education and the obligation of science, not longer, however, than to complete 25 years of age;

3) reimbursement of travel, referred to in points 1 and 2, and his caretaker to school or Centre, referred to in points 1 and 2, on the terms laid down in the contract concluded between the Mayor (Mayor, city President) and your parents, if you bring and provide care for parents.

4. the Council of the municipality, taking into account paragraph 3. 1 and 2, sets out a plan of public networks of primary schools and secondary schools operated by the municipality, and also specifies the boundaries of the wards of public elementary and secondary schools, with the exception of special, established in the territory of the municipality, subject to article 22. 58 paragraph 1. 2. in the case of public elementary and secondary schools carried out by other bodies, to define the boundaries of their circuits shall be in agreement with those authorities. Resolution of the Municipal Council is subject to the notice in the provincial Gazette.

5. the Council shall determine the public network plan County schools and special schools, including secondary schools, and special established on the territory of the County to be carried out by other bodies, so as to enable children and youth residing in the area of the county or in establishments and units referred to in article 1. 3 paragraph 1a (b). (b), respectively, compulsory education or learning requirement.

6. (repealed).

Article. 18. [responsibilities of parents] 1. The parents of a child subject to subject to compulsory full-time schooling are required to: 1) the completion of activities a child to school;

2) ensure regular school attendance of a child at school classes;

3) ensure that the child's conditions for preparing for classes;

4) information, no later than 30 September of each year, the Director of the elementary school or junior high school, in which the child lives, on the implementation of compulsory education spełnianego in the manner set out in article 3. 16. 5b. 2. The parents of a child subject to the obligation to study, at the request of the Mayor of the municipality (Mayor, Mayor of the city), in which a child lives, shall inform him of the obligation to comply with the form for the baby and changes in this regard.

3. the Parents of a child pursuing compulsory education or learning outside the school on the basis of the authorisation referred to in article 2. 16. 8, are required to ensure your child's learning conditions specified in that consent.

Article. 19. [control of fulfilment of compulsory education] 1. The directors of public elementary and secondary schools to control compliance with the compulsory education by children residing in the periphery of these schools and villages in controls to comply with the obligation to learning by young people resident within the commune, including as appropriate: 1) control the performance of the duties referred to in article 1. 18 paragraph 1. 1 points 1, 2 and 4, as well as interact with his parents in the implementation of the obligations referred to in article 1. 18 paragraph 1. 1, paragraph 3 and paragraph 4. 3.

2) keep records meet the compulsory education and science.

2. the Mayor of the municipality (Mayor, Mayor of the city) is obliged to provide public junior high and elementary school principals in the area of the municipality for information on the current state and changes in the records of children and young people aged 3-18 years.

Article. 20. [execution of non-compulsory education] 1. Failure of the obligation referred to in article 2. 14 paragraph 1. 3, compulsory education or science requirement is subject to the enforcement provisions of the mode of enforcement proceedings in administration.

2. By failure to comply with the obligation referred to in article 2. 14 paragraph 1. 3, compulsory education or learning requirement should be understood as unjustified absence during one month on at least 50%: 1) days in kindergarten, another form of pre-primary education, primary school, secondary school, secondary school or facility;

2) in the case of activities to meet the obligation to learn in the manner set out in article 1. 16. 5A point 2 and in the rules pursuant to article 114. 16. 6 c. Chapter 2a Taking to public kindergartens, public education, public education, other forms of Public Art institutions and schools. 20A. [recruitment Procedure] 1. Children, adolescents and adults be adopted up to public kindergartens, public education, and public education to other forms of establishments referred to in article 1. 2 paragraph 3-3b and 7, and first class schools of all types after the recruitment procedure.


2. adoption of a child to public kindergartens and children, young people and adults to public schools of all types, including classes first, and to the public, referred to in article 1. 2 paragraph 3, 3a and 7, during the school year, decided by the Director, except in cases of adoption of children and youth residing in the perimeter of the public primary school and a public high school, which are taken from the Office.

3. If the acceptance of a student referred to in paragraph 1. 2 organisational changes require additional financial implications resulting in school, the school may adopt after obtaining the consent of the student body.

4. the recruitment Procedure is carried out at the request of a parent of a candidate or candidates at the request of an adult.

5. for the first class public primary school and to first class, circuit which concluded the public, children and youth residing in the perimeter shall be ex officio.

6. the recruitment Procedure may be carried out with the use of information systems.

7. The provisions of this chapter shall also apply to children and teenagers with a need for special education, who apply for admission to public kindergartens and public schools public.



Article. 20b. [Definitions] Whenever this chapter is talking about: 1) wielodzietności family – this means family who brings up three and more children;

2) single parenting of the child – this means bringing up a child through bride, Bachelor, widow, widower, a person remaining in the separation imposed by the judgment of the Court, the person divorced unless the person bringing up together at least one child with his parent.



Article. 20 c [the acceptance criteria of the candidates] 1. For public kindergarten or another form of public pre-primary education shall be candidates residing in the territory of the municipality.

2. in the case of a greater number of candidates satisfying the condition referred to in paragraph 1. 1, than the number of vacancies in the public kindergarten or another form of public pre-primary education, at the first stage of the recruitment procedure are taken into account, including the following criteria: 1) wielodzietność of the family of the candidate;

2) disability the candidate;

3) disability of one of the parents of the candidate;

4) disability both parents of the candidate;

5) disability siblings of the candidate;

6) single bringing up the candidate in the family;

7) coverage of the candidate keeping a surrogate.

3. the criteria referred to in paragraph 1. 2, have the same value.

4. in the case of equal results obtained in the first stage of the recruitment procedure, or if at the end of this phase of public data kindergarten or the other form of public pre-primary education still has free places on the second stage of the recruitment procedure are taken into account the criteria set out by the authority, taking into account the fullest assurance the implementation needs of the child and his family, especially the needs of families in which the parents or single parent fostering professional obligations to reconcile must candidate with family responsibilities and local needs. Body specifies the documents necessary to confirm these criteria.

5. at the second stage of the recruitment procedure may be taken into account the criterion of income per person in the family. The income criterion specifies the body in percentage to the amount referred to in article 14(2). 5 paragraph 1. 1 of the Act of 28 November 2003 on family benefits (OJ of the 2013 item 1456, 1623 and 1650). Meet this criterion is confirmed parent statement.

6. Body specifies no more than 6 of the criteria referred to in paragraph 1. 4 and 5, and grant each criterion a certain number of points, each criterion can have a different value.

7. Applicants residing outside the territory of the municipality can be admitted to public kindergarten or another form of public pre-primary education in the municipality if, after conducting the recruitment procedure in accordance with paragraph 1. 1-6, the municipality still has spare places in the nursery or some other form of pre-primary education. In the case of a greater number of applicants residing outside the territory of the municipality of recruitment procedure is carried out. The provisions of paragraph 1. 2-6 shall apply mutatis mutandis.

8. the provisions of paragraphs 1 and 2. 1-7, 9 and 10 shall apply mutatis mutandis to the recruitment procedure for public kindergarten inclusive and integration branch in a public kindergarten open, in the case of children without a need for special education issued due to the disability.

9. The term of income referred to in paragraph 1. 5, means the income referred to in article 2. (3) section 1 of the Act of 28 November 2003 on family benefits, except that in the case of taxable income on the principles referred to in article 1. 27, art. 30B. 30 c and art. 30e Act of 26 July 1991 on income tax from natural persons (OJ of 2012. poz. 361, as amended), shall be reduced by the cost of obtaining income, payments on income tax from natural persons, social insurance contributions counted to the deductible and premiums for health insurance.

10. For the purpose of calculating the income of a family member referred to in paragraph 1. 9, account shall be taken of the average monthly income of 3 months of the last 6 months preceding the application referred to in article 2. 20s. 20 d [list of winners and finalists Olympiads and competitions] 1. The winner or finalist of the Olimpic and prizewinner of the province-wide or ponadwojewódzkim, carried out in accordance with the regulations issued on the basis of article. 22 paragraph 1. 2, paragraph 8, shall be admitted in the first instance to the public high school, public high school, a bilingual school inclusive, bilingual branch in a public high school open, a branch of the public international high school open, inclusive branch in a public junior high school, a public secondary school, a public secondary school, the public integrative or branch in the public secondary school inclusive public if they meet the conditions respectively referred to in article 1. 20E paragraph 1. 2. paragraph 20f. 1.2. The winner or finalist of the Olimpic and prizewinner of the province-wide or ponadwojewódzkim, carried out in accordance with the regulations issued on the basis of article. 22 paragraph 1. 2, paragraph 8, shall be admitted in the first instance to the public high school sports, high school sports, Sports Division Championship to the public in a public high school open, public schools, public secondary school sports secondary Sports Championships or branch of the public secondary school in public if they meet the conditions respectively referred to in article 1. 20E paragraph 1. 2, art. paragraph 20f. 1. 20 h of paragraph 1. 1.3. The winner or finalist of the Olimpic and prizewinner of the province-wide or ponadwojewódzkim, carried out in accordance with the regulations issued on the basis of article. 22 paragraph 1. 2, paragraph 8, shall be admitted in the first instance to the public bilingual secondary school, a bilingual branch in the public secondary school, the public or public secondary school's international branch of the public if they meet the conditions respectively referred to in article 1. paragraph 20f. 1. paragraph 20j. 1, except that a condition of obtaining a positive result of the test of competence referred to in article 2. paragraph 20j. 1 does not apply to the winner or finalist of the Olympics and the winner of the contest of the province-wide or ponadwojewódzkim from a foreign language of the modern, which will be the second language taught in school or Department to which you applied for the winner or finalist.



Article. 20E. [acceptance criteria to grade the first public elementary school and the first class public school] 1. To the class of the first public elementary school and the first class public high school, where it was found, on the basis of the adopted Declaration of parents of children and youth residing in the perimeter.

2. for the first class public high school welcomes candidates with certificate of completion of primary school.

3. candidates residing outside public circuit elementary school or public school may be admitted to the first class after the recruitment procedure, if a public school or public high school still has spare places. Recruitment in the proceeding are to be taken into account the criteria set out by the authority, taking into account the fullest assurance the implementation needs of the child and his family and local social needs, and may be considered the criterion of per capita income in the family of the candidate, as referred to in article 1. 20 c of paragraph 1. 5. The provisions of article 4. 20 c of paragraph 1. 9 and 10 shall apply.

4. Criteria referred to in paragraph 1. 3, body confers a certain number of points and defines the documents necessary to confirm that compliance with the criterion of per capita income in the family of the candidate is confirmed the statement.

5. the provisions of paragraphs 1 and 2. 1 to 4 shall also apply to the recruitment procedure for a first class public school or a public school operated by a legal person other than a Government entity or a natural person, which established circuit.


6. the provisions of paragraphs 1 and 2. 2-4 shall apply mutatis mutandis to the recruitment procedure for a first class public school or a public school operated by a legal person other than the regional or local authorities, or a natural person who has not been established, in the case of more candidates than the number of vacancies in these schools.

7. the provisions of paragraphs 1 and 2. 2-4 shall apply mutatis mutandis to the recruitment procedure for a first class public primary school of integrative public school integration, the integration branch in public public public public high school or elementary school, in the case of children without a need for special education issued due to the disability.



Article. 20F. [acceptance criteria for first class public secondary school] 1. To the class of the first public secondary school, with the exception of schools referred to in article 1. 9. 1, paragraph 3 (b). (d) and (e), the candidates who: 1) are accompanied by a certificate of completion of high school;

2) in the case of candidates for the school's leading vocational training, have a medical certificate containing the judgment of non-impediment to health take a practical apprenticeship, issued in accordance with the provisions on medical examinations of candidates for secondary schools or higher, students of these schools, students and participants in the doctoral studies.

2. in the case of a greater number of candidates satisfying the condition referred to in paragraph 1. 1 (1), than the number of vacancies at the school referred to in paragraph 1. 1, at the first stage of the recruitment procedure are taken into account, including the following criteria: 1) the results of the exam;

2) listed on the certificate of completion of high school assessment of the Polish language and mathematics and two mandatory educational activities to be determined by the Director of the school as taken into account in the recruitment procedure for a particular branch of this school;

3) certificate with honors from high school;

4) specific achievements listed on the certificate of completion of junior high school: a) getting high or winning award winning the title in a competition of knowledge, artistic and sporting activities, organized by curator of education, or at least the district level organized by other entities operating on the school grounds, with the exception of the title winner or finalist of the competition winner title and Olimpic of concerned regional or ponadwojewódzkim referred to in article 1. d, b) developments in the field of social activity, including for the school environment, in particular in the form of volunteering;

5) in the case of candidates for admission to the branches that require specific individual predisposition – the results of the test direction powers referred to in paragraph 1. 5.3. In the case of equal results obtained in the first stage of the recruitment procedure, on the second stage of the procedure shall be the recruitment of candidates with health problems, limiting the choice of direction of training due to health, confirmed the opinion of the public psychological clinic of pedagogy, including a public clinic.

4. in the case of equal results obtained on the second stage of the recruitment procedure, or where, at the end of this stage the school referred to in paragraph 1. 1, still has free places on the third stage of the recruitment procedure shall be taken into account including the criteria referred to in article 1. 20 c of paragraph 1. 2. the provision of article. 20 c of paragraph 1. 3 apply.

5. If the curriculum implemented in school or a branch requires specific candidates individual predisposition, at the request of the Director of the secondary school, welcomed by education guardian forwarded the proper minister of education and upbringing may agree to carry out the test direction have, under the conditions laid down by the Council of teaching, if body agrees to additional hours of educational activities in the field of the implementation of the curriculum that requires from the student's specific individual predisposition.

6. the provisions of paragraphs 1 and 2. 1-5 shall apply by analogy to the recruitment procedure for public secondary school first class of integrative or branch of the public secondary school in inclusive public, in the case of children without a need for special education issued due to the disability.



Article. 20 g [the acceptance criteria for first class public post-secondary school] 1. In the first semester of the public post-secondary schools adopt candidates who: 1) have secondary education;

2) have the medical certificate referred to in article 2. paragraph 20f. 1 point 2;

3) in the case of candidates for admission to the schools implement curriculum requiring specific individual talents or aptitudes useful in the profession-have a positive test, referred to in paragraph 1. 1A 1a. If the curriculum implemented in school requires candidates to specific individual talents or aptitudes useful in the profession, at the request of the Director of the school, the proper minister of education and upbringing, a favourable opinion from the application by the Minister competent in the field of profession, may agree to carry out the test talents or aptitudes useful in the profession. This test shall be carried out under the conditions laid down by the Council of the teaching.

2. in the case of a greater number of candidates meeting the conditions referred to in paragraph 1. 1, than the number of vacancies at the school referred to in paragraph 1. 1, at the first stage of the recruitment procedure are taken into account, including the following criteria: 1) in the case of a candidate of a minor-the criteria referred to in article 1. 20 c of paragraph 1. 2;

2) in the case of an adult candidate: a candidate's family wielodzietność), b), c) candidate disability disability child candidate, (d)) disability of another person close, over which the candidate has custody, e) solitary bringing up a child by the candidate.

3. the criteria referred to in paragraph 1. 2, have the same value.

4. in the case of equal results obtained in the first stage of the recruitment procedure, or where, at the end of this stage the school referred to in paragraph 1. 1, still has spare places in the second stage of the recruitment procedure is taken into account the order of submissions.



Article. 20 h. [acceptance criteria for first class public school sports] 1. To the class of the first public elementary school, a public elementary school sports championships or branch in a public primary school, public or to a class higher than the first in these schools, where training in the sport begins in this class, the candidates who: 1) have a very good health, confirmed the ruling of the medical examination with a capacity for a given sport issued by a specialist in the field of sports medicine or other qualified doctor in accordance with the provisions on the mode of rule on the capacity to practise a particular sport for children and young people to complete 21. years of age, and by the players between 21. 23. years of age;

2) have written consent from the parents to attend school candidate or branch;

3) have obtained positive results of fitness tests, under the conditions laid down by the Polish Sports Association for the sport, in which it is carried out in the athletic training school or a branch office.

2. in the case of a greater number of candidates meeting the conditions referred to in paragraph 1. 1, than the number of vacancies at the school and a branch referred to in paragraph 1. 1, at the first stage of the recruitment procedure are taken into account the results of the physical fitness tests referred to in paragraph 1. 1, paragraph 3.

3. in the case of equal results obtained in the first stage of the recruitment procedure, on the second stage of the recruitment procedure shall be taken into account including the criteria referred to in article 1. 20 c of paragraph 1. 2. the provision of article. 20 c of paragraph 1. 3 apply.

4. for the first class public high school sports, high school sports, Sports Division Championship to the public in a public high school open, public schools, public secondary school sports secondary Sports Championships or branch in the public secondary school shall be open to candidates who meet the conditions respectively referred to in paragraph 1. 1, art. 20E paragraph 1. 2. paragraph 20f. 1.5. In the case of a larger number of candidates meeting the conditions referred to in paragraph 1. 4, than the number of vacancies in schools and offices referred to in paragraph 1. 4, in the first stage of the recruitment procedure are taken into account the results of the physical fitness tests referred to in paragraph 1. 1, paragraph 3.

6. in the case of equal results obtained in the first stage of the recruitment procedure, on the second stage of the recruitment procedure shall be taken into account including, respectively, of the following criteria: 1) the results of the test, in the case of public high school sports, high school sports and Sports Division Championship to the public in a public high school open;

2) exam results-in the case of a public secondary school, a public secondary school, sports championships and sports branch in the public secondary school, the public;


3) listed on the certificate of completion of high school assessment of the Polish language and mathematics and two mandatory educational activities to be determined by the Director of the school as taken into account in the recruitment procedure for a particular branch of this school-in the case of a public secondary school, a public secondary school, sports championships and sports branch in the public secondary school, the public;

4) certificate of completion of primary school, respectively, or high school with honors;

5) specific achievements listed on the certificate of completion of elementary school and junior high school: or, respectively) to obtain a high Oscar award-winning or title in the competition of knowledge, artistic and sporting activities, organized by curator of education, or at least the district level organized by other entities operating on the school grounds, with the exception of the title winner or finalist of the competition winner title and Olimpic of concerned regional or ponadwojewódzkim referred to in article 1. d, b) developments in the field of social activity, including for the school environment, in particular in the form of voluntary work.

7. in the case of equal results obtained on the second stage of the recruitment procedure, on the third stage of the recruitment procedure shall be taken into account including the criteria referred to in article 1. 20 c of paragraph 1. 2. the provision of article. 20 c of paragraph 1. 3 apply.



Article. 20i. [acceptance criteria for first class public high school bilingual or bilingual branch in a public high school open] 1. To the public bilingual school first class or a bilingual branch in a public high school open shall be candidates who are accompanied by a certificate of completion of elementary school and received a positive test the suitability of language carried out under the conditions laid down by the Council of the teaching.

2. in the case of a greater number of candidates meeting the conditions referred to in paragraph 1. 1, than the number of vacancies at the school and a branch referred to in paragraph 1. 1, at the first stage of the recruitment procedure are taken into account, including the following criteria: 1) the results of the test;

2) result of test of suitability, referred to in paragraph 1. 1;

3) elementary school certificate with distinction;

4) specific achievements listed on the certificate of completion of elementary school: (a)) getting high or winning the award winning title in the competition of knowledge, artistic and sporting activities, organized by curator of education, or at least the district level organized by other entities operating on the school grounds, with the exception of the title of the winner of the contest of the province-wide or ponadwojewódzkim referred to in article 2. d, b) developments in the field of social activity, including for the school environment, in particular in the form of voluntary work.

3. in the case of equal results obtained in the first stage of the recruitment procedure, on the second stage of the recruitment procedure shall be taken into account including the criteria referred to in article 1. 20 c of paragraph 1. 2. the provision of article. 20 c of paragraph 1. 3 apply.



Article. 20j. [acceptance criteria for first class public school secondary bilingual or bilingual branch in the public secondary school public] 1. To the class of the first public school secondary bilingual bilingual secondary school in a public or branch shall be open to candidates who comply with the conditions referred to in article 1. paragraph 20f. 1, and received a positive test of language competence which is carried out under the conditions laid down by the Council of the teaching.

2. in the case of a greater number of candidates satisfying the condition referred to in paragraph 1. 1, than the number of vacancies at the school and a branch referred to in paragraph 1. 1, at the first stage of the recruitment procedure are taken into account, including the following criteria: 1) the results of the exam;

2) result of test of language competence referred to in paragraph 1. 1;

3) listed on the certificate of completion of high school assessment of the Polish language, mathematics, modern foreign languages, and in the case of the modern foreign language assessment takes into account the higher assessment, and with some of the mandatory educational activities to be determined by the Director of the school as taken into account in the recruitment procedure for a particular branch of this school;

4) high school certificate with distinction;

5) specific achievements listed on the certificate of completion of junior high school: a) getting high or winning award winning the title in a competition of knowledge, artistic and sporting activities, organized by curator of education, or at least the district level organized by other entities operating on the school grounds, with the exception of the title winner or finalist of the competition winner title and Olimpic of concerned regional or ponadwojewódzkim referred to in article 1. d, b) developments in the field of social activity, including for the school environment, in particular in the form of voluntary work.

3. in the case of equal results obtained in the first stage of the recruitment procedure, on the second stage of the recruitment procedure shall be taken into account including the criteria referred to in article 1. 20 c of paragraph 1. 2. the provision of article. 20 c of paragraph 1. 3 apply.



Article. 20 k [the acceptance criteria to the public elementary school for adults, the first class public high school for adults and public secondary school for adults] 1. To a public elementary school for adults, the first class public high school for adults and public secondary school for adults shall be candidates who: 1) completed the fifth grade of elementary school, in the case of applying for admission to primary schools for adults;

2) completed the six-year primary school or class of sixth or seventh of eight years of primary school, in the case of applying for admission to the high school for adults;

3) have completed high school or a primary school-in the case of applying for admission to the high school grammar for adults;

4) have secondary education and the medical certificate referred to in article 2. paragraph 20f. 1 point 2, in the case of applying for admission to post-secondary schools for adults;

5) have secondary education and the medical certificate referred to in article 2. paragraph 20f. 1 point 2, and received a positive test referred to in paragraph 1. 1A-in the case of applying for admission to post-secondary school for adults implement curriculum requiring specific individual talents or aptitudes useful in the profession.

1a. If the curriculum implemented in post-secondary school for adults requires candidates to specific individual talents or aptitudes useful in the profession, at the request of the Director of the school, the proper minister of education and upbringing, a favourable opinion from the application by the Minister competent in the field of profession, may agree to carry out the test talents or aptitudes useful in the profession. This test shall be carried out under the conditions laid down by the Council of the teaching.

2. in the case of a greater number of candidates meeting the conditions referred to in paragraph 1. 1, than the number of vacancies at the school referred to in paragraph 1. 1, at the first stage of the recruitment procedure shall be taken into account including: 1) in the case of candidates referred to in the rules pursuant to article 114. 16. 6 c-the criteria referred to in article 1. 20 c of paragraph 1. 2;

2) in the case of an adult candidate-the criteria referred to in article 1. 20 g of paragraph 1. 2 (2).

3. the criteria referred to in paragraph 1. 2, have the same value.

4. in the case of equal results obtained in the first stage of the recruitment procedure, or where, at the end of this stage the school referred to in paragraph 1. 1, still has spare places in the second stage of the recruitment procedure is taken into account the order of submissions.

5. The candidate who does not have proof of successful completion of the fifth grade of elementary school, may be admitted to public primary school for adults on the basis of an interview conducted by the recruitment Commission.

6. Candidates who possess a certificate of completion of basic vocational school, you can take the class a second public high school grammar for adults. The provisions of paragraph 1. 2-4 shall apply.



Article. 20 l [Delegation] [4] the proper Minister of education and upbringing shall determine by regulation: 1) how to convert points into each of the criteria referred to in article 1. paragraph 20f. 2, points 1-4, art. 20 h of paragraph 1. 6, art. paragraph 1, 20i. 2, points 1, 3 and 4 and articles. paragraph 20j. 2, points 1, 3, 4 and 5 2) method of determining the scoring for those released up from the test or exam) and the detailed tasks of the recruitment Commission, detailed mode and terms of carrying out the recruitment procedure and supplementary investigations, as well as the dates for the submission of documents – taking into account the need to ensure the admission of candidates to selected schools on an equal and transparent basis to assess their knowledge, skills and achievements.




Article. 20 m [list of occupations of knowledge, artistic and sporting activities] by the end of February each year the Superintendent shall make public a list of professions, knowledge, artistic and sporting activities, organized by curator of education or other entities operating on the school grounds, which may be listed on the certificate of completion of elementary school and junior high school, referred to in article 1. paragraph 20f. 2 point 4 (b). a, art. 20 h of paragraph 1. 6 paragraph 5 (b). a, art. paragraph 1, 20i. 2 point 4 (b). (a) and article 3. paragraph 20j. 2, paragraph 5 (b). and, and determine the place considered to be high in these professions.



Article. 20b. [acceptance criteria to public schools and public art institutions] 1. To public schools and public art institutions may be accepted candidates who have obtained a positive result in the recruitment procedure.

2. the first stage of the recruitment procedure For candidates who are allowed to apply for admission to a public school or public art institutions have joined the medical certificate of non-impediment to take health education in a public school or public facility, issued by the primary care physician.

3. public artistic school leading vocational training may, depending on the scope of education, require a medical certificate of non-impediment to health take the training in a particular profession or expertise, issued by the appropriate specialist physician due to the scope of the training in the occupation, or specialization. In this case, the provisions of paragraph 1. 2 as regards the requirement for an application to the public art school certificate, the primary care physician does not apply.

4. at the first stage of the recruitment procedure are taken into account the results of the study the suitability of or entrance examination in terms of talents, aptitudes, or practical skills.

5. in the case of equal results obtained in the first stage of the recruitment procedure, on the second stage of the recruitment procedure are taken into account, including the following criteria: 1) in the case of a candidate of a minor-the criteria referred to in article 1. 20 c of paragraph 1. 2;

2) in the case of an adult candidate-the criteria referred to in article 1. 20 g of paragraph 1. 2 (2).

6. criteria referred to in paragraph 1. 5, have the same value.

7. For a candidate applying for admission to a public school or public facility artistic class higher than the first or the year of higher education than the first qualifying examination is to be carried out in order to verify that the predisposition and the skill level of a candidate correspond to the program class or year of education in a public school or public facility, to which the candidate is to be adopted. The provisions of paragraph 1. 2 and 3 shall apply.

8. In order to carry out the qualification exam, the Director of the public school or public facility Commission appoints the artistic qualification, shall designate its Chairman and determines the functions of the members of the Commission.

9. in the case of the student's transition from one public school or public facility to other public art public art institutions or, in the case of an application or a candidate for admission to a public school or public facility in during the school year the provisions of paragraph 1. 2, 3, 7 and 8 shall apply mutatis mutandis.

10. The proper Minister of culture and national heritage protection shall determine by regulation: 1) detailed rules for the admission of candidates to the various types of public schools and public art institutions, and evidence of compliance with these conditions, 2) way, detailed mode and carry out the terms of conduct for the recruitment of the various types of public schools and public art institutions, including the scope, conditions and methods of roadworthiness tests and preliminary examination referred to in paragraph 1. 4, qualifying examination referred to in paragraph 1. 7, and the composition and specific tasks of the Commission and the Commission of the screening interview, respectively 3) specific conditions for passing students with some types of public art schools to other types of public art schools – taking into account the need to ensure the admission of candidates to selected public schools and public art institutions on an equal and transparent basis to assess their talents, aptitudes, and practical skills, and with a view to the efficiency of the recruitment procedure as well as the need to supplement the programmatic differences by students, including the continuation of learning a foreign language where the modern public school artistic education.

11. The proper Minister of culture and national heritage protection can determine, by regulation, model application for admission to a public school and public art institutions, taking into account the organizational structure of public schools and public facilities.

12. To conduct recruitment to public schools and public art institutions. 20s. 20 ton and art. 20za-20ze shall apply mutatis mutandis.



Article. 20 ° [acceptance criteria to address the growing interest in developing or talents in the public educational and educational-] 1. To address the growing interest in developing or talents in the public educational and teaching activities shall be candidates residing in the area of the County.

2. for the candidates for admission to class talents developing the Director of the facility, referred to in paragraph 1. 1, can arrange a study guidance have, under the conditions laid down by the Council of the teaching. In this case, classes shall be candidates who have obtained a positive result of the test direction talents.

3. in the case of a larger number of candidates meeting the conditions referred to in paragraph 1. 1 or 2, than the number of vacancies for the classes referred to in paragraph 1. 1, held at the facility, referred to in paragraph 1. 1, at the first stage of the recruitment procedure shall be taken into account including the criteria referred to in article 1. 20 c of paragraph 1. 2. the provision of article. 20 c of paragraph 1. 3 apply.

4. in the case of equal results obtained in the first stage of the recruitment procedure, on the second stage of the recruitment procedure are taken into account the criteria set out by the authority, taking into account the fullest assurance the implementation needs of the child and his family and local social needs, and may be considered the criterion of per capita income in the family of the candidate, as referred to in article 1. 20 c of paragraph 1. 5. Body specifies the documents necessary to confirm these criteria, except that the criterion of income per person in the family of the candidate is confirmed the statement. The provisions of article 4. 20 c of paragraph 1. 6, 9 and 10 shall apply.

5. Applicants residing outside the territory of the County may be received for the classes referred to in paragraph 1. 1, held at the facility, referred to in paragraph 1. 1, within this county, if the following recruitment procedure in accordance with paragraph 1. 1-4, the District still has free places on the activities organized in this facility. The provisions of paragraph 1. 2-4 shall apply mutatis mutandis.



Article. 20 p. [acceptance criteria with respect to public institutions to ensure the care and upbringing of the students during the learning beyond the habitual residence] 1. With respect to public institutions to ensure the care and upbringing of the students during the learning beyond the habitual residence of the first stage of the recruitment procedure are taken into account, including the following criteria: 1) in the case of a candidate of a minor-the criteria referred to in article 1. 20 c of paragraph 1. 2;

2) in the case of an adult candidate-the criteria referred to in article 1. 20 g of paragraph 1. 2 paragraph 2;

3) criteria set out by the authority, taking into account the fullest assurance the implementation needs of the ward and local social needs.

2. at the first stage of the recruitment procedure may be taken into account the criterion of per capita income in the family of the candidate, as referred to in article 1. 20 c of paragraph 1. 5. The provisions of article 4. 20 c of paragraph 1. 9 and 10 shall apply.

3. the host establishment, referred to in paragraph 1. 1, granted to each of the criterion referred to in paragraph 1. 1, a certain number of points, the criteria referred to in paragraph 1. 1 points 1 and 2, have the same value, and any criterion referred to in paragraph 1. 1, paragraph 3 and paragraph 4. 2 may not be awarded the number of points higher than that of the lowest number of points awarded as one of the criteria referred to in paragraph 1. 1 points 1 and 2. Body specifies the documents necessary to confirm the criteria referred to in paragraph 1. 1, paragraph 3. Compliance with the criterion referred to in paragraph 1. 2, is confirmed parent statement.

4. in the case of equal results obtained by the candidates in the first stage of the recruitment procedure, or where, at the end of this stage of the facility referred to in paragraph 1. 1, still has spare places in the second stage of the recruitment procedure is taken into account the order of submissions.



Article. 20q. [acceptance criteria-lifelong learning in school forms implemented by public establishments or public centres] 1. If lifelong learning is not disruptive in the forms is accomplished by public establishments or public centres referred to in article 1. 2 paragraph 3a, as a form of unpaid or paid, in the first stage of the recruitment procedure for the out-of-school forms of lifelong learning are taken into account, including the criteria referred to in article 1. 20 g of paragraph 1. 2 (2). The recipe article. 20 c of paragraph 1. 3 apply.


2. in the case of equal results obtained in the first stage of the recruitment procedure, or where, at the end of this phase, a public institution or public resort, referred to in article 1. 2 paragraph 3a, still have free places on the form of involvement of lifelong learning, on the second stage of the recruitment procedure for candidates shall be according to the order.

3. the provisions of paragraphs 1 and 2. 1 and 2 shall not apply to the forms of school run by public establishments and public centres, referred to in article 1. 2 paragraph 3a, on behalf of other entities, as well as theoretical learning goals are juvenile employees.



Article. 20r. [acceptance criteria for qualifying vocational courses run by Chicago public schools, public establishments or public centres] 1. Qualification for vocational courses run by Chicago public schools, public establishments or public centres referred to in article 1. 2 paragraph 3a, the candidates who have the medical certificate referred to in article 2. paragraph 20f. 1 point 2.

2. in the case of a greater number of candidates satisfying the condition referred to in paragraph 1. 1, than the number of vacancies in the public school, public or public resort, referred to in article 1. 2 paragraph 3a, qualifying for a professional course at the first stage of the procedure shall be the recruitment of candidates who do not have any professional qualifications.

3. in the case of a larger number of candidates meeting the criteria referred to in paragraph 1. 2, than the number of vacancies in the public school, public or public resort, referred to in article 1. 2 paragraph 3a, qualifying for a professional course or if a public school, a public institution or public resort, referred to in article 1. 2 paragraph 3a, you still have a spare places for the course qualification, on the second stage of the recruitment procedure shall be taken into account including: 1) in the case of candidates referred to in the rules pursuant to article 114. 16. 6 c-the criteria referred to in article 1. 20 c of paragraph 1. 2;

2) in the case of an adult candidate-the criteria referred to in article 1. 20 g of paragraph 1. 2 (2).

4. criteria referred to in paragraph 1. 3, have the same value.

5. in the case of equal results obtained on the second stage of the recruitment procedure, or where, at the end of this stage a public school, a public institution or public resort, referred to in article 1. 2 paragraph 3a, you still have a spare places for the course qualification, on the third stage of the recruitment procedure for candidates shall be according to the order.

6. Body of the public school, public service or public resort, referred to in article 1. 2 paragraph 3a, may take the place of residence of the candidate as a criterion to be taken into account before the criterion referred to in paragraph 1. 2.7. The provisions of paragraph 1. 1-6 do not apply to the recruitment procedure for qualifying vocational courses run by Chicago public schools, public establishments and public centres, referred to in article 1. 2 paragraph 3a, on behalf of the others.



Article. 20. [request for] a proposal for a public kindergarten, pre-primary education any form of public, public schools, public facility, classes in public educational and teaching activities, lifelong learning in the forms of school qualification or professional course, hereinafter referred to as "request", is composed by analogy to the Director: 1) selected nursery school public or selected public and, in the case of any other form of public pre-primary education check-the Director of a public kindergarten or elementary school to the public;

2 public educational facility)-educational-on selected classes at this facility;

3 public offering and care facility) to students in the period of learning outside the place of residence;

4) public or public facility, referred to in article 1. 2 paragraph 3a, engaged in lifelong learning in the forms of school-to the form of involvement of lifelong learning;

5) public schools, public establishments or public, referred to in article 1. 2 paragraph 3a, qualifying professional courses leading to a professional course qualification –;

6) selected public school or public facility.



Article. 20 ton [contents of request] 1. The application shall contain: 1) the first name, last name, date of birth and social security number of the candidate, and in the absence of a social security number-series and passport or another document proving identity;

2) first and last names of the parents of the candidate, and, in the case of an adult candidate-names of parents;

3) the address of the place of residence of the parents and the candidate, and, in the case of an adult candidate-the address of the place of residence of the candidate;

4) email address and phone numbers of parents of the candidate, and, in the case of an adult candidate – e-mail address and telephone number of the candidate, unless they have;

5) the indication of the order of selected public kindergartens, public pre-school education to other forms or public schools in order from most to least preferred.

6) in the case of an application for admission to public schools-an indication of the selected branch in the school.

2. The application shall be accompanied by: 1) evidence of compliance with the criteria referred to in article 1. paragraph 7B. 1B. 20 c of paragraph 1. 2, art. paragraph 20f. 4, art. 20 g of paragraph 1. 2, art. 20 h of paragraph 1. 3 and 7, article 6. paragraph 1, 20i. 3, art. paragraph 20j. 3, art. 20 k paragraph 1. 2, art. 20B paragraph 1. 5, art. 20 ° of paragraph 1. 3, art. 20 p paragraphs 1 and 2. 1 (1) and (2), art. 20q paragraph 1. 1. 20r paragraph 1. 3: a) a statement of the candidate's family, wielodzietności, b) judgment about the need for special education issued due to the disability, a disability or severe disability or judgment equivalent within the meaning of the provisions of the Act of 27 August 1997 on the vocational rehabilitation and employment and persons with disabilities (OJ of 2011 No. 127, item 721, as amended), c) final judgment adjudicating family court divorce or legal separation or the death certificate and a declaration of single parenting a child and niewychowywaniu any child with his parent, d) a document certifying the coverage of child substitute goes in accordance with the law of June 9, 2011 to support the family and foster care system (OJ of 2013. poz. 135, d.);

2) evidence of compliance with the criteria laid down by the body referred to in article 1. 20 c of paragraph 1. 4, art. 20E paragraph 1. 3, art. 20 ° of paragraph 1. 4. 20 p paragraphs 1 and 2. 1, paragraph 3;

3) statement of income per person in the family of the candidate-if the body has defined the criterion of income per person in the family of the candidate;

4) evidence of compliance with the conditions referred to in article 1. 20 d. 20E paragraph 1. 2, art. paragraph 20f. 1, 2, paragraph 1 and paragraph 2. 3, art. 20 g of paragraph 1. 1, art. 20 h of paragraph 1. 1 points 1 and 2, paragraph 1. 4 and 6 (1) and (2), art. paragraph 1, 20i. 1 and 2, paragraph 1, article 3. paragraph 20j. 1 and 2, paragraph 1, article 3. 20 k paragraph 1. 1 and 6 and article 1. 20r paragraph 1. 1 and 2, respectively: (a) school-leaving certificate), (a) in the case referred to in article 2. 20 k paragraph 1. 1 point 1-a document confirming the completion of the fifth grade of primary school, b) a certificate of the results of specific test or exam, c) a statement of whether any of the professional qualifications of the candidate, d) certificate of obtaining the title of winner or finalist or winner of the title in question Olympics national competitions of the concerned provincial or ponadwojewódzkim, carried out in accordance with the regulations issued on the basis of article. 22 paragraph 1. 2, point 8 (e)) in the case of the school's leading vocational training – medical certificate containing the judgment of non-impediment to health take a practical apprenticeship, issued in accordance with the provisions on medical examinations of candidates for secondary schools or higher, students of these schools, students and participants in the doctoral studies, f) opinion delivered by a public poradnię psycho-pedagogical public, including poradnię, a specialist on the priority in taking a student health problems to secondary school , g) medical judgment about the capacity to practise a particular sport, in accordance with the provisions on the mode of rule on the capacity to practise a particular sport for children and young people to complete 21. years of age, and by the players between 21. 23. years of age, h) the written consent of the parents, referred to in article 14(2). 20 h of paragraph 1. 1 point 2.

3. the documents referred to in paragraph 1. 2 (1) (a). (b) to (d) and paragraph 4 (c). (a), (b) and (d) to (g), shall be submitted in the original, notarized certified copy or in the form of officially authenticated in accordance with article 4. 76A § 1 of the code of conduct, a copy of the administrative or of an extract from the document.

4. the documents referred to in paragraph 1. 2 point 4 (b). (a) and (b), may be submitted in the form of a copy of the poświadczanej for compatibility with the original by the principal of the school which the candidate graduated.

5. the documents referred to in paragraph 1. 2 (1) (a). (b) to (d) and paragraph 4 (c). (d) to (g), may be submitted in the form of a copy of the poświadczanej for compatibility with the original by the parent of a candidate or an adult.

6. the statements referred to in paragraph 1. 2, composed under pain of criminal prosecution for perjury. Comprising a statement is required to include in it the clause reads as follows: "I am aware of criminal liability for filing a false statement." This clause shall be replaced by the letter of authority of criminal prosecution for perjury.


7. The President of the Commission can request recruitment documents proving the circumstances contained in the declarations referred to in paragraph 1. 2, within the time limit set by its Chairman, or may refer the matter to the Mayor (Mayor, city President) proper due to the place of residence of the candidate to confirm those facts. Mayor (Mayor, city President) confirms these circumstances within 14 days.

8. In order to confirm the circumstances contained in the declarations, the Mayor (Mayor, city President) because of the place of residence of the candidate uses the information that you are familiar with the Office, or may apply to public institutions for information about circumstances contained in the statements, if they have such information. Declaration of single parenting of the child can be verified by means of the interview referred to in article 2. 23 paragraph 1. (4A) the Act of 28 November 2003 on family benefits.

9. at the request of the Mayor (Mayor, city President) proper due to the place of residence of the candidate, public institutions and non-governmental organizations are required to provide explanations and information as to the considerations contained in the statements, if they have such information.

10. To carry out the matters referred to in paragraph 1. 8 and 9, the Mayor (Mayor, city President) because of the place of residence of the candidate may authorize the Director of social welfare, another organizational unit of the municipality or other person at the request of the Director of social welfare, or Manager to another organizational unit.



Article. 20U. [contents of the notification] 1. The notification referred to in article 2. 20E paragraph 1. 1, includes: 1) the first name, last name, date of birth and social security number of the candidate, and in the absence of a social security number-series and passport or another document proving identity;

2) first and last names of the parents of the candidate;

3) the address of the place of residence of the parents of the candidate and the candidate;

4) email address and phone numbers of parents of the candidate-as long as they have.

2. in the application of the candidate to a first class public high school must be submitted for inspection a certificate of completion of primary school.



Article. 20V [model application or model submissions] body public kindergarten, pre-primary education other forms of public, public school or public facility can specify model application or model notification referred to respectively in article. 20s. 20U. 20W [to carry out the recruitment procedure every year for the next school year to free space in a public kindergarten or another form of public pre-primary education] 1. Recruitment proceedings to public kindergartens and other forms of public pre-primary education is carried out every year for the next school year to free space in a public kindergarten or another form of public pre-primary education.

2. Parents of children admitted to the public or other forms of public nursery pre-primary education annually submit to the next school year a declaration of continuation of pre-primary education in the nursery or some other form of pre-primary education, within 7 days prior to the commencement of the proceedings referred to in the recruitment rules pursuant to article 114. 20 l.

3. the recruitment Procedure on the activities organized by public educational institutions-educational and recruitment procedure for public establishments to ensure the care and upbringing of the students during the learning outside the place of residence, shall be carried out respectively on the vacancies for the activities organized by the public service, educational-educational or public spaces at the facility to ensure the care and upbringing of the students during the learning beyond the habitual residence.

4. Parents of children or an adult participants continuing their participation in activities organized by a public educational service educational and parents of children or adults admitted to a public facility to ensure the care and upbringing of the students during the learning beyond the habitual residence shall submit Declaration respectively to continue participation in the classes, to which the child has been adopted, or continue to stay in public to ensure the care and upbringing of the students during the learning beyond the habitual residence of the within 7 days prior to the commencement of the proceedings carefully, as determined in accordance with paragraph 1. 5.5. Director of educational service to the public-public or educational facility providing care and education to the students in the period of learning outside the place of residence, in consultation with the authority, shall determine and shall communicate to the public the terms of conducting the recruitment procedure, including the dates for the submission of documents.



Article. 2009. [transfer of data about health, diet and used child's proper psychophysical development] in order to ensure a child while in a public kindergarten, pre-primary education form, public school and public referred to in article 14(2). 2 paragraph 7, proper care, nutrition and education and care-educational parent a child shall transmit to the Director of the kindergarten, school or facility recognized by the relevant data about health, diet and baby's proper psychophysical development of applied.



Article. 20za. [Application for admission-limit] 1. Application for admission to a public kindergarten, pre-primary education of the public and other forms of public schools may be filed not more than three elected public kindergartens, public pre-school education to other forms or public schools, unless the body allows the possibility of application to more than three selected public kindergartens, public pre-school education to other forms or public schools.

2. The application referred to in paragraph 1. 1, specifies the order of selected public kindergartens, public pre-school education to other forms or public schools in order from most to least preferred.



Article. 20zb [recruitment Commission Tasks] 1. The recruitment procedure for public kindergarten, pre-primary education of other forms of public, public schools and public institutions shall carry out a selection Committee appointed by the Director of the kindergarten, school or facility. The Director shall designate the President of the Commission recommendation.

2. the Commission shall, in particular, the task of recruitment: 1) the determination of the results of the recruitment procedure and available to the public the list of candidates qualified and unqualified candidates, referred to in article 14(2). 20zc paragraph 1. 1;

2) establish and provide to the public a list of candidates and candidates rejected, referred to in article 14(2). 20zc paragraph 1. 3.

3) to carry out test talents, direction physical fitness test the suitability test, language competence, roadworthiness tests, test talents or aptitudes useful in a given profession, initial exam or test talents in direction the cases referred to in article 1. paragraph 7B. 1, art. paragraph 20f. 5, art. 20 g of paragraph 1. 1a. 20 h of paragraph 1. 1, point 3, article 2. paragraph 1, 20i. 1, art. paragraph 20j. 1, art. 20 k paragraph 1. 1a. 20B paragraph 1. 4. 20 ° of paragraph 1. 2;

4) to carry out the interview referred to in article 14(2). 20 k paragraph 1. 5;

5) recruitment procedure Protocol.



Article. 20zc. [Publication of the results of the recruitment procedure] 1. The results of the recruitment procedure shall be available to the public in the form of a list of qualified candidates and candidates not qualified, that contains the names of the candidates and information on qualifying or the decision of the candidate to the public kindergarten, pre-primary education any form of public, public schools, public facility, classes in public educational and teaching activities, lifelong learning in the forms of school or course qualification.

2. A selection Committee shall adopt a candidate to the public kindergarten, pre-primary education any form of public, public schools, public facility, classes in public educational and teaching activities, lifelong learning in the forms of school or course qualification, if, as a result of the recruitment procedure, the candidate is qualified and has filed the required documents.

3. A selection Committee shall make public the list of candidates and candidates rejected the public kindergarten, pre-primary education any form of public, public schools, public facility, classes in public educational and teaching activities, lifelong learning in the forms of school or course qualification. The list contains the names of candidates and candidates not accepted or information about the number of vacancies.

4. The list referred to in paragraph 1. 1 and 3, shall be made available to the public by putting in a visible place in the headquarters of public kindergarten, pre-primary education any form of public, public school or public facility. Lists contain the names of candidates ranked in alphabetical order and the lowest number of points, which entitles you to admission.

5. The day of the application available to the public of the list referred to in paragraph 1. 3, is referred to in the form of annotation is placed on this list, bearing the signature of the President of the recruitment Commission.


6. within 7 days from the date of application to the public list of candidates and candidates rejected, a parent of a candidate or the candidate may apply to the age of recruitment to the Commission with a request to prepare a justification to refuse a candidate to a particular public kindergarten, pre-primary education any form of public, public schools, public facility, classes in the public educational service educational qualification, professional course-or for lifelong learning in school.

7. Reasons shall be made within 5 days from the date of the occurrence by the parent of a candidate or candidate, an adult with a request referred to in paragraph 1. 6. Reasons for include the reasons for refusal, the lowest number of points, which gave entitlement to adoption, and the number of points that the candidate received a recruitment proceedings.

8. Parent of a candidate or the candidate of age may bring to the Director of the kindergarten, public school or public reference facility to the public to resolve the recruitment Commission, within 7 days from the date of receipt of the statement of grounds.

9. the Director of the kindergarten, school or public public public facility shall consider the appeal against the decision of the Commission of the screening referred to in paragraph 1. 8, within 7 days from the date of receipt of the appeal. The decision of the Director of the kindergarten, school or public public public facility is a complaint to the administrative court.



Article. 20zd. [supplementary Proceedings] 1. If, after the completion of the recruitment procedure public kindergarten, pre-primary education another form of public, public school or public facility still has free places, the Director of the kindergarten, school or institution carries out the investigation.

2. the supplementary Proceeding should be completed by the end of August of the year preceding the year of school education, which is carried out the recruitment procedure.

3. follow-up to the provisions of this chapter shall apply mutatis mutandis.



Article. 20ze. [personal data of candidates] 1. Personal data of candidates gathered for the purposes of the recruitment procedure and documentation of the recruitment procedure is stored for no longer than the end of the period in which the student uses the pre-primary education in a public kindergarten or another form of public pre-primary education or attends a public school, public facility, classes in public educational and teaching activities, lifelong learning in the forms of school or course qualification.

2. personal data of candidates rejected for recruitment proceedings collected are stored in a public kindergarten, pre-primary education form, public school or public facility, which carry out the recruitment procedure, for a period of one year, unless the decision of the Director of the kindergarten, school or institution was brought a complaint to the Administrative Court and the investigation has not been completed by a final judgment.



Article. 20zf [the tasks and competencies of the public in the case of kindergartens, public schools and public facilities operated by government entities] in the case of public kindergartens, public schools and public facilities operated by units of local government functions and powers referred to in article 1:1). 20 c of paragraph 1. 4-6. 20E paragraph 1. 3 and 4, art. 20 ° of paragraph 1. 4, art. 20 p paragraphs 1 and 2. 1, paragraph 3 and paragraph 4. 3, art. 20r paragraph 1. 6. 20za paragraph 1. 1-performing Municipal Council, respectively, the Council of the County, regional population;

2) article. 20A paragraph 1. 3, art. paragraph 20f. 5, art. 20V. 20W paragraph 1. 5-performs adequately Mayor (Mayor, Mayor of the city), starost, Marshal.



Article. 20zg. [School conducted by the proper Minister of the Interior] 1. The provisions of this chapter shall not apply to schools operated by the Minister competent for internal affairs, referred to in the rules pursuant to article 114. 29.2. The conditions and mode of admission to schools, referred to in paragraph 1. 1, determine the rules pursuant to article 114. 112 paragraph 1. 4 paragraph 1 of the law of 24 August 1991 on State fire service (OJ of the 2013 item 1340 and 1351).



Article. 20zh [Move student to another school] 1. In the case of the student's transition from public school or non-privileged public school one type or from the school does not have a non-permission public school, public school or another type of the same type, taking the student to public school shall be decided by the Director of the school. The recipe article. 20A paragraph 1. 3 shall apply mutatis mutandis.

2. The student passing the public school or non-school public school permission is taken to the appropriate class or on the appropriate semester public school or another type of the same type after evaluation of the scope of education in the school to which the student attended, on the basis of the copy of the evaluation sheet, certified as true copies by the principal of the school to which the student attended, or on the basis of a certificate of the course student teaching referred to in the rules pursuant to article 114. 22 paragraph 1. 2 paragraph 5.

3. in the case of the student's transition from public school or non-privileged public school one type to another type of public school can perform classification test. Classification examination shall be carried out in accordance with article 4. 44l and regulations issued on the basis of article. 44zb. 3a. High school student private placement does not have permissions to the public school is taken to the appropriate class or on the appropriate semester public school after passing the exams of the classification. Classification examination shall be carried out in accordance with article 4. 44l and regulations issued on the basis of article. 44zb. 4. The proper Minister of education and upbringing shall determine by regulation: 1) the detailed terms and conditions of the student's transition from public school or non-privileged public school one type to another type of public school or a public school of the same type, 2) cases in which the student passing the public school or school non-privileged public school one type to another type of public school may be admitted to the class programmatically higher and, in the case of post-secondary school for youth and adult school is on semester programmatically higher than it is from a sheet or certificate of student evaluations of teaching the student, referred to in paragraph 1. 2 – having regard to the need to supplement the programmatic differences by students, including the continuation of learning a foreign language of the modern.



Chapter 3 the management of schools and public agencies Article. 21. [Educational Policy] 1. The proper Minister of education and education coordinates and implements educational policy of the State and works in the field of wojewodami, and with other bodies and organizational units are competent in matters relating to the functioning of the education system.

2. The proper Minister of education and upbringing initiates, coordinates and oversees the Organization of national Olympiads and tournaments for students, and can also have tasks with this range, by contract, universities, scientific institutions, scientific associations, and other operators registered educational activities or research.



Article. 21A. [the necessary steps schools and educational establishments in order to create optimal conditions for the implementation of educational activities] 1. School and shall take the necessary measures in order to create optimal conditions for the implementation of teaching activities, educational and institutional and other statutory activity, provide each student the necessary conditions for its development, improve the quality of school work or facility and its organizational development.

2. the operations referred to in paragraph 1. 1:1) effects in education, upbringing and care and the implementation of the statutory goals and tasks;

2) organisation of learning processes, upbringing and care;

3) creating conditions for the development and activity of students;

4) cooperation with parents and the local environment;

5) school management or facility.

3. The proper Minister of education and upbringing shall determine, by regulation, requirements for schools and educational establishments, on the implementation of the necessary measures referred to in paragraph 1. 1, allowing the examination of the quality of their work is in relation to the different types of schools and educational establishments, taking into account the characteristics of the requirements at the level of: 1) primary – providing a valid process of education, upbringing and care, enabling each student to develop his individual abilities, the school or service quality-raising actions of her work, involvement of students, parents, and teachers in the school or facility as well as cooperation from the local environment;

2) high-providing high performance activities referred to in paragraph 1, in particular the effects of education and upbringing, positive opinions of students, parents and teachers concerning the adequacy of the training process and education to meet the needs and abilities of students and the improvement of the quality of work or school to their development and socialization by engaging the school community and the local environment.

Article. 22. [Delegation] 1. The proper Minister of education and upbringing determines by regulation: 1) (expired);

2) (repealed);

3) organising the training of children temporarily Polish citizens residing abroad;


3A) the conditions and manner of support among Expatriate Poles living abroad, and children of migrant workers the teaching of Polish language, history, geography, culture, and other subjects taught in the Polish language in schools in the education systems of other Member States or taught in other forms by social organizations registered abroad, taking into account in particular: (a)) directing teachers to work abroad, (b)) the transmission of the necessary textbooks and teaching aids for the ago teaching , c) organisation in the country and abroad, in-service training of teachers teaching Polish language, history, geography, culture, and other subjects taught in Polish language abroad, d) organisation of the colony and other forms of summer recreation provide children and youth;

4) terms and conditions for the granting of benefits accruing to Polish teachers addressed or delegate to work abroad for the purposes referred to in paragraph 3 and 3a, having regard in particular to the partial reimbursement of the cost of living and accommodation and travel costs, as well as equipping teachers with the necessary textbooks, teaching aids and other measures necessary in the process of teaching at the place of employment.

5) (repealed).

1a. The regulation referred to in paragraph 1. 1, paragraph 3, the competent minister for education and upbringing may exclude the application of certain provisions of the Act in respect of schools, school teams and the diplomatic delegations consultative points school consular missions and military delegations of the Republic of Poland, referred to in article 1. 5 paragraph 1. 3B, point 1, to the extent resulting from the specific conditions of the functioning of these schools, teams and school consultative points, and also in this respect the distinct concepts.

2. The proper Minister of education and upbringing shall determine, by regulation, moreover, do the following: 1 the framework teaching plans), including the dimension of hours available to the principal of the school, taking into account in particular the current dimension of hours for the various stages of education, as well as the dimension of the hours rewalidacyjnych for students with disabilities;

2) base software: a) pre-primary education, b) education in the various types of schools, taking account, in particular, sets objectives and contents of teaching, students ' skills and educational tasks of the school, according to the different stages of education and types of schools;

2A) the basis for the training programme in the competition, having regard in particular to the General objectives and tasks of vocational training effects appropriate for separate qualifications in occupations, training effects common to all occupations, education outcomes common to professions in the area of training and the opportunity to obtain additional qualifications in the area of education;

3) (repealed);

4) (repealed);

5) way of doing by learning course documentation and for educational and institutional care and types of this documentation, taking into account in particular the records of children and young people subject to compulsory full-time schooling and to science, as well as the underlying issue of students with certificates and diplomas;

6) conditions for the pursuit of an innovative and experimental by the school and the facility, taking into account the possibility of the introduction of new software solutions, organizational and methodological work in the field of teaching activities, educational and institutional care, as well as the implementation of universally applicable operating conditions and organization of schools and establishments;

7) the organisation of the school year, taking into account in particular the dates of start and stop educational classes-educational, breaks, Christmas and school holidays;

8) organisation and way of carrying out of competitions, tournaments and Olympiads, contests, tournaments and the Olympics should serve to discover and develop talents of students, to stimulate creative thinking, encouraging the capacity of applying knowledge gained in practical action, as well as better preparation of students to study in higher schools or for the exercise of their profession;

9) (repealed);

10) (repealed);

11) rules for the aid organization and psycho-pedagogy in schools and institutions, which should create the conditions for development and education to meet the needs of students, in particular, assist the development of students and the effectiveness of learning;

12) the conditions for and manner of organization by schools and krajoznawstwa and tourism, taking into account the aims of the educational and educational and safety;

13) remuneration conditions academic teachers and examiners, referred to in article 1. 9 c of paragraph 1. 10, having due regard to the principle that the amount of the remuneration shall be determined in relation to the minimum rate of the basic salary of a teacher with a master's degree in professional title certification of pedagogic, determined on the basis of the article. 30 paragraph 1. 5 paragraph 1 of the law of 26 January 1982 – teacher's Card, and taking into account the need for a confirmation by the principal of the school the academic teacher participation in the oral part of the matriculation exam.

2A. (repealed).

3. the Minister of Justice, in consultation with the Minister responsible for matters of education and upbringing, shall determine, by regulation, the organisation of the school year in schools in correctional facilities and shelters for minors, taking into account, in particular, the specificity of the organisation of work and educational resocjalizacyjnej in these establishments and hostels and to ensure enforcement of judgments.

4. (repealed).

5. (repealed).

Article. 22A. [pre-school education Programme and curriculum] 1. Teacher or team of teachers shows the Director of the kindergarten or school or pre-school education curriculum to the data of the educational activities from the scope of the general education for the educational phase.

2. in the case of any other form of pre-primary education teacher or team of teachers shows the Director of the kindergarten or elementary school education program.

3. in the case of the school leading vocational teacher or group of teachers engaged in vocational training in the profession represents the Director of school curriculum to the profession.

4. the programme for pre-primary education and curricula, referred to in paragraph 1. 1 and 3, may include learning content beyond the scope of the learning content set out in the basis of the pre-primary education policy, learning content for the educational activities of the programme in the base data of general education or learning content in the form of fixed outcomes for a given profession in the training programme.

5. the programme for pre-primary education and curricula, referred to in paragraph 1. 1 and 3, should be adapted to the needs and abilities of students, for whom they are intended.

6. the Director of the kindergarten or school, after obtaining the opinion of the pedagogical Council, it is acceptable for use in the nursery or school presented by the teacher or team of teachers pre-primary education programme or programmes, referred to in paragraph 1. 1 and 3.

7. Approved for use in the nursery or pre-school education programmes, school or teaching programmes, referred to in paragraph 1. 1 and 3, respectively, are a set of programs of education or early childhood education set the curriculum. The Director of the kindergarten or school is responsible for the inclusion of pre-primary education and school programmes included a set curriculum of the whole base of the pre-primary education policy, respectively, or the base of the education programme established for a given stage of education, and, in the case of the school leading vocational-training software-base a whole also competed in which educates school.

8. The provisions of paragraph 1. 1-7 does not apply to individual programs developed for students, referred to in article 1. 1, paragraph 5, and to individual curricula under development for students, referred to in article 1. 66.9. Curricula for the basic professions for short sea shipping and inland navigation may be authorised for use in the school after a favourable opinion appropriately proper Minister of Maritime Affairs and the proper Minister of transport, in terms of compliance with the provisions of the Convention, referred to in article 14(2). 32B. 22aa. [the decision about how to implement curriculum] Teacher may decide to implement curriculum: 1) using manual, educational material or material module or 2) without the use of a manual or the materials referred to in paragraph 1.



Article. 22ab. [the selection of textbooks by a team of teachers] 1. Teachers team teaching in classes I to III elementary school and teachers team teaching in the educational activity data classes IV-VI of elementary, high school and secondary school shall submit to the Director of the school's proposal: 1) one manual for education classes: polonistycznej, mathematical, and social nature, and one manual to classes with a range of modern foreign language, or educational material for students of the class, in the case of classes I-III elementary school;

2) one data manual for educational activities or educational material to the data of the educational activity for students of the class for grades IV-VI of elementary, middle school and secondary school;

3) practice materials.

2. assemblies of teachers referred to in paragraph 1. 1, may submit to the Director of the school's proposal more than one textbook or educational material:


1) to the modern foreign language in the classroom, taking into account the levels of teaching modern foreign languages for grades IV-VI of elementary, middle school and secondary school;

2) to the data of the educational activity in the classroom, taking into account the scope of education: Basic or extended, as determined in the general education programme for secondary schools;

3) to the data of the educational activity in the classroom from the scope of the training in the profession, in the case of the school's leading vocational training;

4) in the case of students with disabilities covered by special education;

5) in the case of students covered by the training to the extent necessary to sustain a sense of national identity, ethnicity and language.

3. Teams of teachers referred to in paragraph 1. 1, when selecting textbooks, educational materials or materials practice for students with disabilities under special education, take into account the needs and capabilities of the attitudes of those students.

4. the Director of the school, on the basis of a proposal by teams of teachers referred to in paragraph 1. 1, and in the absence of agreement within the team of teachers on the proposals of textbooks or educational materials, in accordance with paragraph 1. 1 and 2, shall be: 1) set of books or educational materials applicable in all branches of the class for at least three years, 2) practice materials applicable in the various branches in a given school year, after obtaining the opinion of the Council and of the Council of teaching parents, subject to article 22. 22ad paragraph 1. 2.5. The principal of the school, at the request of the team of teachers referred to in paragraph 1. 1 may: 1) make changes in a set of books or educational materials and practice material, if it is not possible to purchase the manual, educational material or material module;

2) make up a set of textbooks or educational materials, and training materials.

6. The principal of the school shall make public annually a set of textbooks or educational materials and training materials applicable in a given school year.

7. the provisions of paragraphs 1 and 2. 1-6 shall apply mutatis mutandis to the art schools in the field of education.



Article. 22ac. [the right to free access to textbooks, educational materials or materials practice] 1. Students of primary schools and secondary schools have the right to free access to textbooks, educational materials or materials for the practice of compulsory educational activities from the scope of education, referred to in the framework of the teaching plans for these schools.

2. The provisions of paragraph 1. 1 does not apply to schools for adults.



Article. 22ad. [purchase other than the manual the manual provided by the proper Minister of education and upbringing] 1. Primary school facilities in textbooks to education classes: polonistycznej, mathematical, and social nature in classes I-III provides the proper minister of education and upbringing. These manuals have become the property of the leading body of the school on the day of their transfer by the proper Minister of education and upbringing.

2. the Director of the primary school, with the consent of the authority leading the school may determine in the Assembly referred to in article 2. 22ab paragraph 1. 4 paragraph 1, other than the manual the manual provided by the proper Minister of education and upbringing.

3. In the case referred to in paragraph 1. 2, the cost of purchasing the manual other than the manual provided by the proper Minister of education and upbringing shall be borne by the host authority primary school.

4. the Manuals referred to in paragraph 1. 1, are adapted to the educational needs and abilities of the psycho-students with disabilities.



Article. 22ae [the special-purpose Grant for equipment] 1. Equipment: 1) primary schools and art schools implementing General education in primary school textbooks for classes with a range of modern foreign languages, educational materials for classes with a range of modern foreign language or training materials, for classes I to III, 2) primary schools and art schools implementing General education in primary school textbooks, educational materials or training materials for grades IV-VI, 3) secondary schools and the art schools implementing General education in school textbooks, educational materials or training materials – is the task commissioned from the scope of the Government, carried out by government entities operating the school.

2. in the case of primary schools and secondary schools carried out by legal persons other than government entities or natural persons, the provision of finance cost of textbooks, educational materials or materials practice referred to in paragraph 1. 1, is commissioned from the scope of the Government, carried out by government entities required to conduct the type of schools and such.

3. For the implementation of the tasks referred to in paragraph 1. 1 and 2, the local government receives a special subsidy from the State budget, provided by the voivode.

4. To cover the cost of textbooks, educational materials or materials practice referred to in paragraph 1. 1, elementary school and middle school taught by a legal person other than the regional or local authorities, or a natural person shall, on request, special subsidy from the budget of the local government units shall draw the to conduct the type of schools and such.

5. the purpose of the subsidy shall be granted for the equipment: 1) primary schools and art schools implementing General education in primary school textbooks for classes with a range of modern foreign languages or educational materials to classes with a range of modern foreign languages, for classes I to III-up to $ 25 per student;

2) primary schools and art schools implementing General education in primary school in training materials for classes I to III-up to £ 50 per student;

3) elementary schools and art schools implementing General education in primary school textbooks or educational materials for grades IV-VI – up to £ 140 per student;

4) primary schools and art schools implementing General education in primary school in training materials for grades IV-VI-up to $ 25 per student;

5) secondary schools and the art schools implementing General education in school textbooks or educational materials-up to $ 250 per student;

6) secondary schools and the art schools implementing General education in high school in training materials-up to $ 25 per student.

5a. The amount of the special-purpose grants, referred to in paragraph 1. 5, are enlarged by multiplying them by the indicators: 1) not less than 2 and not more than 3-in the case of students with mental disabilities, or are deaf, hard of hearing, with autism, the blind and partially sighted, subject to points 2 and 3, with the judgment about the need for special education, about how many students you will use textbooks, educational materials or materials, practice, education and psycho-physical capabilities tailored to the needs of those pupils;

2) not less than 5 and not more than 10-in the case of visually impaired pupils with a need for special education, about how many students you will use textbooks, educational materials or materials, practice, education and psycho-physical capabilities tailored to the needs of those students, printed in screen printing;

3) of not less than 10 and not more than 25, in the case of blind pupils with a need for special education, about how many students you will use textbooks, educational materials or materials, practice, education and psycho-physical capabilities tailored to the needs of those students, printed in Braille.

6. the special-purpose Grant referred to in paragraph 1. 5 points 1, 3 and 5, shall be granted, taking into account the costs of handling the tasks referred to in paragraph 1. 15, up to the cost of buying a set of textbooks or learning materials for every student in the class, a year less than the amounts respectively, referred to in paragraph 1. 5 points 1, 3 and 5, taking into account paragraph 3. 5A, provided that such a set of textbooks or learning materials will provide the ability to use by students in this class for at least three consecutive school years. Next, the special-purpose grant for students in this class is granted after three consecutive school years.

7. Number of pupils of the class covered by the special-purpose grant referred to in paragraph 1. 5 points 1, 3 and 5, granted in accordance with paragraph 1. 6, is incremented by the number of students equal to the number of branches covered by the grant.

8. If there is a need to ensure a full complement of textbooks or educational materials to more students in the classroom than in the previous school year, and since the school year beginning in the year in which the last of the special-purpose grant is granted to all students in this class do not have past three school years, the special-purpose grant referred to in paragraph 1. 5 points 1, 3 and 5, shall be granted up to the amount of the cost of buying a set of textbooks or educational materials for the number of students representing the difference between the number of students in a given grade in a given school year and the number of students in this class in the previous school year.

9. special-purpose Grant referred to in paragraph 1. 5 points 2, 4 and 6, shall be granted annually, taking into account the costs of handling the tasks referred to in paragraph 1. 15, up to the cost of the purchase of practice for each student in the class, a year less than the amounts respectively, referred to in paragraph 1. 5 points 2, 4 and 6, taking into account paragraph 3. 5a.


10. If, as a result of the increase in the number of students in the classroom during the school year passed the special-purpose grant funds do not cover the cost of buying sets of textbooks, educational materials or practice materials for those students, the cost of purchasing the missing copies of the textbooks, educational materials or materials is the special-purpose grant funds paid practice is passed to the next school year.

11. the special-purpose Grant can be also used to cover the cost of printing and reproduction of textbooks, educational materials and practice materials for teaching or for the purchase of equipment for printing or reproduction of these textbooks and materials.

12. the maximum amount of the special-purpose grants, referred to in paragraph 1. 5, shall be subject to verification every three years. The verification shall make the proper minister of education and upbringing, taking into account the number of compulsory educational activities from the scope of education at this stage of education, conditions which must comply with the manuals and the results of the analyses of the evolution of the prices of textbooks, educational materials and practice materials in the last two years preceding the year in which the verification is carried out.

13. The Council of Ministers may, by regulation, specify the maximum amount of the special-purpose grants, referred to in paragraph 1. 5, after verification, by the end of June of the year in which the verification is carried out.

14. the maximum amount of the special-purpose grants, referred to in paragraph 1. 5, after verification of the effect of the financial year following the year in which the verification is carried out.

15. the costs of handling the tasks referred to in paragraph 1. 1 and 2, shall be 1% of the used special-purpose grants.

16. the special-purpose Grant referred to in paragraph 1. 3, is passed in the period from 1 May to 15 October.

17. the special-purpose Grant referred to in paragraph 1. 4, is transferred within 14 days from the date of receipt of the special-purpose grants, referred to in paragraph 1. 3, by the local government.

18. the special-purpose Grant may be used until the end of the financial year for which it was granted.



Article. 22af. [Application use the special-purpose grants] 1. Director of elementary or junior high school and art school which meets general education in elementary or junior high school, operated by the local government, shall forward to the authority of the interviewer and information necessary for the calculation of the special-purpose grants, referred to in article 14(2). 22ae paragraph 1. 3.2. Director of elementary or junior high school operated by a legal person other than the regional or local authorities, or a natural person shall transmit to the Government Unit, responsible for the special-purpose grant referred to in article 14(2). 22ae paragraph 1. 4, the application for this contribution together with the information necessary to determine the amount of the grant.

3. the information and the request referred to in paragraph 1. 1 and 2, shall be forwarded within the time limit from 15 March until 15 September.

4. the local Government shall, on the basis of the information and requests referred to in paragraph 1. 1 and 2, it shall forward to the competent provincial Governor request for the special-purpose grants, referred to in article 14(2). 22ae paragraph 1. 3, within the period from 1 April to 20 September. The unit of local government may submit more than one application.

5. in the case when the information and the request referred to in paragraph 1. 1 and 2, have been transmitted before the date of August 25, head of updates this information and request no later than August 25, having regard to the current results of the recruitment procedure.

6. Where the application referred to in paragraph 1. 4, was made before the 31st of August, the local Government shall, on the basis of the information and requests referred to in paragraph 1. 5, updates the application, within the time limit until 31 August, taking into account the current recruitment procedure results to schools.

7. If, as a result of the update of the application and the information referred to in paragraph 1. 5, composed by primary school or junior high school operated by a legal person other than a Government entity or a natural person, the proposed amount of the special-purpose grant will be reduced, and the special-purpose grant provided by the local government unit exceeds the amount indicated in the update, school no later than 31 August, returns the unit of local government, part of the grant, equal to the difference between the amount that the school received until August 25 and the amount resulting from the update.

8. If, as a result of the update of the application referred to in paragraph 1. 6, the proposed amount of the special-purpose grant will be reduced, and the special-purpose grant provided by the voivode government unit exceed the amount indicated in the update, the local Government shall, no later than September 7, returns the Palatine part grant, equal to the difference between the amount that the local government unit received before 31 August and the amount resulting from the update.

9. Settlement of the use of the special-purpose grants, referred to in article 14(2). 22ae paragraph 1. 4, by the Director of the school and return unused contribution followed by no later than 15 January of the following year.

10. Settlement of use of special-purpose grants, referred to in article 14(2). 22ae paragraph 1. 3, by the local government and reimbursement of the unused contribution followed by no later than 31 January of the following year.

11. The Governor shall draw up and forward to the Minister competent for education and upbringing, not later than 15 March of the following year, a summary of the use of the special-purpose grants, referred to in article 14(2). 22ae paragraph 1. 3, by government entities for the financial year in question.



Article. 22ag. [Delegation] proper Minister of education and upbringing, shall determine by regulation: 1) a way to transfer by the Director of the elementary school, middle school or art school which meets general education in elementary school or high school, run by government entities, and the Director of the elementary school or junior high school operated by a legal person other than a Government entity or natural person, local government units with the necessary information to establish the amount of the special-purpose grants referred to in article 14(2). 22ae paragraph 1. 3 and 4, and the pattern of the form that contains this information, 2) model application for the special-purpose grants, referred to in article 14(2). 22ae paragraph 1. 4, elementary school or junior high school operated by a legal person other than a Government entity or natural person) the way in which the units of local Government shall wojewodom the request for the special-purpose grants, referred to in article 14(2). 22ae paragraph 1. 3, and model application for this grant, 4) mode and timing of the award, and how to use the special-purpose grants clearance referred to in article 14(2). 22ae paragraph 1. 3, and the pattern of settlement this form grants, 5) clearance special-purpose grants use way, referred to in article 14(2). 22ae paragraph 1. 4, and the pattern of settlement form this contribution is considering the possibility of using electronic means of communication of information and media, and also with a view to ensuring transparency and transparency in the management of means of the State budget.



Article. 22aga. [Delegation] proper Minister of education and upbringing shall determine, by regulation, the indicators referred to in article 1. 22ae paragraph 1. 5A, taking into account the results of the analyses of the prices of textbooks, educational materials or materials, practice, education and psycho-physical capabilities tailored to the needs of students with mental disabilities, or are deaf, hard of hearing, blind and low vision experience with autism, as well as the ability to ensure these textbooks, educational materials or materials practice.



Article. 22ah [Grants for art schools or secondary schools carried out by legal persons, other than the units of local government] 1. To cover the cost of textbooks, educational materials or materials in respect of practice referred to in article 2. 22ae paragraph 1. 1 art schools implementing General education in elementary school or middle school carried out by legal persons other than government entities or individuals receive, on request, special subsidy from the State budget. The provisions of article 4. 22ae paragraph 1. 5-14 shall apply mutatis mutandis.

2. the application for the special-purpose grant referred to in paragraph 1. 1, together with the information necessary to determine the amount of subsidy, is composed of the Director of the school to the proper Minister of culture and protection of national heritage, within the period from 15 March to 15 September.

3. Where the application for the special-purpose grant referred to in paragraph 1. 1, together with the information necessary to determine the amount of the grant has been submitted before 25 August, school principal updates the request and the information no later than August 25, having regard to the current results of the recruitment procedure.

4. If, as a result of the update of the application and the information referred to in paragraph 1. 3, the proposed amount of the special-purpose grant will be reduced, and the special-purpose grant provided by the proper Minister of culture and national heritage protection exceed the amount indicated in the update, school no later than 31 August, returns to the Minister competent for culture and protection of national heritage, part of the grant, equal to the difference between the amount that the school received until August 25, and the amount resulting from the update.

5. special-purpose Grant referred to in paragraph 1. 1, is passed in the period from 1 May to 15 October.

6. the special-purpose Grant referred to in paragraph 1. 1, may be used until the end of the financial year for which it was granted.


7. Settlement of the use of the special-purpose grants, referred to in paragraph 1. 1, by the Director of the school and return unused portion of the grant is followed by no later than 15 January of the following year.

8. in the case of textbooks, educational materials or materials to practice art schools implementing General education in elementary school or high school, carried out by legal persons other than government entities or individuals, the proper minister of culture and protection of national heritage, specify by regulation: 1) a way to transfer by the Director of the school of information necessary to determine the amount of the special-purpose grants, referred to in paragraph 1. 1, the pattern of the form that contains this information and model application for grants, 2) mode for the provision and use of the special-purpose grant settlement referred to in paragraph 1. 1, and the pattern of settlement form this contribution is considering the possibility of using electronic means of communication of information and media, and also with a view to ensuring transparency and transparency in the management of means of the State budget.



Article. 22ai [Overrun the amount of the special-purpose grants] 1. Director of elementary or junior high school, with the approval of the authority, the operator may determine: 1) referred to in article 2. 22ab paragraph 1. 4 paragraph 1, manuals or educational materials, where the purchase price exceeds the amount of the special-purpose grants, respectively, learner, referred to in article 1. 22ae paragraph 1. 5 points 1, 3 and 5, taking into account paragraph 3. 5A;

2) training materials, where the purchase price exceeds the amount of the special-purpose grants, respectively, learner, referred to in article 1. 22ae paragraph 1. 5 points 2, 4 and 6, taking into account paragraph 3. 5a. 2. In the case referred to in paragraph 1. 1, the difference between the purchase cost for the student a set of textbooks or educational materials and the purchase of the special-purpose grant amounts and the amount of practice, referred to in article 1. 22ae paragraph 1. 5, taking into account paragraph 3. 5A, shall be borne by the host authority primary school or junior high school.



Article. 22aj. [School Library] 1. In the school library are collected books, educational materials, training materials and other library material.

2. Activities relating to the purchase of school library books, educational materials, practice materials and other library materials and activities related to the management of these manuals and materials performs the principal of the school.



Article. 22ak. [conditions for use by students with textbooks or educational materials] 1. Elementary school and junior high school free of charge: 1) rent students textbooks or educational materials, in the form of paper copy, or 2) provides students access to textbooks or educational materials, electronic form, or 3) passes the training materials for students without the obligation to return or it provides.

2. the detailed conditions for the use by students with textbooks or educational materials determines the principal of the school, taking into account the need to ensure at least a three-year period using these textbooks or materials.

3. In the case of damage to, destruction or niezwrócenia manual or educational material for elementary school and junior high school may request from the parents of the student return: 1) the cost of purchasing manuals or educational material or 2) the cost of the manual to education classes: polonistycznej, mathematical, and social nature in classes I to III elementary school, referred to in article 1. 22ad paragraph 1. 1, specified by the proper Minister of education and upbringing and stated on the website that hosts this Minister.

4. the amount of the refund referred to in paragraph 1. 3 paragraph 2 shall constitute revenue of the State budget.

5. in the case when the student goes to another school, one with disabled school during the school year: 1) the manuals provided by the proper Minister of education and upbringing, referred to in article 1. 22ad paragraph 1. 1, or purchased with the special-purpose grants, referred to in article 14(2). 22ae paragraph 1. 3, or 2) educational materials purchased with special-purpose grants, referred to in article 14(2). 22ae paragraph 1. 3 – adapted to the educational needs and abilities of the student, the student with the psycho-physical use, become the property of the body leading the school to which the student passes.

6. In cases where the school has free: 1) manuals provided by the proper Minister of education and upbringing, referred to in article 1. 22ad paragraph 1. 1, or purchased from the special-purpose grants, referred to in article 14(2). 22ae paragraph 1. 3, or 2) educational materials purchased from the special-purpose grants, referred to in article 14(2). 22ae paragraph 1. 3-tailored to educational needs and abilities of the psycho-students with disabilities, the principal of the school shall forward these textbooks or educational materials to the Director of the school, which occurs with a request for their transfer. Textbooks or educational materials become the property of the leading body of the school, which they were transmitted.



Article. 22al. [the provisions applicable up to art schools implementing General education in elementary or junior high school]. 22ac, art. 22ad. 22ai and article. 22ak shall apply by analogy to art schools implementing General education in elementary school or high school.



Article. 22am [the liquidation of artistic elementary school or junior high school] 1. In the case of liquidation of the elementary school or junior high school, referred to in article 14(2). 22ae paragraph 1. 2:1) textbooks, educational materials or devices referred to in article 1. 22ae paragraph 1. 11, purchased with the special-purpose grants shall be repaid to the unit of local government, which provided the grant;

2) manuals for education classes: polonistycznej, mathematical, and social nature in classes I to III elementary school, referred to in article 1. 22ad paragraph 1. 1, the local government unit shall be reimbursed shall draw the appropriate type and type of schools to carry out.

2. in the case of liquidation of the art school which meets general education in elementary school or high school, referred to in article 14(2). 22ah paragraph 1. 1, textbooks, educational materials or devices referred to in article 1. 22ae paragraph 1. 11, purchased with the special-purpose grants, and manuals for education classes: polonistycznej, mathematical, and social nature in classes I to III elementary school, referred to in article 1. 22ad paragraph 1. 1, shall be repaid to the Minister competent for culture and protection of national heritage.

3. If the value of textbooks, educational materials or devices referred to in article 1. 22ae paragraph 1. 11, reimbursable in accordance with paragraph 1. 1 and 2, exceeds the value of the special-purpose grants, school body may request the grant received the equivalent of a government unit, respectively, or to the competent Minister for culture and protection of national heritage.



Article. 22an [marketing authorisation for the use of school textbooks to the education in art education competitions and short sea shipping and inland waterway] 1. The proper Minister of education and upbringing, and, in the case of manuals for training in art education competitions-the proper minister of culture and protection of national heritage, authorize for use in schools or art schools, respectively, school textbooks, after obtaining a positive opinion of the experts designated by the proper Minister of education and upbringing, or the proper Minister of culture and national heritage protection of the lists of experts led by the Ministers.

2. the Authorisation for use of school textbooks to educate in basic competition for maritime and inland navigation can occur after a favourable opinion from the appropriately proper Minister of Maritime Affairs and the proper Minister of transport, in terms of compliance with the provisions of the Convention, referred to in article 14(2). 32B. 3. The manual is authorised for use by the school at the request of the entity owning the copyright property rights to a manual or other rights to use the song as a manual. The application for admission to the school use the revised version of the manual of the registered list of textbooks, as referred to in article 1. 22ap may not be made before the expiry of three years from the date of release of a manual for use by the school.

4. The person referred to in paragraph 1. 3, a fee of from $ 800 to $ 6000.

5. the Authorisation to use the manual release and the concerns of the school the next unchanged issues.

6. the Textbooks approved for school use intended for the training in the professions should be updated in subsequent editions, if the update is needed due to the technical progress.

7. The admission and denial of admission of the manual to use the school follows by administrative decision.



Article. 22ao [Manual] 1. The manual can be paper or electronic.

2. The manual may be issued in parts, if this is justified due to the functionality of the use manual.

3. The manual may be authorized to use a school if: 1) in the case of manual to education classes: polonistycznej, mathematical, and social nature and the manual to the scope of the modern foreign language classes, in classes I to III elementary school-includes a systematic presentation of learning content from a range of education, respectively: polonistycznej, mathematical, and social nature or of a modern foreign language, established in the general education program;


2) in the case of data manual for educational activities from the scope of the general education in grades IV-VI, primary school, secondary school and secondary school-includes a systematic presentation of learning content from a range of data of the educational activity at this stage of education, established in the general education program;

3) in the case of manual training in the occupation-contains the structured presentation of learning content set out in the basis of software training in the professions, in the form of outcomes, in terms of: (a) or (b)) profession) qualifications as a separate, or c) one of the parts in separate qualifications;

4) does not include: a) questions, commands, tasks and exercises that require manual completion-in the case of a manual in the form of paper, b) references and commands that require the use of specific additional Publisher developed teaching materials for a student;

5) does not include materials and advertising content;

6) in the case of the Handbook in electronic form – it is developed in such a way as to apply solutions read by students with various types of disability;

7) meets the conditions set out in the rules pursuant to article 114. 22aw. 22ap [Lists of authorized textbooks for school] Textbooks approved for school use are entered in the lists that are made available to the public on the website of the Office of serving up the proper Minister of education and upbringing, or the proper Minister of culture and protection of national heritage.



Article. 22aq. [revocation of authorisation of a textbook for school] 1. The proper Minister of education and upbringing, and, in the case of manuals for training in art education competitions-the proper minister of culture and national heritage protection, by way of administrative decision, may revoke authorisation to use the school's Manual: 1) at the request of the person referred to in article 1. 22an paragraph 1. 3.

2) from Office if at least two experts designated by an appropriately proper Minister of education and upbringing, or the proper Minister of culture and national heritage protection determines that manual: a) has lost relevance or topicality of teaching, or b) contains factual errors, due to which the manual should not be used by children.

2. The proper Minister of education and upbringing, or the proper minister of culture and national heritage protection publishes on the website that hosts up proper Minister of education and upbringing, or the proper Minister of culture and national heritage protection information on the date, after which the manual may not be included in the set, as referred to in article 1. 22ab paragraph 1. 4 point 1.



Article. 22ar. [entry on a list of appraisers] Entry in the list of experts is carried out at the request of the person concerned, and, in the case of manuals for training in art education competition – also at the request of specialized surveillance unit referred to in article 14(2). paragraph 32A. 1, art school or teacher training school, with the consent of that person.



Article. 22as. [conditions for inclusion on the list of appraisers] 1. For a list of appraisers can be registered in person: 1) higher education masters, except that in the case of testers for textbooks for special education-higher education masters in specialised for a particular disability or the qualifications required for appointment to the position of a teacher in a special school;

2) experience and achievements in academic work or teaching, except that in the case of: (a) training manuals for assessors) competition-experience and excellence in scientific work, teaching or work in a given occupation, b) testers for textbooks to educate artistic education in the competition-experience and excellence in scientific work, educational or artistic;

3) competence in the field of information and communication technologies;

4) recommendation confirming institutions having experience and achievements, respectively, in scientific work, teaching, artistic, or working in a particular profession by the applicant for entry on the list of appraisers to ensure the proper performance of the duties of the testers for textbooks.

2. the list of experts may not be registered in person: 1) against whom criminal proceedings are pending for a deliberate offence indictable or criminal proceedings for the offence of intentional tax revenue;

2) punished punishable by disciplinary action;

3) convicted by a judgment for a deliberate crime or deliberate tax offence.

3. In the list of experts shall be shown under your name, degree, title, or expert designated by the appraiser mailing address, e-mail address and telephone number and the name of the institution that provided the recommendation referred to in paragraph 1. 1 point 4.

4. The list of experts shall be made available to the public on the website of the Office of serving up the proper Minister of education and upbringing, or the proper Minister of culture and protection of national heritage.



Article. 22at [Deletion from the list of expert valuers] 1. The proper Minister of education and upbringing, or the proper minister of culture and national heritage protection appraiser shall be deleted from the list of experts: 1) at the request of testers, and, in the case of manuals for training in art education competition – also at the request of specialized surveillance unit referred to in article 14(2). paragraph 32A. 1 teacher training institutions, art schools or school who has submitted an application for entry of the person concerned on the list of experts, with the agreement of the valuer;

2) in the case of punishing disciplinary penalty by surveyor or conviction expert judgment for a deliberate crime or deliberate fiscal offence;

3) in the event of the death of testers;

4) in the event of the withdrawal of the recommendation referred to in article 14(2). 22as of paragraph 1. 1 point 4.

2. The proper Minister of education and upbringing, or the proper minister of culture and national heritage protection can be deleted from the list of appraiser appraisers if: 1) appraiser twice, without justification, refused to draw up an opinion;

2) appraiser twice, without justification, crossed the deadline to draw up an opinion;

3) opinion drawn up by the valuer is incompatible with the requirements set out in the rules pursuant to article 114. 22aw or authorised Guide to the use of school on the basis of a favourable opinion of testers contains factual errors, due to which it should not be used by children.

3. The proper Minister of education and upbringing, or the proper minister of culture and national heritage protection freezes surveyor in the performance of its tasks, where the criminal procedure expert against a deliberate offence indictable or criminal proceedings for the offence of intentional tax revenue.



Article. 22au [Off testers with assessment manual] 1. Appraiser may not be heard in the manual, if: 1) is author or co-author of the Handbook: a) which is intended for the same educational activities at the same stage of education, b) which is intended for the education of the profession in the same separate qualifications in the profession or the same part of the qualification of the extracted in the profession;

2) is a spouse, relative or kin that is the applicant as referred to in article 1. 22an paragraph 1. 3.

3) remains with the applicant as referred to in article 1. 22an paragraph 1. 3, in such a legal relationship or that it could raise a reasonable doubt as to his impartiality.

2. Before drawing up the opinion of the competent Minister, respectively composed appraiser guide educational and upbringing or the competent Minister for culture and protection of national heritage, a statement that there are indications referred to in paragraph 1. 1. 22av. [Remuneration testers] salary testers sets up the proper minister of education and upbringing, or the proper minister of culture and national heritage protection, taking into account: 1) the nature and character of guide's proposals discussed;

2) stage, for which it is designed a manual;

3) nature and extent of the opinion.



Article. 22aw [Delegation] 1. The proper Minister of education and upbringing, and, in the case of manuals for training in art education competitions-the proper minister of culture and protection of national heritage, specify by regulation: 1) specific conditions which must comply with the manuals allowed to use school year;

2) type of educational activity, which does not allow to textbooks for school, in view of the specificity of these educational activities;

3) detailed conditions and the acceptance of manuals for school year;

4) the documents to be attached to the application for entry on the list of appraisers;

5) the amount of fees paid in the proceedings for admission of a manual for use by the school year;

6) mode for the lodgement and refunding of fees in proceedings for admission of a manual for use by the school.

2. the regulation referred to in paragraph 1. 1, should take into account: 1) ensure the correctness, teaching, linguistic and educational manuals;

2) ability to differentiate specific conditions to be met by manual, depending on the type of educational activities, for which it is intended, and the form of the manual;


3) types of lists of authorized textbooks for school year;

4) institutions to which a recommendation is required when applying for inclusion on the list of appraisers;

5) the ability to vary the fees in proceedings for release manual for school depending on the type and form of a manual, the scope of training, the type of educational activities and educational stage.



Article. 22ax. [body in the case of schools run by local government units] in the case of schools run by government entities the tasks and competencies of the investigator's body as referred to in article 1. 22ad paragraph 1. 2 and 3 and article. 22ai performs: Mayor (Mayor, Mayor of the city), the County Board of.



Article. 22ay. [School consultation points] 1. School students Advisory points that allow the students to supplement education in elementary school or high school, assumed, and carried out by the proper Minister of education and upbringing, referred to in article 1. 5 paragraph 1. 3B (1) (a). and, they have the right to free access to textbooks, educational materials or materials for the teaching of the practice of compulsory educational activities, referred to in the supplementary teaching plan, referred to in the rules pursuant to article 114. 22 paragraph 1. 1, paragraph 3. The provisions of article 4. 22ad shall apply mutatis mutandis.

2. the provisions of article 8 (2) the consultation point school Article 22aa. 22ab paragraph 1. 1, 2, paragraph 4, and paragraph 1. 3-6 and art. 22ak shall apply mutatis mutandis.



Article. 22az. [Grant contract by the school] school, providing the contract referred to in article 2. 4 point 8 c of the Act of 29 January 2004 public procurement law (Dz. u. of 2013. poz. 907, as amended), the value of which exceeds an amount equal to the gold in the 30 000 euro, shall enter a notice of the granted the order on the website or the website of the authority.



Article. 22aza [Way the award] order, referred to in article 1. 22az, shall be granted in such a way as to ensure transparency, equal treatment for entities interested in performance of the contract, and taking into account the circumstances which may affect his grant.



Article. 22azb. [information secret] the school does not provide information related to the contract referred to in article 2. 22az, which is the secret of an undertaking within the meaning of the provisions on the Suppression of unfair competition, if the person interested in performance of the contract, no later than the conclusion of the contract for performance of the contract, applied for, that they may not be shared.



Article. 22azc. [information on the conclusion of the contract for performance of the contract, or not to award a contract] School shall without delay communicate to the public, on the website of the school or the website operator body, information on the contract award, referred to in article 1. 22az, by specifying the name (business name) or the name of an entity which has concluded the contract for performance of the contract, or information about the award of the contract.

Article. 22B. [Turnover used textbooks in the school] the principal of the school shall take measures enabling organizational turnover used textbooks in the school.

Article. 22 c. [order development, release and distribution of the manual or parts thereof] 1. The proper Minister of education and upbringing, and, in the case of manuals for training in art education competitions-the proper minister of culture and protection of national heritage, may order the elaboration and Edition, including distribution, manual or parts thereof.

2. The manual or its part developed as a result of the order referred to in paragraph 1. 1, and accepted by the proper Minister of education and upbringing, or the proper Minister of culture and protection of national heritage, are allowed to use the school by law.

3. The proper Minister of education and upbringing, or the proper minister of culture and protection of national heritage, before accepting the manual or parts thereof developed as a result of the order referred to in paragraph 1. 1 consult the appraisers designated by lists of these Ministers, referred to in article 1. 22an paragraph 1. 1. the provisions of article 3. 22at paragraph 1. 2 section 1, art. 22au and article. 22av shall apply mutatis mutandis.

4. the Tasks referred to in paragraph 1. 1 the proper minister of education and upbringing, and the proper minister of culture and national heritage protection can perform in co-operation with the bodies subordinate to the Ministers, or supervised by, wojewodami and curators.

5. the provision of paragraphs 1 and 2. 2 shall also apply to manual or parts of it developed in the framework of the project co-financed with funds from the budget of the European Union, whose implementation was entrusted by the proper Minister of education and education on the basis of article. 28 (1) of section 2 of the Act of 6 December 2006 on the basis of the conduct of development policy (OJ of 2009 No. 84, item. 712, with further amendments).



Article. 22d [unfair competition] 1. It is prohibited to: 1) offering, promising or giving to schools or teachers of any benefit in such a way as directly or indirectly in Exchange for a selection of specific textbooks, educational materials or practice materials;

2) to offer the sale of the manual only with other manual or additional teaching materials for student.

2. the operations referred to in paragraph 1. 1, constitute acts of unfair competition within the meaning of the provisions of the Act of 16 April 1993 on combating unfair competition (Journal of laws of 2003 No. 153, item 1503, as amended).

Article. 23. (repealed).

Article. 24. [classification of occupations vocational education] 1. The proper Minister of education and upbringing, at the request of the Minister competent in the field of the profession, to which it relates, shall determine, by regulation, the classification of occupations, vocational education, taking account of the classification of professions and specialities for needs of labour market.

2. Classification of occupations referred to in paragraph 1. 1, also indicates the types of secondary schools in which education can take place in a given profession, qualification in profession, which extracts a qualification, the applicant and training areas to which they are assigned, as well as qualified in the occupation for which training can be carried out on the qualification of professional courses.

3. the application referred to in paragraph 1. 1, shall be accompanied by the opinion of the employers ' representative within the meaning of the law of 24 July 2015. the Council for social dialogue, and other institutions of social dialogue (OJ poz. 1240), hereinafter referred to as "the law on the Council of social dialogue".

4. The introduction of the profession to the classification of occupations, vocational education can take place only in the case when none of the occupations included in the classification does not cover all qualifications separate in this profession.

5. the request referred to in paragraph 1. 1 should include: 1) a description of the profession and the qualifications of the extracted within the profession, together with a set of professional skills for each of the qualifications;

2) justification of the need for training in this profession;

3) name and place of the profession in the specified group of the classification of professions and specialities for needs of labour market;

4) information about the needs of the labour market in a given profession.

6. The competent Ministers, referred to in paragraph 1. 1, may assist physically and organizationally, schools and educational establishments in a given profession in the field of practical sessions and the application of modern techniques and technology in the process of vocational training in respect of the needs of the labour market.

7. Professional associations, local authorities and other economic organizations may be present to the competent ministers with a proposal for the establishment of new vocational education professions.



Article. 25. (repealed).



Article. 26. (repealed).



Article. 27. (repealed).

Article. 28. [powers of Protection] the provisions of the Act do not affect the powers of the Minister of national defence to the establishment, conduct and supervision of schools on the basis of the provisions of the military service of professional soldiers.

Article. 29. [Delegation], the Council of Ministers may specify, by regulation, a list of schools and outlets that carry the proper minister of the Interior and the Minister of national defence.

Article. 30. [Superintendent] 1. Superintendent of education shall appoint and dismiss the Governor, with the consent of the proper Minister of education and upbringing. In case of cancellation the curator of education Governor, on appeal, the trustee entrusts the performance of his or her duties, wicekuratorowi.

2. A candidate for the position of Superintendent of education emerges in the way of competition. Contest announces the Governor not later than within one month from the date on which the appeal was the curator.

2A. A candidate for the position of Superintendent of education may be appointed as teacher or qualified with a higher education master's degree and at least 7-year length of service in their profession, including at least a three-year internship as a challenging pedagogical exercise supervision.

2B. the competition for the position of Superintendent of education carries out the jury appointed by the voivode. In the composition of the selection board shall consist of: 1) three representatives of the proper Minister of education and upbringing;

2) three representatives of the Governor;

3) two representatives of the Dolnośląskie Provincial Assembly;

4) one representative of the provincial Trade Union structures, bringing together teachers, a representative within the meaning of the law on the Council of the social dialogue.


3. The proper Minister of education and upbringing shall determine, by regulation, the rules of the contest for the post of Superintendent of education, the pattern of the notice of competition, the mode of operation of the selection board and how to vote, and also the possibility of annulment of the contest in the event of a breach of the provisions relating to his conduct, efficiency and effectiveness of the Commission's work.

4. Wicekuratorów of education shall appoint and dismiss the Governor at the request of the Superintendent of education.

Article. 31. [Task of the curator of education] 1. Superintendent, on behalf of the Governor, shall perform the tasks and competencies in the field of education as defined in the Act and regulations specific to the area of the province, and in particular: 1) shall exercise supervision over the method of information and public kindergartens, other forms of pre-school education, schools, institutions, teacher training institutions, including information on teacher training institutions of national and social services staff colleges, which are located in the area of the province;

2) administrative decisions in cases specified in the Act;

3) (repealed);

4) interacts with the educational councils appointed on the basis of article. 48;

5) perform tasks a higher degree of authority within the meaning of the provisions of the code of administrative behaviour: a) in relation to the bodies of the units of local government, in matters of public schools, assumed and carried out by legal and natural persons, as well as schools and private institutions, (b)) in relation to the directors of the schools-in matters concerning compulsory education and science and the deletion from the list of students;

6) carries out State policy-makers, as well as interact with local government units, bodies in developing and implementing local and regional educational policy, respectively, in accordance with the educational policy of the State;

6a) (repealed);

6B) (repealed);

6 c) shall draw up programmes for the use of resources for funding teacher training, extracted in the budget the Governor, after consultation with the trade unions, the representative within the meaning of the law on the Council of the social dialogue;

7) is organizing the Olympics, competitions, tournaments, and other forms of competition and the presentation of the achievements of high school students in the area of the province;

8) interacts with the district committees egzaminacyjnymi;

9) interacts with teacher training institutions, psychological and pedagogical pedagogical library poradniami in the execution of tasks relating to the diagnosis, based on the results of pedagogical supervision, teacher training needs;

10) supports the activities in the field of organizing exams and tests in schools;

11) interacts with the authorities of the local government units in terms of shaping and development of material base of schools and establishments;

12) interacts with the competent authorities, organizations and other bodies in matters relating to the conditions for the development of children and youth, including in the prevention of manifestations of social pathology, and can also assist these entities;

13) coordinates, supports and supervises the Organization of leisure of children and youth within the province during the summer and winter holidays;

14) performs other tasks specified in the provisions of the individual, in particular in the field of defence.

2. operational programmes as referred to in the Act of 6 December 2006 on the basis of the conduct of development policy (OJ of 2009 No. 84, item. 712, with further amendments) and the Act of 11 July 2014, about the principles of cohesion policy programmes financed in the financial perspective 2014-2020 (OJ item 1146), as well as government programs referred to in article 1. 90u, can specify tasks that Superintendent carries out on behalf of the Governor.

3. The position of Superintendent of education wicekuratora and cannot be combined with the mandate of the Council.

Article. 32. [Board of education] 1. Superintendent shall carry out its tasks and competencies with the help of the Board of education.

2. education State budget units are Kuratoria.

3. at the request of the Governor, Superintendent of education, can create a delegation of the Board of Trustees. The head of delegation may, under the authority of the Superintendent of education, to lead the case for action, including delegations to exercise supervision and pedagogical issue administrative decisions.

4. The proper Minister of education and upbringing, in consultation with the Minister responsible for public administration Affairs determines, by regulation, the organisation of educational kuratoriów and the principle of the creation of their delegations.

Article. 32A. [pedagogical Supervision] 1. Pedagogical supervision over public and information schools and art institutions, establishments referred to in article 1. 2 paragraph 7, for art schools and art schools teacher training institutions is exercised by the proper minister of culture and protection of national heritage, which for this purpose, and in order to carry out tasks referred to in article 1. 5 paragraph 1. 7, for schools and educational establishments conducted by him may, in agreement with the Minister responsible for matters of education and upbringing, by regulation, to create a special unit of supervision and specify its organization and scope of pedagogical supervision-related tasks and tasks referred to in article 1. 5 paragraph 1. 7.1a. The proper Minister of Agriculture holds pedagogical supervision over public schools, agricultural agencies and agricultural teacher training establishments for vocational subjects, who teach in schools, carried out by them, and the proper minister of the environment-public forestry schools conducted by the river. To that end, and in order to carry out the tasks referred to in article 1. 5 paragraph 1. 7, for schools and educational establishments conducted by the appropriately proper minister of agriculture or the proper minister of the environment may, in consultation with the Minister responsible for matters of education and upbringing, by regulation, to create a special unit of supervision and specify its organization and scope of pedagogical supervision-related tasks.

2. specialist surveillance unit referred to in paragraph 1. 1 and 1a, the State budget units are appropriately funded from the budget of the proper Minister of culture and national heritage protection, proper Minister of agriculture or the proper Minister of the environment.

3. the provisions of paragraphs 1 and 2. 1 and 1a do not affect the powers of the guardian of education in terms of pedagogical supervision over the teaching of general subjects in schools of art, as well as on the teaching of general subjects in agricultural and forestry schools schools conducted by appropriately proper Minister of agriculture or the proper Minister of the environment.

4. with regard to public schools and artistic establishments proper minister of culture and national heritage protection in consultation with the Minister responsible for Education Affairs and education it seems the provisions referred to in article 1. 11 (1). 2 – with the exception of the provisions laying down the conditions and mode of issue and the models of certificates, diplomas and other school books issued by the County examination bodies, the manner of rectification of their content and the issue of duplicates and the amount of remuneration for the issuance of duplicates of those certificates, national diplomas and other printed matter, as well as the mode and way of making legalisation certificates issued by the County examination bodies for documents intended for legal transactions with foreign countries and the amount of remuneration for carrying out these activities, and in the article. 22 paragraph 1. 1 section 1 and paragraphs 1 and 2. 2, points 1, 2 and 5-8.

5. the Regulation referred to in article 1. 22 paragraph 1. 2 point 1 and point 2(a), the proper minister of education and upbringing, it seems, in consultation as appropriate with the competent Minister for agriculture or the Minister responsible for environmental affairs.

Article. 32B. [competition Training for maritime and inland waterway] in the case of public and private schools doing training in trades for short sea shipping and inland waterway pedagogical supervision is exercised by the Superintendent, in cooperation as appropriate with the Minister responsible for Maritime Affairs and the Minister responsible for transport, in terms of the implementation in the process of education in these schools, the provisions of the International Convention on standards of training of seafarers training, certification and watchkeeping, 1978, done at London on 7 July 1978 (OJ 1984, no. 39, item 201 and the 1999 No 30, item 286).

Article. 33. [pedagogical Supervision] 1. Pedagogical supervision consists of: 1) observing, analysing and evaluating the process of education and upbringing and educational performance, educational, and institutional and other activity of the registered schools and establishments;

2) evaluating the status and conditions of teaching activities, educational and institutional and other activity of the registered schools and establishments;

3) helping schools and training establishments, and teachers in carrying out their duties, educational and caring;

4) inspiring teachers to pedagogical innovation, organizational and methodical.

2. to the extent set out in paragraph 2. 1 points 1 and 2 shall be subject to surveillance, in particular: 1) compliance with the required qualifications, teacher employment;

2) the basics of the framework and curricula;

3) observance of the principles of evaluating, classifying and promoting pupils and conducting exams, as well as the observance of the provisions relating to compulsory education and science;

4) adherence to the Statute of the school or facility;

5) (repealed);

6) observance of the rights of the child and the rights of the student and the dissemination of knowledge about these rights;

7) provide students with safe and hygienic conditions of science, education and care.


3. Teachers referred to in article 1. paragraph 35. 5, steps from a pedagogical supervision have the right to: 1) access to schools and establishments;

2) insight to the school or facility documentation concerning the conduct of teaching and care and the Organization of work;

3) participate in the pedagogical Council, after prior notification to the headteacher of the school;

4) admission as an observer to the teaching activities, educational, welfare and other activities organized by the school or facility;

5) test for the assessment of the effectiveness of the teaching activities, educational and institutional schools and outlets.

4. Teachers referred to in article 1. paragraph 35. 5, may seem like school principals and recommendations arising from the activities carried out, together with the date of their implementation.

5. the Director of the school or facility, within 7 days from the date of receipt of the recommendations referred to in paragraph 1. 4, can report to them the objections to holding the pedagogical supervision.

6. the Director of the school or institution, within 30 days from the date of receipt of the recommendations referred to in paragraph 1. 4 (a) in the case of lodging reservations in accordance with paragraph 1. 5-within 30 days from the date of receipt of the written notice rejecting objections, is obliged to notify: 1) supervising authority about implementation of the pedagogical recommendations;

2) body school or establishment of the recommendations and how to achieve them.

7. In the event of a finding of significant shortcomings in the activities of the school or facility, supervising authority of the irrespective of the method of the measures referred to in paragraph 1. 4 inform the pleas of body or school assignment.

8. the authority supervising teacher or school authority may issue a pedagogical establishment recommendations of surveillance activities. The provisions of paragraph 1. 5 and 6 shall apply mutatis mutandis.

9. the authority supervising the pedagogical can process personal data of the staff and students of schools and facilities to the extent necessary to carry out the teaching supervision.

Article. 34. [the removal of shortcomings] 1. If the school or institution or body carries on its activities in violation of the provisions of the Act, the authority supervising the pedagogical can recommend, by decision, the removal of shortcomings within the time limit, subject to the provisions of paragraph 2. 5.2. In the case of inadequate outcomes or education in the school or facility the authority supervising the school's Director of development or recommended method, in consultation with the authority, of the programme and the timetable for improving the efficiency of education and upbringing. The implementation of the programme within the time limits set out in schedule, accepted by the supervising authority of the pedagogic. The programme must take into account the comments and proposals made by the supervising authority of the pedagogic.

2A. If the principal of the school or institution fails within the prescribed period the deficiencies referred to in paragraph 1. 1, do not develop or implement in set out in schedule dates of improving the efficiency of education and upbringing, or fails in this program reported comments and proposals, the authority supervising the leading authority of the pedagogic school or post a request for cancellation of the principal of the school or at the end of or during the school year without notice. The request, filed in this case by the supervising authority shall apply to the leading authority of the pedagogic school or facility.

2B. in the event of failure by the school or service-level requirements, referred to in the rules pursuant to article 114. Paragraph 21a. 3, concerning the effects of education, upbringing and care and the implementation of the statutory goals and tasks, the authority supervising the pedagogical performs at school or re-examination of the facility meet the requirements, but not later than within 3 years from the date of transfer to the Director of the school or institution in which the pedagogical supervision results non-compliance is found.

2. in the case of schools and institutions carried out by the Minister, in the situation referred to in paragraph 1. 2A, the competent minister is referenced by the principal of the school or at the end of or during the school year without notice.

3. in the case of a school run by the legal or natural person, with the exception of the school self-government, non-execution of the command, referred to in paragraph 1. 1 or 2, may form the basis for the withdrawal of authorisations by decision to set up the school. The withdrawal of authorisation for assumption school is equivalent to placing it into liquidation.

4. If the school or facility operated by a unit of local government, as well as the same unit of local government, do not remove the deficiencies arising from infringements of the provisions of the Act referred to in paragraph 1. 1, the body supervising the pedagogical shall notify the fact to the voivode holding the supervision of municipal activities.

5. The provisions of paragraph 1. 1 and 4 shall not apply if the infringement of the provisions of the Act took place in the resolution of the authority of government entities. In this case, the Superintendent is required to immediately notify the infringement act of voivode.

Article. 34A. [surveillance of financial and Administrative Affairs] 1. Body school or facility supervises its activities in financial and administrative matters, including separate provisions.

2. to the extent set out in paragraph 2. 1 is subject to the supervision, in particular: 1) the correctness of the disposal granted to the school or facility budget appropriations and obtained by the school or establishment funds from other sources, as well as the management of the property;

2) complying with the provisions in force concerning safety and health at work of workers and students;

3) observance of the provisions concerning the organisation of work and school.

3. To perform the supervision referred to in paragraph 1. 1, shall apply mutatis mutandis the provisions of article 4. paragraph 33. 3 points 1 and 2 and paragraphs 1 and 2. 4-6.

4. the leading school or establishment, without permission to exercise supervision, pedagogy, can occur in educational matters-educational and caring with the Director of the school or facility and the authority holding the pedagogical supervision. The Director or the authority that has received the application, it is required to respond within 14 days.

Article. 34dd [range of interference in the activities of the school] body or school assignment, and in respect of the activities of educational care and teaching and supervising authority also interfere with school activities can the pedagogical or only to the extent and on the terms set out in the Act. In the case of schools at prisons this interference is allowed also in terms of achieving the objectives of the enforcement of the sentence involving deprivation of liberty referred to in the criminal code, (a) in the case of schools with correctional facilities and shelters for minors-in terms of achieving the objectives set out in the rules of procedure in cases of minors.

Article. 34 ° c [application of the provisions of article 34a]. 34A shall apply mutatis mutandis to the pre-primary education carried out in the forms referred to in the rules pursuant to article 114. 14A paragraph 6. 7. 35. [the powers of the competent Minister] 1. The proper Minister of education and upbringing: 1) shall exercise supervision over the schools and pedagogical institutions, referred to in article 1. 5 paragraph 1. 3B;

2) oversees and coordinates the execution of pedagogical supervision in the country and, in particular, supervises the curators of education in this respect;

3) take action to ensure the efficiency and effectiveness of pedagogical supervision, in particular: (a)) develops and modifies the pedagogical supervision tool, b) develop training programmes people pursuing the task of pedagogical supervision and organise such training, c) analyzes and develops pedagogical surveillance data, (d)) shall draw up annually and Announces on its website that hosts it the Office information on the results of pedagogical supervision conducted by curators.

1a. in order to undertake the tasks referred to in paragraph 1. 1, paragraph 3, the competent minister for education and upbringing leads an electronic surveillance platform for teaching and administering it. To access the electronic surveillance platform for teaching are authorized persons performing the task of pedagogical supervision, teachers, students, parents and representatives of the leading bodies of the school or facility.

2. in order to undertake the tasks referred to in paragraph 1. 1 point 2 and in article 12. 21 paragraph 1. 1 the proper minister of education and upbringing, in particular: 1) establishes the basic orientations educational policy of the State, including the tasks of pedagogical supervision;

2) controls the efficiency and the effectiveness of pedagogical supervision conducted by curators of education and compliance with the provisions in force in this field, and can also issue writing education curators binding their guidelines and command, with the exception of individual cases to be settled by an administrative decision;

3) may require the curators of education information, documents and reports of periodic or on a specific case or kind of matters;

4) may organize training courses, meetings and conferences, the curators of education;

5) may publish in the official journal by the publication of recommended standards of school equipment necessary for the teaching of general subjects.

2A. the Minister of Justice and subordinate bodies shall oversee the pedagogical over betting on poprawczymi, hostels for minors, diagnostic centres and consultation over schools in these establishments and hostels, as well as on schools and education in prisons and prisons, with the exception of the supervision of the teaching of general subjects, which is exercised by the Superintendent.


2B. The proper Minister of education and upbringing may entrust the performance of the tasks referred to in paragraph 1. 1, paragraph 3 and paragraph 4. 1A, led by teacher training facility for national coverage.

2. The proper Minister of education and upbringing, by regulation, may entrust the underlying a OU pedagogical supervision over the schools and school consultation points referred to in article 1. 5 paragraph 1. 3B (1) (a). and, as well as performing in relation to their tasks referred to in article 1. 5 paragraph 1. 7.3. (repealed).

4. the Director of the school or facility and other teachers cannot positions, subject to article 22. paragraph 36. 2, shall oversee the pedagogical in relation to teachers working in these schools and schools, and in schools and institutions engaged in vocational training, and employers, which is organised practical training, including in relation to instructors of practical apprenticeship.

5. the Superintendent, and the bodies referred to in paragraph 1. 1 and 2a and article. 32A. 32B, pedagogical supervision exercise with the help of teachers employed in positions that require pedagogical qualifications in education regional school inspectorates and the offices of these bodies or their organizational units.

5a. Superintendent and the bodies referred to in paragraph 1. 1 and 2a and article. 32A. 32B, can outsource to persons holding appropriate qualifications to conduct the research and development expertise for assessing the effectiveness of teaching activities, educational and institutional schools and outlets.

6. The proper Minister of education and upbringing, in consultation with the Minister responsible for Cultural Affairs and the protection of the national heritage of the Republic, the Minister of Justice, the Minister for agriculture, Minister for Environmental Affairs, Minister responsible for Maritime Affairs, Minister responsible for transport affairs, Minister responsible for Home Affairs and the Minister of national defence shall determine, by regulation, conditions and mode of exercise and forms of pedagogical supervision , the method of determining the fulfilment of the requirements referred to in the rules pursuant to article 114. Paragraph 21a. 3, manner and conditions of access to an electronic surveillance platform pedagogical, the posts referred to in paragraph 1. 5, the qualifications necessary for the exercise of supervision and pedagogical qualifications of persons referred to in paragraph 1. 5A, having regard to the requirements of efficiency, effectiveness, and efficiency of teaching supervision.

Article. 35A. (repealed).

Article. 35B. [the application of the provisions of the Act]. Paragraph 21a. 1 and 2, art. 33. 34 and the rules pursuant to article 114. Paragraph 21a. 3 shall apply mutatis mutandis to the other form of pre-primary education, kindergarten, teacher training institutions and schools and school consultation point referred to in article 1. 5 paragraph 1. 3B (1) (a). (a) article. 36. [Managing the school or facility] 1. The school or facility is guided by a teacher appointed or qualified, entrusted with the position of the Director.

2. The school or facility may also target non-teacher appointed to the position of Director of the authority, after consulting the authority holding the pedagogical supervision.

2A. a person referred to in paragraph 1. 2, may not engage in pedagogical supervision. In the case of the appointment of such a person for the post of Director of the pedagogical supervision is exercised by a teacher cannot other management position at school or facility.

3. The proper Minister of education and upbringing, and in relation to the art schools, in consultation with the Minister responsible for Cultural Affairs and the protection of the national heritage, specify, by regulation, the requirements of which should correspond to the person dealing with the post of Director and other management position in different types of schools and types of outlets, having regard in particular to the qualified to occupy the position of a teacher in your school or facility management, the preparation of an assessment of the work and health conditions to occupy managerial positions.

Article. 36A. [Director of the school or facility] 1. The post of Director of the school or institution entrusts the body school or facility.

1a. For the post of Director of the public teacher training facility for national public teacher training institutions, art schools and teacher training institutions to the public objects, who teach in schools, referred to in article 1. 5 paragraph 1. 3B (1) (a). (b), paragraph 1. 3 c and paragraph 1. 3D point 2 shall appoint and dismiss with this position of the competent minister of the host facility. The provisions of paragraph 1. 2-15 shall not apply. The appointment and the appeal takes place on the basis of the provisions of the Labour Code relating to the employment relationship on the basis of the appointment.

1B. The candidate for the post of Director of the facility, referred to in paragraph 1. 1A, emerges in the way of competition.

1 c. If a competition does not report any candidate or as a result of the competition were not a candidate, the competent minister of the host facility, referred to in paragraph 1. 1A, appoints to the position of Director of the facility established by each candidate.

(d) pending the appointment to the position of Director of the facility, referred to in paragraph 1. 1A, in accordance with paragraph 1. 1B or 1 c the competent minister of the host establishment may entrust the performance of the duties of the Director of the facility or other wicedyrektorowi an employee of the facility.

1E. the position of the Director of the facility, referred to in paragraph 1. 1A, can deal with a person: 1) which has a higher education master's degree;

2) which has a length of service referred to in the regulations issued on the basis of paragraph 1. 1F;

3) who has experience with the carrying out of the action for the development of schools and educational establishments or experience in a managerial capacity;

4) which satisfies the conditions necessary to carry out the health work in a managerial capacity;

5) which has full legal capacity, and uses the full public rights;

6) which was not punishable by disciplinary penalty and not against her disciplinary proceedings;

7) that has not been convicted by a final judgment for a deliberate crime or deliberate fiscal offence;

8) against which proceedings are pending for a criminal offence indictable offence;

9) which was not punishable by non-performing functions related to other disposal of public funds, as referred to in article 1. 31.3. 1 section 4 of the Act of 17 December 2004 responsibility for breaches of discipline of public finances;

10) which was not punishable by the penalty referred to in article ordinal. 108 the labour code.

1F. The proper Minister of education and upbringing, in consultation with the Minister responsible for Cultural Affairs and the protection of the national heritage and the Minister competent for agriculture shall determine, by regulation, the length of service required from a person in charge of the post of Director of the facility, referred to in paragraph 1. 1A, manner and mode of carrying out the contest and the composition and mode of operation of the selection board, having regard to the way the issue of the contest, a way of bringing to the candidate, the way the supervision of regularity of the contest proceedings and the procedure for the annulment of the competition.

1 g in the regulation referred to in paragraph 1. 1F, the proper minister of education and upbringing, in consultation with the Minister responsible for Cultural Affairs and the protection of the national heritage and the Minister competent for agriculture may specify additional requirements, which should correspond to the position of the person: 1) the Director of the public teacher training facility for national coverage, referred to in article 14(2). 5 paragraph 1. 3B (1) (a). (b);

2) Director of public art school teacher training institutions referred to in article 14(2). 5 paragraph 1. 3 c;

3) Director of teacher training institutions to the public objects, who teach in schools, referred to in article 14(2). 5 paragraph 1. 3D point 2.

2. The candidate to the position of Director of the school or institution is emerging through competition. The applicant shall not be refused to entrust to the position of Director.

3. The requirement to conduct a contest for the post of Director shall not apply to schools and public facilities operated by natural persons or legal entities other than the units of local government.

4. If no candidate is not present or as a result of the competition were not a candidate, the body entrusted with this position determined by each candidate, after consulting the Council of the school or facility and the pedagogical Council.

5. until the delegate Director in accordance with paragraph 1. 2 or 4 body may delegate the duties of the Director of the school of wicedyrektorowi, and in schools where there is no deputy head, teacher of this school, but no longer than for a period of 10 months.

6. in order to carry out the competition body school or facility shall appoint the selection board composed of: 1) three representatives of the leading body of the school or facility;

2) two representatives of the authority holding the pedagogical supervision;

3) one representative: (a)), b) pedagogical Council parents, c) company unions, a trade union representative may not be employed in the school or facility, which the competition relates is subject to the provisions of paragraph 2. 7.7. The total number of representatives of the bodies referred to in paragraph 1. 6 points 1 and 2 may not be less than the total number of representatives referred to in paragraph 1. 6 point 3.

8. If the composition of the selection board the total number of representatives of the bodies referred to in paragraph 1. 6 points 1 and 2, would be less than the total number of representatives referred to in paragraph 1. 6 point 3, the number of representatives of those bodies is increased in proportion to their total number was less than the total number of representatives referred to in paragraph 1. 6 point 3.


9. the provisions of paragraphs 1 and 2. 6-8 also applies in the case of the contest for the post of Director of the newly assumed band schools or institutions, except that: 1) representative of the pedagogical Council emerges from among the representatives of educational institutions or schools councils assembled in the team;

2) representative of the parents ' Council emerges from the Councils of the pupils ' parents all schools facilities or joint in the team.

10. in the case of schools and facilities newly assumed the composition of the selection board determines the body this school or establishment, taking into account the participation of the representative of the authority holding the pedagogical supervision.

11. in the case of schools and establishments referred to in article 1. 44. 52 paragraph 1. 1, the composition of the Commission are not adequately represented by the pedagogical Council and of the Council.

12. The proper Minister of education and upbringing, and, in the case of art schools and establishments referred to in article 1. 2 paragraph 7, for students of art schools-the proper minister of culture and protection of national heritage, specify, by regulation, the rules of the contest for the post of Director of the school or facility and the work of the selection board, having regard in particular to the way the issue of the contest and how to monitor the regularity of the proceedings submitted by the authority conducting the school or facility.

13. the Director of the school or facility shall be entrusted to the school for five years. In justified cases, you can delegate this position to a shorter period, but not less than 1 year.

14. After the expiry of the period referred to in paragraph 1. 13, the authority, after consulting the Council of the school or facility and the pedagogical Council, in consultation with the curator of education and, in the case of schools and art institutions and establishments referred to in article 14(2). 2 paragraph 7, for high school students with the relevant Minister for artistic culture and protection of national heritage, it can extend to entrust the position for further periods referred to in paragraph 1. 13. The requirement to be agreed with the curator of education shall not apply in the case of schools and establishments referred to in article 1. 5 paragraph 1. 3B. 15. The provisions of paragraph 1. 1-14 shall apply mutatis mutandis to the persons referred to in article 14(2). paragraph 36. 2.16. The provisions of paragraph 1. 1-15. 37 do not apply to schools operated by the Minister of national defence and the Minister of Justice, or subordinated them to the authorities.

Article. 37. [positions] 1. In the school or facility, in accordance with the statutes of the framework can be created the position of Deputy Director and other management positions, entrusting these posts and appeals from them shall be the principal of the school or facility, after consulting the authority, the Council, leading the school or facility and the pedagogical Council.

2. Contract of employment as a teacher, concluded for a specified period is shorter than the period of entrustment management position is to extend the period of entrustment.

3. in the case of the persons referred to in article 1. paragraph 36. 2, paragraph 1. 1 shall apply mutatis mutandis.

Article. 38. [a reference to the management position] 1. The authority which gave the teacher management position at school or facility: 1) references the teacher with a management position in the event of: (a)) that the teacher, for a three-month notice, (b)) the findings of negative evaluation negative evaluation of the work or the performance of the tasks referred to in article 1. paragraph 34A. 2. in particular the rules on the assessment of the work of teachers – without notice, c) submission by the supervising authority of the pedagogic application referred to in article 1. paragraph 34. 2A;

2) in exceptional cases, after consultation with the Superintendent of education, and, in the case of schools and art institutions and establishments referred to in article 14(2). 2 paragraph 7, for students of art schools run by the local government unit-the proper Minister of culture and protection of national heritage, it can revoke a teacher with a management position at the time of the school year without notice.

2. The opinion referred to in paragraph 1. 1 point 2, it seems to be within 5 working days from the date of receipt of the occurrence of the authority referred to in paragraph 1. 1. Issue an opinion within that time limit is equivalent to issuing a positive opinion.

Article. 38A. [the application of the provisions of the Act] 1. The provisions of article 4. 38 shall apply mutatis mutandis to the persons referred to in article 14(2). paragraph 36. 2.2. The provisions of article 4. 38 shall not apply to the Director of the public teacher training facility for national public teacher training institutions, art schools and teacher training institutions to the public objects, who teach in the schools, as referred to respectively in article. 5 paragraph 1. 3B (1) (a). (b), paragraph 1. 3 c and paragraph 1. 3D point 2.

Article. 39. [the Director of the school or facility] 1. The principal of the school or institution in particular: 1) directs the activities of the school or facility and represents it outside.

2) pedagogical supervision shall, subject to article 22. paragraph 36. 2;

3) has custody over the students and creates conditions for the harmonious development of the physical and mental health related activities through active;

4) implements the resolutions of the Council of the school or facility and the pedagogical Council, taken in the framework of their competence, which are;

5) has the measures referred to in the financial plan of the school or zaopiniowanym by the Council of the school or facility and is responsible for their proper use, and can also organize economic, financial and administrative support for the school or facility;

5A) shall carry out the tasks related to ensuring the safety of students and teachers during activities organized by the school or facility;

6) performs other tasks resulting from the specific provisions;

7) interacts with universities and teacher training establishments in the organisation of teaching practice;

8) (repealed);

9) creates the conditions for the operation of the school or facility: volunteers, associations and other organizations, in particular the Organization of Scouting, the aim of which is the statutory educational or expansion and enrichment of teaching activities, educational and institutional school or facility;

10) is responsible for the implementation of the recommendations resulting from the judgment about the need for a special education student.

2. the Director of the school or institution may, by decision, the student should be deleted from the list of students in the cases provided for in the statutes of the school or facility. Deletion follows on the basis of the resolutions of the pedagogical Council, after consulting the local government project.

2A. the provision of paragraphs 1 and 2. 2 does not apply to student under the responsibility of the school. In justified cases, the student, at the request of the Director of the school, can be moved by the Superintendent of education for another school.

2B. the Director of the art school which meets solely artistic education student shall be deleted from the list of students at the written request of a parent or an adult learner.

3. the Director is the Manager of the workplace for employees in school or submitted to the teachers and staff who are not teachers. In particular, the Director shall decide on: 1) the hiring and firing of teachers and other employees of the school or facility;

2) awards and penalties for teachers and other school workers, housekeeping or facility;

3) occurrence with the conclusions of the Council, after consulting the Council and pedagogical school or institution in matters of medals, prizes and other awards for teachers and other employees of the school or facility.

4. the Director of the school or institution in the performance of its tasks, the Council is working with the school or facility, pedagogical Council, parents and Student Government.

4A. (repealed).

5. the Director of the school's leading vocational training, in agreement with the leading school, sets, in which educates school, after obtaining the opinion of the district and provincial labour market Council to conform with the needs of the labour market.

6. the powers referred to in paragraph 1. 3, eligible directors jednooddziałowych kindergartens and primary school managers (filialnych school) and is organizationally subordinate to another school. These powers are entitled to the appropriate authority of the teacher or school director of the kindergarten, which filialna school is organizationally subordinate to.

7. In the absence of the principal of the school or replaces it with the Deputy Director, and in schools and institutions, in which you have not created the position of Deputy Director – another teacher of the school or institution designated by the authority.

Article. 40. [the Council of education] 1. At school or the facility employs at least 3 teachers work the Council of education, which is a collegiate body of the school or institution in respect of the exercise of its statutory tasks relating to training, education and care.

2. Teachers of schools with fewer than 3 teachers are members of the pedagogical Council of the school, which is subordinated to the filialna school.

3. in the composition of the pedagogical Council is composed of: the principal of the school or facility and all teachers employed in the school or facility and employees of other establishments acting as instructors of practical apprenticeship or leading educational work with juvenile employees in collective accommodation establishments, for whose work constitutes a basic educational and didactic. In the meetings of the pedagogical Council may also participate, in an advisory, the persons invited by the President, with the consent or at the request of the pedagogical Council, including representatives of the associations and other organizations, in particular the Organization of Scouting, the aim of which is the statutory educational or expansion and enrichment of teaching activities, educational and institutional school or facility.

4. The President of the pedagogical Council is the principal of the school or facility.


5. The meeting of the pedagogical Council are held before the beginning of the school year, each period (semester) in view of the categories and the promotion of students after the completion of the annual educational classes-educational as well as current needs. Meetings can be organised at the request of the pedagogical supervision of the Presidency, at the initiative of the Director of the school or institution, the Council of the school or facility, the body leading the school or facility or at least 1/3 of the members of the Council of pedagogy.

6. the Chairman leads and prepares the meetings of the pedagogical Council and shall be responsible for notification of all of the members of the date and agenda of the meeting in accordance with the rules of procedure of the Council.

7. the Director of the school or facility shall submit to the Council of pedagogy, not less than two times per school year, general conclusions arising from the pedagogical supervision conducted, and information about the activities of the school.

Article. 41. [powers of the pedagogical Council] 1. The competence of the forming pedagogical Council: 1) approve plans of work or school after opinion from the Council of the school or facility;

2) passing resolutions on the results of the classification and promotion;

3) passing resolutions on innovation and experimentation in teaching school or facility, lay down their projects by the Council of the school or facility;

4) establishing vocational schools teachers organization or facility;

5) passing resolutions in matters of deletion from the list of students;

6) determination of how the results of pedagogical supervision, including supervision of the school or facility by the supervising authority of the pedagogic, in order to improve the work of the school or facility.

2. pedagogical Council delivers an opinion on, in particular: 1) the organisation of the work of the school or facility, including a weekly distribution of educational activities, and the Organization of qualifying vocational courses, if the school or post such courses leads;

2) project financial plan of the school or facility;

3) applications Director for teachers Awards, prizes and other awards;

4) suggestions for the Director of the school or institution in matters relating to the allocation of teachers permanent works and activities within the framework of the basic salary, plus paid classes, educational and caring.

3. the Director of the school or facility suspends the execution of the resolutions referred to in paragraph 1. 1, in conformity with the provisions of the law. Of the suspension of the implementation of the resolution, the Director shall forthwith inform the authority of the host school or facility and the authority supervising the pedagogical. Pedagogical supervising authority repeals resolution if its non-compliance with the provisions of the law after consulting the authority leading the school or facility. The decision of the authority holding the pedagogical supervision is final.

Article. 42. [powers of the pedagogical Council] 1. Pedagogical Council shall prepare a draft of the Statute of the school or institution or its changes and present to the Council the school or facility.

2. pedagogical Council may request for cancellation of a teacher from his position as Director or another management position in the school or facility.

3. in the case referred to in paragraph 1. 2, the authority empowered to appeal is obliged to carry out the investigation and notify its pedagogical Council within 14 days of receipt of the request.

Article. 43. [resolutions of the pedagogical Council] 1. The pedagogical Council resolutions shall be taken by a simple majority vote in the presence of at least half of its members.

2. the Council shall determine the pedagogical terms. The pedagogical Council meetings are recorded.

3. persons participating in the meeting of the pedagogical Council are required to disclose matters raised at the meeting of the Council of pedagogy, which may affect the personal interests of pupils or their parents, as well as teachers and other employees of the school or facility.

Article. 44. [Delegation] proper Minister of education and upbringing shall determine, by regulation, types of schools and educational establishments in which the pedagogical Council is formed due to the specific work of the school or facility.



Chapter 3a Rating, classifying and promoting pupils in public schools Article. 44a. [educational activities] [5] Whenever this chapter is talking about educational activities without further definition, it should be obligatory and additional educational activities referred to in article 1. 64 paragraph 1. 1 (1) and (2), religion or ethics, referred to in the rules pursuant to article 114. 12 paragraph 1. 2, and referred to in the rules pursuant to article 114. 13. 3. 44B. [Assessing pupil] 1. Evaluation are: 1) the achievement of student learning;

2) behavior.

2. post-secondary school will not be assessed the student's behavior.

3. Assessing educational achievement is depending by the teachers and the progress in mastering the student news and skills in relation to: 1) the requirements set out in the education policy or outcomes set out in the basis of the education programme competitions and educational requirements resulting from implemented in school curricula;

2) educational requirements resulting from implemented in school curricula, in the case of additional educational activities.

4. Evaluate student behavior is depending by the teacher, teachers and students of the branch, the degree of respect by the student rules of social conduct and ethical standards and the obligations set out in the statutes of the school.

5. Assessing educational achievement and student behaviour takes place in a framework of evaluation within schools, which aims to: 1) to inform the student about the level of his achievements and his behaviour and of the progress made in this respect;

2) providing assistance in the student academic achievement by giving students information about what he did well and should continue to teach;

3) provide guidance to planning their own development;

4) motivate the student to further progress in science and behaviour;

5) providing parents and teachers with information about the progress and difficulties in learning and maintaining student and special aptitude of the student;

6) to enable teachers to improve the organisation and methods of teaching and educational work.

6. Assessing wewnątrzszkolne includes: 1) formulation by teachers educational requirements necessary to receive the individual interim and annual, and post-secondary school is semestered, assessments of the mandatory classification and additional educational activities and activities referred to in the rules pursuant to article 114. 13. 3.

2) determination of the criteria for judging behaviour;

3 fixing the current ratings) and interim evaluations of the mandatory classification and additional educational activities and activities referred to in the rules pursuant to article 114. 13. 3, as well as the interim classification evaluation behaviour;

4) to conduct examinations of the classification referred to in article 1. 16. 11, art. 20zh paragraph 1. 3 and 3a, art. 44 k paragraph 1. 2 and 3 and article. 66 paragraph 1. 1B;

5) fixing the annual, and post-secondary school is semestered, assessments of the mandatory classification and additional educational activities and activities referred to in the rules pursuant to article 114. 13. 3, and the annual classification evaluation behaviour;

6) fixing the conditions and mode of receiving higher-than-expected annual and post-secondary school is semestered, assessments and educational activities of the classification of the annual classification evaluation behaviour;

7) fixing the conditions and the manner in which the parents information about the progress and difficulties in learning and maintaining student and special aptitude.

7. Evaluate student from religion and ethics shall be carried out in accordance with the regulations issued on the basis of article. 12 paragraph 1. 2.8. Teachers at the beginning of each school year to inform students and their parents, and post-secondary school-students: 1) educational requirements necessary to receive the individual interim and annual, and post-secondary school is semestered, assessments of classification of the educational activity, resulting from implemented by each of the curriculum;

2) how to check the educational achievements of students;

3) conditions and receive higher than expected annual and post-secondary school-enrolment, classification assessment with educational activities.

9. Educator of the branch at the beginning of each school year to inform students and their parents: 1) conditions and how the judging criteria and behaviour;

2) conditions and receive higher than expected annual classification assessment behaviors.

10. The detailed conditions and method of evaluation within schools specifies the statutes of the school.



Article. 44 c. [obligation to individualize work with student] 1. The teacher is required to individualize your work with the student on learning activities according to the needs of development and educational and psycho-physical capabilities.

2. The teacher is required to customize educational requirements referred to in article 1. paragraph 44B. 8, point 1, to the individual development needs and educational and psycho-physical capabilities, in the cases referred to in the rules pursuant to article 114. 44zb. 44d [Release student from some mandatory education classes] school releases student from some of the mandatory educational activities due to a health condition, specific learning difficulties, disabilities, qualifications or completion of the compulsory educational activities at an earlier stage, in the cases referred to in the rules pursuant to article 114. 44zb. 44e [evaluation] 1. The student in the course of study at the school shall: 1) the current;

2): a) and annual interim classification, and in post-secondary school-semester, b).


2. evaluations are confidential for the student and his parents. Post-secondary school evaluations are confidential for the student.

3. The teacher justify fixed assessment in the manner provided for in the statutes of the school.

4. Tested and evaluated the written works of the student shall be made available to the student and his parents. Post-secondary school tested and evaluated the written works of the student shall be made available to the student.

5. at the request of the student or his parents rank exam dossier referred to in article 2. 16. 11, art. 20zh paragraph 1. 3 and 3a, art. 44 k paragraph 1. 2 and 3 and article. 66 paragraph 1. 1B exam correction referred to in article 2. 44 m paragraph 3. 1 the reservations referred to in article 1. 44n, and other documentation concerning the evaluation of the student shall be made available for inspection by the student or his parents.

6. post-secondary school documentation, referred to in paragraph 1. 5, is made available to the student for review upon request.

7. How to share the dossier referred to in paragraph 1. 4 and 5, shall statutes of the school.



Article. by [the student Classification] 1. The student is subject to: 1) interim and annual, and post-secondary school-enrolment;

2).

2. the interim Classification consists of periodic summary of educational achievements of the educational activities and student behavior and establish interim classification ratings of these interim classification assessment activities and behavior. Classification of the śródroczną shall be carried out at least once during the school year, within the time limit laid down in the statutes of the school.

3. the classification of the annual summary of educational achievement is a student with educational activities and student behavior in a given school year and determine the annual reviews of the classification classes and annual evaluation of the behaviour of classification in classes I to III elementary school in the case of: 1) mandatory educational activities shall be one-year assessment of the classification of these activities;

2) additional educational activities shall be one-year assessment of the classification of these activities.

4. Classification of post-secondary school semester is the summary of the educational achievements of the educational activity in a given semester and semester classification assessments determined from these activities.

5. on the final classification consist of: 1), and in post-secondary school-semester, classification assessment with educational activities, set up in the class programmatically topmost or semester programmatically, and 2), and in post-secondary school-semester, classification assessment with educational activities, the implementation of which ended up in classes programmatically lower or semesters lower school in the type programmatically, and 3) the annual assessment classification is determined by the behavior in the class programmatically.

6. Final classification shall be carried out in a classroom of the school, and the highest programmatically in post-secondary school-semester programmatically.

7. in the case of pupils with a need for special education issued due to mental retardation in moderate or significant interim classification and annual is made taking into account the findings of the individual therapeutic and educational programme referred to in article 2. 71B hand-held mouth. 1B. 8. Classification evaluation of educational activities does not affect the assessment of the classification of behaviour.

9. The assessment of the classification has no effect on behavior: 1) classification evaluation of educational activities;

2) promotion to grade higher or programmatically complete school.



Article. 44 g [Information student predicted for him annual classification ratings] 1. Before the annual meeting of leading teachers of the pedagogical Council of the classification of the individual educational activities and educator of the branch shall inform the student and his parents of foreseeable for him annual assessments of classification of the educational activity and projected annual classification assessment, behavior, within the time limit and the form laid down in the statutes of the school.

2. post-secondary school before a six monthly Council meeting of the leading teachers of the pedagogical classification individual educational activities shall inform the student predicted for him half of the classification assessment with educational activities, within the time limit and the form laid down in the statutes of the school.



Article. 44h. [Setting of interim and annual, and post-secondary school is semestered, classification ratings] 1. Interim and annual, and post-secondary school-courses, assessment of the classification of the educational activity shall determine the teachers leading classes, and the śródroczną and the annual assessment for the classification of behaviour-an educator's branch in consultation with teachers, students of the branch and the evaluation of the student.

2. At school leading vocational training that organizes practical apprenticeship, śródroczną and a one-year, post-secondary school-paper, an assessment of the classification of activities carried out within the framework of a practical apprenticeship shall teachers a practical apprenticeship or persons carrying out a practical apprenticeship, referred to in the rules pursuant to article 114. 70 paragraph 1. 4. At school or the integration branch śródroczną and the annual, and post-secondary school-paper, an assessment of the classification of educational activities for a student with a judgment about the need for special education teacher establishes leading data educational activities, in consultation with the teacher in order to współorganizowania inclusive education, referred to in the rules pursuant to article 114. 71B hand-held mouth. 7 pts 2.

4. in school or open a branch of the śródroczną and the annual, and post-secondary school-paper, an assessment of the classification of educational activities for a student with a judgment about the need for special education teacher establishes leading data educational activities and, in the case when at school or a branch is further employed to teacher training współorganizowania students with disabilities, socially maladjusted and threatened the market hitherto, as referred to in the rules pursuant to article 114. 71B hand-held mouth. 7 paragraph 2, after consultation of this teacher.

5. At the school in a magistrates ' and a shelter for minors śródroczną and an annual assessment of the classification of behavior sets the class teacher of the branch in consultation with teachers and educators up the plant poprawczego or shelters for minors.

6. the findings of the evaluations referred to in paragraph 1. 1-5, defines the statutes of the school.

7. the assessment determined in accordance with paragraph 1. 1-5 are final, subject to article 22. 44 m. 44n. 44i [descriptive Assessment] 1. In classes I to III elementary school: 1) current evaluation of the mandatory and additional educational activities and activities referred to in the rules pursuant to article 114. 13. 3 shall be determined in the manner set out in the statutes of the school;

2) interim and annual evaluation of the mandatory classification and additional educational activities and activities referred to in the rules pursuant to article 114. 13. 3, as well as interim and annual assessment ranking behaviors are descriptive ratings.

2. In classes I to III elementary school current evaluation of the mandatory and additional educational activities and activities referred to in the rules pursuant to article 114. 13. 3, can be descriptive evaluations, where the Constitution so provides school.

3. from grade IV elementary school: 1) the assessment of the current and interim classification evaluation of the mandatory and additional educational activities and activities referred to in the rules pursuant to article 114. 13. 3, as well as the interim classification assessment behaviors are determined in the manner set out in the statutes of the school;

2) annual, and post-secondary school-courses, assessment of the educational activity of the annual assessment and classification classification behaviors are determined according to the scale laid down in the rules pursuant to article 114. 44zb. 4. Starting with grade IV elementary school, evaluating current and interim and annual classification assessment from all or selected compulsory or additional educational activities and activities referred to in the rules pursuant to article 114. 13. 3, as well as interim and annual evaluation of the behaviour classification can be descriptive evaluations, where the Constitution so provides school.

5. in the case referred to in paragraph 1. 4, the annual assessment of the classification of the educational activity and the annual assessment classification shall be determined according to the scale also behavior specified in the rules pursuant to article 114. 44zb. 6. The final classification evaluation of educational activities and a final assessment ranking behaviors are expressed according to the scale laid down in the rules pursuant to article 114. 44zb. 7. Current assessment and interim, annual and final classification evaluation of the mandatory and additional educational activities and activities referred to in the rules pursuant to article 114. 13. 3, as well as interim and annual evaluation of the student's behavior for ruling with a classification need special education issued due to mental retardation in moderate or significant assessments are descriptive.



Article. 44j. [Competition Winners] Nobel laureate of the competition of the province-wide or ponadwojewódzkim and the winner or finalist of the Olimpic, carried out in accordance with the regulations issued on the basis of article. 22 paragraph 1. 2 paragraph 8, receives data from educational activities the highest positive annual evaluation of the classification referred to in the rules pursuant to article 114. 44zb. Student who the title of winner of the contest of the province-wide or ponadwojewódzkim or title winner or finalist of the Olimpic received after the annual classification evaluation of educational activities, it receives from these educational activities the highest positive final assessment of the classification.




Article. 44 k [nieklasyfikowany Student] 1. A student may not be classified with one, several, or all of the educational activity, if there is no basis to determine interim or annual, and post-secondary school-enrolment, classification assessment due to absences on these activities in excess of half the time spent on these activities, respectively, in the period or semester for which the classification is carried out.

2. The student nieklasyfikowany due to excused absences can be the placement exam.

3. The student nieklasyfikowany due to unauthorised absence may be a classification test for the approval of the Council of pedagogy.



Article. 44l. [classification Exam] 1. Classification examination referred to in article 2. 16. 11, art. 20zh paragraph 1. 3 and 3a, art. 44 k paragraph 1. 2 and 3 and article. 66 paragraph 1. 1B, the Commission set up by the principal of the school.

2. the classification Test shall be carried out no later than the day preceding the day of completion of the annual, and in high school post-secondary educational classes, half--. The term classification examination shall be agreed with the student and his parents, and in post-secondary school with a student.

3. the student who justified reasons not proceeded to an examination of classification within the time limit set in accordance with paragraph 1. 2, may accede to it at an additional deadline set by the Director of the school.

4. evaluation of determined as a result of a classification test is final, subject to article 22. 44 m. 44n. 5. For school student leading vocational training nieklasyfikowanego of the activities carried out under practical apprenticeship due to excused absences, the school organizes activities to supplement the curriculum and establish interim or annual, and post-secondary school-enrolment, assessment of classification of activities carried out within the framework of a practical apprenticeship.



Article. 44 m [correction Exam classes] 1. Starting with grade IV elementary school student who, as a result of the annual classification, and in post-secondary school-enrolment, received a negative assessment of the classification referred to in the rules pursuant to article 114. 44zb,: 1) one or two compulsory educational activities, or 2) some of the mandatory educational classes or classes with the language of a national minority, ethnic minority or regional language-can join the examination of the correction.

2. the Commission shall carry out the correction Exam set up by the principal of the school.

3. the student who justified reasons not signed up for the exam correction within the prescribed time limit, may accede to it at an additional period set by the principal of the school, no later than the end of September, at school, in which educational classes-educational ends in January is not later than the end of March.

4. the annual, and post-secondary school-semester, ranking score is determined as a result of the correction of the examination is final, subject to article 22. paragraph 44n. 7.5. A student who has not passed the exam correction, not receiving a promotion to the class programmatically, and post-secondary school is on semester programmatically higher and repeats or semester class, respectively.

6. the Council, taking into account the pedagogical learning opportunities, maybe once during that stage of education to promote the class programmatically, and post-secondary school is on semester programmatically higher student who has not passed the exam with some correction of the mandatory educational classes or classes with the language of a national minority, ethnic minority or regional language, provided that those activities are implemented in the class programmatically higher and post-secondary school-semester programmatically.



Article. 44n [Reservations student or his parents] 1. The student or his parents may submit to the school principal, if they consider that the annual assessment of the classification of educational activities annual assessment or classification of behavior were determined in accordance with the provisions for determining the mode of these evaluations.

2. The student may report post-secondary school to the principal of the school, if it finds that the bi classification evaluation of the educational activity was determined in accordance with the provisions relating to the setting mode.

3. Reservations referred to in paragraph 1. 1 and 2, shall be notified of the findings of the annual, and post-secondary school-enrolment, assessment educational classes classification or classification assessment annual behavior, but not later than within two working days from the date of completion of the annual, and post-secondary school-educational classes, half-educational.

4. where it is found that the annual, and post-secondary school-semester, ranking evaluation of educational activities annual assessment or classification of behavior were determined in accordance with the provisions for determining the mode of these evaluations, the principal of the school shall appoint to the Commission, which: 1) in the case of annual, and post-secondary school-enrolment, assessment of the classification of the educational activity-performs a test message and student skills and establishes an annual, and post-secondary school-paper assessment data for the classification of educational activities;

2) in the case of an annual assessment of annual fixed classification assessment-behavior ranking behavior.

5. Fixed by the Commission, referred to in paragraph 1. 4, the annual, and post-secondary school-semester, ranking evaluation of educational activities and the annual assessment ranking behavior may not be lower than the pre-set evaluation. The evaluation is determined by the Commission is final, except for a negative annual, and post-secondary school-enrolment, assessment of the classification society referred to in the rules pursuant to article 114. 44zb, educational activities, which can be changed as a result of the examination, subject to the correction article. 44 m paragraph 3. 1. the 6. The student, who for reasons justified not proceeded to the test referred to in paragraph 1. 4 paragraph 1, within the prescribed period, may accede to it at an additional deadline set by the principal in consultation with the student and his parents, and in post-secondary school, in consultation with the student.

7. the provisions of paragraphs 1 and 2. 1-6 shall apply mutatis mutandis in the case of annual, and post-secondary school-enrolment, assessment of the classification of the educational activity determined as a result of the correction of the exam, except that the deadline for filing objections is 5 working days from the date of carrying out the correction of the exam. In this case the rating is determined by the Commission, referred to in paragraph 1. 4, is final.



Article. 44 ° [Promotion to class programmatically higher] 1. A student of class I to III elementary school receives in each school year a promotion to the class programmatically.

2. in exceptional cases, justified by the level of development and the achievements of the student in the school year or the State of health of the student, the pedagogical Council may decide the repetition of the student class class I to III elementary school, at the request of the educators of the branch in consultation with the student's parents, or at the request of the parents of the student in consultation with educators.

3. at the request of the parents of the student and after obtaining the consent of the educators of the branch, or at the request of the educators of the branch and after obtaining the consent of the parents of the Student Council of education may decide to promote student primary school class I and class II to class programmatically higher also during the school year, if the level of the development and achievements of the work in the student's mastery in one school year learning content as provided for in the two classes.

4. from grade IV elementary school, the student receives a promotion to the class programmatically, and post-secondary school is on semester programmatically higher if all mandatory educational activities and classes with the language of a national minority, ethnic minority or regional language received the annual, and in post-secondary school-semester, a positive assessment of the classification referred to in the rules pursuant to article 114. 44zb, subject to article 22. 44 m paragraph 3. 6.5. To promote to a class programmatically higher student holding a judgment about the need for special education issued due to mental retardation in moderate or significant pedagogical Council decides, taking into account the findings contained in the individual therapeutic and educational programme referred to in article 2. 71B hand-held mouth. 1B. 6. Pupil of primary school and high school, including the primary school and gymnasium in a magistrates ' or a shelter for minors, which has an opinion about the need for special education and has a delay in the implementation of the curriculum of at least one class, and that accordingly in an elementary school or middle school receives from all mandatory educational activities and classes with the language of a national minority, ethnic minority or regional language regarded as positive assessment in the framework of the evaluation within schools and work in mastering in one school year learning content provided in teaching two classes, may be promoted to class programmatically higher also during the school year.

7. A student who has not received a promotion to the class programmatically, and post-secondary school is on semester programmatically higher repeats up a class or semester.



Article. 44 p [participation in the educational project] 1. High school students are involved in the implementation of the project, which is a team, the scheduled operation of the pupils, aimed at the solution of a particular problem, using a variety of methods.

2. the Director may exempt school student from educational project in cases that prevent the participation of the student in carrying out this project.



Article. 44q. [graduating] 1. The student completes elementary school, middle school or high school ponadgimnazjalną if:


1) as a result of the final classification was given from all mandatory educational activities and classes with the language of a national minority, ethnic minority or regional language final classification assessment positive, referred to in the rules pursuant to article 114. 44zb;

2) in the case of the primary school and gymnasium-proceeded to boot up to test or exam, subject to article 22. 44zw, art. 44zx and article. 44zz paragraph 1. 2.2. On graduating from high school by a student with a judgment about the need for special education issued due to mental retardation in moderate or significant pedagogical Council decides, taking into account the findings contained in the individual therapeutic and educational programme referred to in article 2. 71B hand-held mouth. 1B. 3. Student elementary school or junior high school, which did not meet the conditions referred to in paragraph 1. 1, repeats the last class of primary school, respectively, or junior high school and joins in the school year, in which he repeats this class to properly test or exam.

4. secondary school student who has not fulfilled the condition referred to in paragraph 1. 1 paragraph 1 repeats the last class of the secondary school and post-secondary school-last semester.



Article. 44. [Assessing, prioritizing and promoting listeners at a school for adults] Assessing, prioritizing and promoting listeners at a school for adults takes place in accordance with the principles set out in article 3. 44s-44za regulations issued on the basis of article. 44zb. 44s [Students adult education] 1. To the listeners of the school for adults. paragraph 44B. 1, point 1, paragraph 2. 3, 5, 6, 8 and 10. 44 c, art. 44j, art. 44l paragraph 1. 1-4. paragraph 44n. 1-3, para. 4 paragraph 1 and paragraph 2. 5 and 6 shall apply mutatis mutandis.

2. At a school for adults will not be assessed the behavior of the listener.



Article. 44t [Release listener school for adults with some mandatory classes] the Director of the school for adult releases in respect of the implementation of the compulsory educational activities of some listener due to health, specific learning difficulties, disabilities, qualifications and professional experience or completion of the compulsory educational activities at an earlier stage, in the cases referred to in the rules pursuant to article 114. 44zb. 44u. [the assessment at a school for adults] 1. At a school for the adult listener still learning receives ratings: 1) the current;

2): (a) classification), semester b).

2. At a school for adults are explicit for the listener, the listener, and, in the case referred to in article 1. 16. 6 c section 1 – also for his parents.

3. The teacher justify fixed assessment in the manner provided for in the statutes of the school for adults.

4. Tested and evaluated the written work of adult school listener are made available to listeners, and in the case of the listener, as referred to in article 1. 16. 6 c section 1 – his parents.

5. at the request of a listener schools for adults, and, in the case of the listener, as referred to in article 1. 16. 6 c section 1 – at the request of the listener, or his parents, documentation concerning the classification of the examination referred to in article 2. 20zh paragraph 1. 3 and 3a, the private semester examination referred to in article 2. paragraph 1 44w. 1, the correction of the examination referred to in article 2. 44y paragraph 1. 1 the reservations referred to in article 1. 44n, and other documentation concerning the evaluation of the listener is made available for inspection as appropriate or listener ago parents.

6. How to share the dossier referred to in paragraph 1. 4 and 5, shall statutes of schools for adults.



Article. 44v [Classification at a school for adults] 1. At a school for adults, the listener is subject to classification: 1 semester);

2).

2. Classification of bi lies in the summary of the achievements of the listener for adults with mandatory educational activities in a given semester and semester classification assessments determined from these activities.

3. The classification of the final shall consist of: 1 semester) evaluation of relevant with mandatory educational activities established in semester 2 semester) and highest programmatically classification evaluation of the mandatory educational activities, which ended in semesters lower school in programmatically for adults of this type.

4. Final classification shall be made in the semester programmatically.



Article. 44w [semester Exam] 1. Semester classification assessment shall be determined after completion of semester exams with individual compulsory educational activities. Semester exams shall teachers leading individual compulsory educational activities.

2. To test the listener is allowed six monthly adult school, which he attended on individual compulsory educational activities provided for in a particular semester, at least half of the time spent on each of these classes, and received from those activities regarded as positive assessment in the framework of the evaluation within schools.

3. semester Examination shall be carried out within the time limit laid down in the statutes of the school for adults. Teachers leading individual compulsory educational activities at the beginning of each semester to inform listeners of the time limits allowed for the semester exams.

4. One month before the date of the exam semester study teachers leading individual compulsory educational activities to inform the listener of the school for adults, and, in the case of the listener, as referred to in article 1. 16. 6 c section 1 – his parents, whether it meets the conditions of eligibility for the exam semester study referred to in paragraph 1. 2, in the form laid down in the statutes of the school.

5. Any student of the school for adults, which causes random or not health joined the six monthly exam within the time limit referred to in paragraph 1. 3, I think the exam within an additional designated by the Director of the school.

6. Established as a result of bi-semester study ranking evaluation examination of the mandatory educational activities is final, subject to article 22. 44n. 44y. 44x. [Setting evaluations at a school for adults] at a school for adults: 1) the evaluation of the current of the mandatory educational activities shall be determined according to the scale and in the forms laid down in the statutes of the school;

2) classification assessment studies of the mandatory educational activities shall be determined according to the scale laid down in the rules pursuant to article 114. 44zb;

3 final classification assessment) with mandatory educational activities are expressed according to the scale laid down in the rules pursuant to article 114. 44zb. 44y [correction Exam at a school for adults] 1. Any student of the school for adults, which as a result of a negative assessment of the paper received even classification the classification referred to in the rules pursuant to article 114. 44zb, with one or two compulsory educational activity, it may proceed with the correction of the examination of these activities. Bugfix release exams are conducted each semester.

2. correction Exam performs a teacher leading the compulsory educational activities.

3. evaluation of the Bi classification of compulsory educational activity is determined as a result of the correction of the examination is final, subject to article 22. paragraph 44n. 7.4. Any student of the school for adults, who have not passed the exam, correction is not receiving a promotion to semester programmatically.



Article. 44z [promotion on semester programmatically higher in adult school] 1. At a school for adults, the listener receives a promotion to semester programmatically higher if all mandatory educational activities received positive classification assessment studies referred to in the rules pursuant to article 114. 44zb. 2. Listener school for adults who did not receive a promotion to semester programmatically higher, Director of the school, by decision, shall be deleted from the list of listeners.

3. in cases of random or health, Director of the school for adults, at the written request of the listener, you may agree to repeat a semester. Any student may repeat the semester one time during the period of education in a given school.

4. the application referred to in paragraph 1. 3, listener adult school is composed of the Director of the school no later than within 7 days from the date of the Council resolution on pedagogical classification and promotion.

5. Any student of the school for adults, referred to in article 1. 16. 6 c (1), which did not receive a promotion to semester programmatically higher, repeats this semester.



Article. 44za [the completion of elementary school, junior high school or secondary school for adults] 1. The listener completes primary school, high school or ponadgimnazjalną school for adults, if: 1) as a result of the final classification was given from all mandatory educational activities positive final classification assessment, referred to in the rules pursuant to article 114. 44zb;

2) in the case of the primary school and gymnasium-proceeded to boot up to test or exam, subject to article 22. 44zw, art. 44zx and article. 44zz paragraph 1. 2.2. Student elementary school or junior high school for adults, referred to in article 1. 16. 6 c (1), which did not meet the conditions referred to in paragraph 1. 1, repeats the last semester and issue this semester up to test or exam.



Article. 44zb. [Delegation] proper Minister of education and upbringing shall determine, by regulation, conditions and method of evaluating, classifying and promoting pupils in public schools, including: 1) cases in which adapts the educational requirements referred to in article 1. paragraph 44B. 8, point 1, to the individual development needs and educational opportunities and psychophysical and basis for this adjustment, taking into account the need to ensure a proper learning process of students, including listeners adult education in prisons or prisons;


2) types of compulsory educational activities, from which a student may be released, the cases in which this can occur, the types of documents which are the basis for dismissal and the mode and duration of relief, having regard to the individual the possibility of psychological well-being, the specificity of the educational activity data and the advisability of implementing the student some learning content;

3) the scope of the project and the conditions of education, taking into account the need to include the criteria of judging the behavior of student participation in educational project;

4) annual and final half-scale classification assessments of educational activities, together with an indication of which of the rating according to this scale, it is considered for the assessment of the positive and which negative, and the basic areas that shall be taken into account when assessing the student's behavior, the scale of annual and final classification assessment behavior, taking into account the need to ensure a uniform system of evaluation of the student;

5) functions evaluate the current pupil, taking into account the need to transmit student information about his educational achievements to help in learning;

6) conditions, the mode and form of classification of the examination and, in the case of a student referred to in article 2. 16. 8-also types of educational activities, of which shall be established by the Commission, the composition of a classification test to perform the classification test, taking into account the need to ensure the accuracy of the carrying out of an examination and documentation of its course;

7) the mode and form of correction of the examination, the Commission set up to carry out the correction of the examination, taking into account the need to ensure the accuracy of the carrying out of an examination and documentation of its course;

8) mode and form of carrying out the test messages and student skills, referred to in article 1. paragraph 44n. 4 (1), and the fixing of the annual assessment of the classification of behaviour referred to in article 14(2). paragraph 44n. 4 point 2, the composition of the Commission, referred to in article 1. paragraph 44n. 4, taking into account the need to ensure the accuracy of carrying out this test or the accuracy of the findings of the annual assessment of the work of the Commission document and the appropriate behaviour of classification;

9) terms and conditions of the student to the class programmatically or graduation with honors, having regard to the annual reviews of the classification of the educational activity, which counts the average rating, and annual evaluation of the behaviour of classification;

10) mode and the examination form of semester study, taking into account the need to ensure the correctness of conducting the test and the corresponding document.



Article. 44zc [Rating, classifying and promoting pupils in art school] Rating, classifying and promoting pupils in art school is done in accordance with the principles set out in article 3. 44zd-44zp and the regulations issued on the basis of article. 44zq. 44zd. [Assessing achievements in art school] 1. Evaluating the artistic school which meets the training and general education are: 1) the achievement of student learning in the field of general educational activities;

2) achieve in terms of student educational artistic educational activities;

3) behavior.

2. Evaluating the artistic school which meets solely artistic education are subject to the student's educational achievements in the field of educational activities.

3. Assessing educational achievement is depending by the teachers and the progress in mastering the student news and skills in relation to: 1) the outcomes set out in the basis of artistic education contest training programme and educational requirements resulting from the ongoing artistic school curricula;

2) in the case of art school which meets general education – including the requirements set out in the basis of the general education program and educational requirements resulting from the ongoing artistic school curricula.

4. Evaluate student behavior is depending by the teacher, teachers and students of the branch, the degree of respect by the student rules of social conduct and ethical standards and the obligations set out in the statutes of the school.

5. To assess achievements and behavior of student art school shall apply mutatis mutandis the provisions of article 4. paragraph 44B. 5-7.

6. Teachers at the beginning of each school year to inform students and their parents, and in post-secondary school and post-secondary-school pupils: 1) educational requirements necessary to receive the individual interim and annual, and in post-secondary school and post-secondary-biannual assessments of classification of the educational activity, resulting from implemented by each of the curriculum;

2) how to check the educational achievements of students;

3) conditions and receive higher than expected annual, and in post-secondary school and post-secondary enrolment of classification assessment – with educational activities, with the exception of educational activities, of which the annual evaluation of bi-or, respectively, ranking is determined in the promotional exam.

7. Class teacher branch of art school which meets general education at the beginning of each school year to inform students and their parents: 1) conditions and how the judging criteria and behaviour;

2) conditions and receive higher than expected annual classification evaluation behaviour;

3) consequences of receiving a negative annual assessment of the mandatory classification educational activities.

8. At the beginning of each school year the Director of the art school which meets solely artistic education to inform students and their parents, and in post-secondary school and post-secondary-school pupils, of the consequences of receiving a negative annual assessment of the mandatory classification educational activities.

9. The detailed conditions and method of evaluation within schools specifies the statutes art school.

10. The teacher is required to individualize your work with the student on learning activities according to the needs of development and educational and psycho-physical capabilities.

11. The teacher is required to customize educational requirements referred to in paragraph 1. 6, point 1, to the individual development needs and educational and psycho-physical capabilities, in the cases referred to in the rules pursuant to article 114. 44zq. 44ze [the classification of art student at the school] 1. Student art school is subject to the classification: 1) interim and annual, and in post-secondary school and post-secondary-enrolment;

2).

2. the interim Classification consists of periodic summary of educational achievements of the educational activities and artistic school which meets general education – student behaviour, as well as establishing the interim classification ratings respectively with educational activities and interim classification assessment behaviors. Classification of the śródroczną shall be carried out at least once during the school year, within the time limit laid down in the statutes of the school.

3. the classification of the annual summary of educational achievement is a student of educational activities, and artistic school which meets general education – student behaviour in a given school year and fixing up the annual reviews of the classification of the educational activity and the annual classification assessment behavior, except that in the case of art school which meets general education in classes I-III primary school shall be: 1) one-year assessment of the classification of compulsory general education classes and 2) one-year assessment of the classification of the additional educational activities General and 3) annual evaluation of the individual artistic educational activity classification according to the scale and in the form laid down in the rules pursuant to article 114. 44zq. 4. Semester classification in post-secondary school and post-secondary education achievements summary is a student of educational activities in a given semester and semester classification assessments determined from these activities.

5. on the final classification consist of: 1), and in post-secondary school and post-secondary-education classes, classification, evaluation studies, set up in the class programmatically topmost or semester programmatically highest and 2), and in post-secondary school and post-secondary-education classes, classification, evaluation studies, which ended up in classes programmatically lower or semesters lower school in a given type of artistic programmatically and 3) the annual assessment classification is determined by the behavior in the class programmatically, in the case of the highest art school which meets general education.

6. the final Classification shall be carried out in class to programmatically top art school of the type, and in post-secondary school and post-secondary-semester programmatically.

7. the classification Assessment with educational activities do not affect the assessment of the classification of behaviour.

8. assessment of the classification does not affect behaviour: 1) classification evaluation of educational activities;

2) promotion to grade higher or programmatically complete art school.




Article. 44zf. [Information of the student and his parents of foreseeable for him the classification ratings] 1. Before the annual meeting of leading teachers of the pedagogical Council of the classification of the individual educational activities and educator of the branch shall inform the student and his parents of foreseeable for him annual assessments of classification of the educational activity and projected annual classification assessment, behavior, within the time limit and the form laid down in the statutes of the school.

2. In the post-secondary school and post-secondary before six monthly Council meeting of the leading teachers of the pedagogical classification individual educational activities shall inform the student predicted for him half of the classification assessment with educational activities, within the time limit and the form laid down in the statutes of the school.



Article. 44zg. [setting the classification ratings] 1. Interim and annual, and in post-secondary school and post-secondary studies, evaluation of classification – educational activities shall determine the teachers leading classes, with the exception of the educational activity, evaluation of which is determined in a promotional exam.

2. The annual assessment ranking of selected artistic educational activities referred to in the rules pursuant to article 114. 44zq is determined in a promotional exam, which aims to verify the student's knowledge and skills in the field of these extracurricular activities.

3. in determining the promotional exam assessment shall take into account the quality of the artistic execution and effort put by a student in the discharge of the obligations arising from the specificity of the educational activities.

4. the promotional Exam shall be carried out, the Commission set up by the Director of the art school.

5. Time limits the promotional exam shall appoint the Director of the art school.

6. the student who for reasons justified not signed up for a promotional examination within the prescribed time limit, may accede to this exam in the extra period, designated by the Director of the art school, to the end of the school year.

7. in cases of random or pedagogical Council health may exempt a student from the promotional exam. In this case, the annual assessment of the classification shall be the teacher leading data educational activities.

8. Śródroczną and an annual assessment of the classification of behavior sets the class teacher of the branch in consultation with teachers, students of the branch and the evaluation of the student.

9. the findings of the evaluations referred to in paragraph 1. 1 and 8, specifies the statutes art school.

10. the assessment determined in accordance with paragraph 1. 1, 7 and 8 shall be final, subject to article 22. 44zk and article. 44n. 11. The assessment determined in accordance with paragraph 1. 2 are final, subject to article 22. 44n. 44zh [the winners of national competitions] the winner of the national competition, a hearing or review in terms of artistic objects, which is the organizer of the proper minister of culture and national heritage protection or specialist surveillance unit referred to in article 14(2). paragraph 32A. 1, receives the highest artistic educational activity data respectively positive annual evaluation of classification, and in post-secondary school and post-secondary-the highest positive paper assessing the classification referred to in the rules pursuant to article 114. 44zq. in the case of educational activities, assessment of which is determined in a promotional exam, is also exempt from this exam.



Article. 44zi [Release student from some mandatory education classes] the Director of the art school may exempt the student from achieving some of the mandatory educational activities due to artistic health, qualifications and professional experience or completion of the compulsory educational activity of artistic education at an earlier stage, in the cases referred to in the rules pursuant to article 114. 44zq. 44zj. [the application of the provisions of the Act] 1. To art schools shall apply mutatis mutandis the provisions of article 4. 44e. 44 k. 44l and article. 44n. 2. To art schools implementing General education, in terms of general educational activities, shall apply mutatis mutandis the provisions of article 4. 44d, art. 44i. 44j. 3. To art schools implementing General education in junior high school shall apply mutatis mutandis the provisions of article 4. 44 p. 44zk [correction Exam in post-secondary school and post-secondary] 1. The student, who as a result of the annual classification, and in post-secondary school and post-secondary-negative classification assessment, he even referred to in the rules pursuant to article 114. 44zq, with one or two compulsory educational activity, it may proceed with the correction of the examination of these activities.

2. correction of the examination shall be carried out in the case of a negative evaluation of the student's educational classes, of which classification score is determined in the promotional exam.

3. the Commission shall carry out the correction Exam set up by the Director of the art school, to the end of the school year, and in post-secondary school and post-secondary – to the end of the semester.

4. the student who justified reasons not signed up for the exam correction within the prescribed time limit, may accede to it at an additional deadline set by the Director of the art school no later than the end of September, and in post-secondary school and post-secondary in which educational classes-educational ends in January is not later than the end of March.

5. the annual, and in post-secondary school and post-secondary-bi, the assessment of classification is determined as a result of the correction of the examination is final, subject to article 22. paragraph 44n. 7.6. A student who has not passed the exam correction, not receiving a promotion to the class programmatically, and in post-secondary school and post-secondary-semester programmatically.

7. the Council of education art school which meets general education, taking into account the learning opportunities, maybe once during the cycle on a type of art school to promote class programmatically higher student who has not passed the exam with some correction of the mandatory general educational activities, provided that these activities are implemented in the class programmatically.

8. A student who has not received a promotion to the class programmatically, and in post-secondary school and post-secondary-semester programmatically higher is subject to deletion from the list of students, subject to article 22. paragraph 39. 2A unless the Council agrees to the class to repeat the pedagogical and artistic high school and post-secondary post-secondary-the semester, taking into account the achievements of the student.

9. during the cycle on a type of art school student may repeat the class, and in post-secondary school and post-secondary-the semester, only one time.

10. in the case of art school which meets solely artistic education pedagogical Council may agree on the implementation of the mandatory educational activities from the scope of the class over the next two years, taking into account the achievements of the student.



Article. 44zl [Promotion to class programmatically in art school] 1. Student art school which meets general education in primary school receives a promotion to the class programmatically, if: 1) with all mandatory educational activities received positive annual classification assessment, referred to in the rules pursuant to article 114. 44zq, subject to article 22. 44zk paragraph 1. 7 and 2) proceeded to test, subject to article 22. 44zw, art. 44zx and article. 44zz paragraph 1. 2-in the case of a student class, the scope of which teaching corresponds to class VI elementary school.

2. The student art school which meets general education in junior high school and high school grammar receives promotion to class programmatically, if: 1) with all mandatory educational activities received positive annual classification assessment, referred to in the rules pursuant to article 114. 44zq, subject to article 22. 44zk paragraph 1. 7 and 2) signed up for the exam, subject to article 22. 44zw, art. 44zx and article. 44zz paragraph 1. 2-in the case of a student class, the scope of which teaching corresponds to class III high school.

3. The student art school which meets solely artistic education receives a promotion to the class programmatically, and in post-secondary school and post-secondary-semester programmatically higher if all mandatory educational activities in that class or appropriately artistic terms it received positive annual classification assessment, referred to in the rules pursuant to article 114. 44zq. 44zm [Complete art school] 1. The student completes the artistic school, where, as a result of final classification received from all mandatory educational activities positive final classification assessment, referred to in the rules pursuant to article 114. 44zq, and 1) in the case of art school, in which it is carried out diploma examination-in addition, he has passed the examination;

2) in the case of art school which meets general education, in which the last year of study corresponds to class VI school or class III school-also proceeded according to the test or exam, subject to article 22. 44zw, art. 44zx and article. 44zz paragraph 1. 2.2. A student who has not fulfilled the condition referred to in paragraph 1. 1 point 2 may with the consent of the pedagogical Council to repeat the last class and join the test or exam.




Article. 44zn [diploma examination in art school] 1. In the class of high artistic school programmatically student art competition, and in post-secondary school or post-secondary-semester diploma examination is carried out, programmatically, which is a form of operational performance and evaluation of vocational preparation.

2. diploma Exam consists of a theoretical part and a practical part.

3. wide exam can join who as a result of final classification classification assessment he received from all mandatory educational activities provided for the type of art school.

4. for the student who has not fulfilled the condition referred to in paragraph 1. 3, art. 44zk paragraph 1. 8 shall apply mutatis mutandis.

5. Diploma examination shall carry out the State examination.

6. The State Board shall appoint the Director of specialized surveillance unit referred to in article 14(2). paragraph 32A. 1, at the request of the Director of the art school, filed not later than 30 days before the date of carrying out the wide exam. Director of specialized surveillance unit shall appoint the President of the Commission from among the teachers in positions in the school, not later than 21 days before the date of carrying out the examination, entitling the wide President to appoint, within 14 days, the other members of the Commission.

7. The term of carrying out each part of the exam school within the Artistic Director appoints a wide niekolidujących of zdawanymi by students in matriculation exam exams.

8. The winner of the Olympics and artistic competition, which is the organizer of the proper minister of culture and national heritage protection or specialist surveillance unit referred to in article 14(2). paragraph 32A. 1 shall be exempt from the theoretical part of the examination in the field of wide, that included the Olympic Games or competition. The exemption is equivalent to obtaining the highest positive evaluation of this part of the exam.

9. The student has passed the diploma examination, if the individual parts of this exam received positive evaluation referred to in the rules pursuant to article 114. 44zq. 10. Students with disabilities to join the wide exam in widely applicable. In justified cases, the President of the State examination Commission allows to carry out part of the theoretical or practical part of the exam in the wide hall dedicated or at home, determining the conditions and manner of conducting the examination the relevant to the ability of the student.



Article. 44zo. [Nieprzystąpienie-wide exam or interruption-wide exam] 1. The student, who for reasons not unjustified to wide exam or stopped the diploma examination in practical part or parts of the theoretical, is subject to deletion from the list of students. Re-exam may be wide to join in examinations referred to in article 2. 10A. 2. The student, who for reasons justified not proceeded to wide exam or stopped the diploma examination, may accede to it at an additional time limit set by the Chairman of the State examination Commission, not later than 30 September of the year concerned.

3. A student who has not passed the exam-wide wholly or partly theoretical or practical part, can proceed with the correction of the exam with all or a part of the wide exam, within a time limit set by the Chairman of the State examination Commission, not later than 30 September of the year concerned.

4. A student who has not passed the exam correction referred to in paragraph 1. 3, or signed up for an exam or part time in an extra wide, can proceed to the exam only-wide examinations referred to in article 2. 10A. 44zp. [Finding the infringement relating to the conduct of wide exam] 1. The President of the State examination Commission, in the case of infringement of the provisions concerning the conduct of test-wide, may suspend the diploma examination, by notifying the proper Minister of culture and protection of national heritage.

2. in the case referred to in paragraph 1. 1 the proper minister of culture and national heritage protection shall appoint to the Commission in order to clarify the circumstances of the events and determine the responsibility of the students and members of the State examination Commission. On the basis of the findings of the Commission of the proper minister of culture and protection of national heritage manages the continued wide exam or invalidate the diploma examination and manages its reuse. Cancellation of the exam may be wide, both for all and individual students.

3. The term of re-wide examination, referred to in paragraph 1. 2, shall be the Director of the art school, in consultation with the Minister responsible for Cultural Affairs and the protection of the national heritage.

4. Disputes between the student and the State Commission examining Board, resulting from the application of the provisions on the conduct of wide exam, decides the proper minister of culture and protection of national heritage.



Article. 44zq. [Delegation] proper Minister of culture and national heritage protection in consultation with the Minister responsible for Education Affairs and education shall determine, by regulation, conditions and method of evaluating, classifying and promoting pupils in public schools, including: 1) cases in which adapts the educational requirements referred to in article 1. 44zd paragraph 1. 6, point 1, to the individual development needs and educational opportunities and psychophysical pupils, and the basis for this adjustment, taking into account the need to ensure a proper learning process;

2) types of compulsory educational activities, from which a student may be released, the cases in which this can occur, the types of documents which are the basis for dismissal and the mode and duration of relief, having regard to the individual the possibility of psychological well-being, the specificity of the educational activity data and the advisability of implementing the student some learning content;

3) the scope of the project and the conditions of education, taking into account the need to include the criteria of judging the behavior of student participation in educational project;

4) scale and form ratings with educational activities, with an indication of which of the rating according to this scale, it is considered for the assessment of positive and that negative, and the scale of annual and final classification assessment, taking into account the conservation areas, which shall be taken into account when assessing the conservation and the need to ensure a uniform system of evaluation of the student;

5) educational activities, from which the student receives an assessment in a promotional exam;

6) the mode and form of classification of the examination, the promotion of artistic education classes and correction and the composition of the examination, taking into account the need to ensure the accuracy of these exams and proof of their course;

7) mode and form of carrying out the test messages and student skills, referred to in article 1. paragraph 44n. 4 (1), and the fixing of the annual assessment of the classification of behaviour referred to in article 14(2). paragraph 44n. 4 point 2, the composition of the Commission, referred to in article 1. paragraph 44n. 4, taking into account the need to ensure the accuracy of carrying out this test or the accuracy of the findings of the annual assessment of the work of the Commission document and the appropriate behaviour of classification;

8) conditions of the student to the class programmatically higher or completion of the art school with honors, having regard to the annual reviews of the classification of the educational activity, which counts the average rating, and in the case of art school also implement General education-evaluation of behaviour;

9) mode and range-wide examination, as well as the composition of the Board, taking into account the need to ensure the proper conduct of the examination and documentation of its course;

10) conditions and expressing pedagogical Council permission to repeat the class or implementation of mandatory educational activities referred to in the school teaching plan of the class over the next two years.



Article. 44zr. [exclusion of application of the provisions of the Act] provisions of chapter 3a does not apply to children and adolescents with mental retardation in the deep.



Chapter 3b Test, high school exam and matriculation examination and confirmation exam qualifications in the profession Article. 44zs [Tests and high school exam] [6] and Test high school exam shall be carried out on the basis of the requirements laid down in the general education program and examine the extent to which the pupil or student meets these requirements.



Article. 44zt. [the term test and exam] Test and high school exam shall be carried out: 1) within the time limit: a) in schools for children and young people and adults in schools, in which instruction in the spring semester ends-in April, b) in schools for adults, in which learning ends in the autumn semester is in January, and 2) within extra: a) in schools for children and youth and adult schools in which learning ends in the spring semester, in June, b) in schools for adults, in which learning ends in the autumn semester is in April – in line with the communication referred to in article 2. 9A paragraph 1. 2, paragraph 10 (b). (a) first indent.



Article. 44zu [a form of examination] 1. Test and the high school exam shall be carried out in writing.

2. the Test consists of two parts and includes:


1) in part I-messages and Polish language skills and mathematics, including the use of messages and skills of these items in the tasks embedded in historical context or nature;

2) in the second part-a message from a foreign language skills and the modern.

3. High school exam consists of three parts and includes: 1) in the first part – the humanistic-news and Polish language skills and knowledge of history and society;

2) part II-mathematics-natural-news and skills with mathematics and natural science subjects: biology, chemistry, physics, and geography;

3) in part three – news and modern foreign language skills.

4. for the test of part two and part three exam pupil or student shall proceed with this modern foreign language, which is taught in school as part of the mandatory educational activities.

5. Part three exam is performed at the basic level and at the level of the extended.

6. the pupil or student who accedes to the third part of the exam with the modern language learning in which the requirements referred to in the general education programme for the educational phase II continued in junior high school, proceed to the exam of this language at a basic level and at the level of the extended, subject to article 22. 44zw paragraph 1. 3.7. Pupil or student who accedes to the third part of the modern foreign language exam other than the modern foreign language, referred to in paragraph 1. 6, shall proceed to an examination of the language at a basic level and can proceed to an examination of the language at the level of the extended, at the request of the student's parents, or at the request of the listener.



Article. 44zv. [Examination in the language of the national minority, ethnic minority or regional language] 1. A high school student or a branch, where educational activities are conducted in the language of a national minority, ethnic minority or regional language, for the first test and the first part or the second exam in Polish or in the language of the national minority, ethnic minority or regional language.

2. In the language of the national minority, ethnic minority or regional language shall be carried out: 1) in the case of test-first part covering the news and math skills;

2) in the case of exam-part one covering the news and history of the skills and knowledge of society and part of the second.



Article. 44zw [a student holding a judgment about the need for special education] 1. The student with the judgment about the need for special education issued due to mental retardation in moderate to severe disability or joined, when one of the disability is mental retardation in moderate or significant, do not proceed to test and exam.

2. A student having a judgment about the need for special education issued due to disability, joined other than those mentioned in paragraph 1. 1 may be exempted by the Director, the District Board from the obligation to accede to the test or a part thereof, and of the obligation to accede to the exam or any part thereof, at the request of the parents welcomed the Director forwarded the school.

3. A student having a judgment about the need for special education issued due to mental retardation in a light, which proceeds to part three exam from a foreign language of the modern science in which the requirements referred to in the general education programme for the educational phase II continued in junior high school, is released from the obligation to accede to the test with this language extended level. The student may proceed to an examination of the language at the level of the extended, at the request of the parents.



Article. 44zx [list of winners and finalists Olympiads and competitions] 1. The winner and runners-up of the Olympics that set out in the list referred to in article 1. 44zzzw, and the winner of the contest of the province-wide or ponadwojewódzkim, carried out in accordance with the regulations issued on the basis of article. 22 paragraph 1. 2, point 8, organized from the scope of any of the items covered by the test or exam secondary, are exempt: 1) in the case of a student or listener elementary school or student art school which meets general education in primary school – with the relevant part of the test;

2) in the case of a student or listener or art school student which meets general education in school-from the scope of the relevant part of the exam, and in the case of the modern foreign language-with the third part of this exam.

2. The relief referred to in paragraph 1. 1, on the basis of a certificate stating to get up by a student or listener elementary school or student art school which meets general education in elementary school or student or listener or art school student which meets general education in junior high school the title of winner of the finalist or, respectively. The certificate shall be submitted to the President of the test team, referred to in article 1. 44zzs paragraph 1. 3.3. The relief referred to in paragraph 1. 1, with the relevant part of the test or the scope of the first part or from the scope of the second part of the exam is equivalent to getting the parts of the test or the scope of the relevant part of the exam of the highest result.

4. the exemption referred to in paragraph 1. 1, with the third part of the exam is synonymous with getting this part of the exam as a result of a Supreme at the basic level and at the level of the extended.

5. in the case of a pupil or student has obtained the title of winner or finalist, referred to in paragraph 1. 1 from another modern foreign language than that which has been declared respectively in the second part of the test or exam in part three, the principal of the school, at the request of the student or parents at the request of the listener, not later than 2 weeks before the date of the test or exam, the district shall inform the examining Board to change the language of the modern, if the language of the pupil or student learning in the context of compulsory educational activities. The provisions of paragraph 1. 3 and 4 shall apply mutatis mutandis.



Article. 44zy. [declarations and the information filed by the parents of the student or listener to the Director of the school before the test or exam] 1. Parents of the student or student shall submit to the Director of the school, not later than 30 September of the school year in which the test is conducted and the high school exam, a written declaration: 1) indicating the modern foreign language, from which the student or listener will proceed to: (a)) the second part is a test where the student or listener elementary school or student art school which meets general education in the elementary school teaches more than one modern language in the framework of the compulsory educational activities , b) part three exam;

2) indicating the intention to accede to the third part of the exam at the level of the extended, in the case referred to in article 2. 44zu paragraph 1. 7. 44zw paragraph 1. 3.

3) announcing their intention to accede to the first test or part of the first or the second exam, referred to in article 1. 44zv paragraph 1. 2, in the language of the national minority, ethnic minority or regional language.

2. the student's Parents or the student may submit to the Director of the school, not later than 3 months before the date of the test or exam, subject to article 22. 44zx paragraph 1. 5, written information about: 1) the change of the modern foreign language indicated in the Declaration;

2) abandon accession to the third part of the exam at the level of the extended, in the case referred to in article 2. 44zu paragraph 1. 7. 44zw paragraph 1. 3.

3) resigning from the accession to the first test or part of the first or the second exam, referred to in article 1. 44zv paragraph 1. 2, in the language of the national minority, ethnic minority or regional language.

3. in the absence of information about the resignation, referred to in paragraph 1. 2, paragraph 2, and would love to hear from part three exam at the level of enhanced pupil or student is part of the third exam at the level of the expanded result "0%".



Article. 44zz [random Cases or health, preventing accession to the test or exam] 1. The student or the student, who, for reasons of health or random: 1) has not proceeded to test or parts of the test or exam, or the scope or the level of the relevant part of the exam within a major or 2) stopped the part of the test or the scope or the level of the relevant part of the exam is to test or parts of the test or exam, or the scope or the level of the relevant part of the exam within an additional in school, which is a student or listener.


2. In specific cases, random or health, preventing accession to the test or parts of the test or exam, or the scope or the level of the relevant part of the exam within an additional, Director of the District Board, on a proposal from the Director, documented the school may release student or listener from the obligation to accede to the test or parts of the test or exam, or the scope or the level of the relevant part of the exam. The principal of the school shall submit an application in consultation with the student's parents or the listener.



Article. 44zza [the results of the test and exam] 1. Test results are presented in terms of percentage, and exam-in percent and on the scale of centylowej.

2. the results of the test and exam as a percentage shall be the Regional Director of the Board on the basis of the number of points granted by the examiners checking the work papers and electronic response card read-in the case of use for checking examination work tools.

3. the results of the test include: 1) the result of the first part, detailing the outcome of the Polish language and result in mathematics;

2) result of the second part.

4. the results of the exam include: 1) result from Polish language;

2) result of history and civics;

3) result in mathematics;

4) result of natural objects;

5) result from modern foreign language at a basic level;

6) result from a foreign language of the modern extended-level-where the pupil or student signed up for part of the third exam at the level of the extended, subject to article 22. 44zy paragraph 1. 3. The results of the exam on the scale of centylowej is developing a Cke on the basis of the results to be determined by the directors of the regional examination.

6. the results of the test and exam are final and cannot be used on a complaint to the administrative court.

7. the results of the test and exam do not affect the completion of the school, and in the case of art school which meets general education from the scope of the primary school or junior high school, in which the class corresponding to the class VI school or class III school is not the last class in the cycle – also for promotion to class programmatically.

8. The principal shall communicate to the student or his parents or listener: 1) certificate of detailed results of the test, respectively, or exam issued by regional examining Board, together with a certificate of graduation-where the student or the student has met the conditions laid down respectively in article 5. paragraph 44q. 1, art. 44za paragraph 1. 1 or article. 44zm paragraph 1. 1 point 2 or 2) in the case of art school which meets general education from the scope of the primary school or junior high school, in which the class corresponding to the class VI school or class III school is not the last class in the cycle-specific certificate the results properly test or exam issued by regional examining Board, together with a promotional certificate – where the student has fulfilled the conditions of article 81(3). 44zl paragraph 1. 1 and 2, or 3) information about the detailed results of the appropriate test or exam, developed by regional examining board-where the pupil or student does not comply with the conditions referred to in article 1. paragraph 44q. 1, art. 44za paragraph 1. 1, art. 44zl paragraph 1. 1 and 2, or article. 44zm paragraph 1. 1 point 2.



Article. 44zzb. [baccalaureate] matriculation examination is carried out on the basis of the requirements laid down in the general education program and examines the extent to which graduate meets these requirements.



Article. 44zzc. [the term matriculation exam] matriculation examination is carried out once a year in the period from May to September, within the time limit, an extra and poprawkowym, in accordance with the communication referred to in article 2. 9A paragraph 1. 2, paragraph 10 (b). (a) first indent.



Article. 44zzd [range of matriculation exam] 1. The matriculation examination is carried out with the mandatory items and objects and consists of an oral and a written part.

2. The matriculation examination includes the following mandatory items: 1) in mouth: a Polish language), b), c) modern foreign language the language of the national minority is for graduate schools or branches of the teaching of the language of a national minority;

2) in writing: (a) the Polish language), b), c) modern foreign language mathematics, d) the language of a national minority is for graduate schools or branches of the teaching of the language of a national minority.

3. Additional Items, which shall be carried out in the matriculation examination in part and in part, determine the rules pursuant to article 114. 44zzza. 4. A graduate of the matriculation examination to mandatory subjects and part of the matriculation exam in writing from one of the subject.

5. Graduate could accede to the matriculation exam in a given year, no more than five additional items in addition to the subject matter referred to in paragraph 1. 4.6. In the case of additional items with which the matriculation examination is carried out in part and in part written, a graduate may accede to the matriculation examination from this course in part written or partly in writing and partly orally.

7. The matriculation examination in modern foreign language as a mandatory subject is the most widely taken in part and in part written in the same language.

8. Graduate School or branch of learning the language of a national minority may not choose the language of a national minority on graduation exam of the modern foreign language as a mandatory subject.

9. in the case of a graduate of the graduation exam written part chose as the subject added the same foreign language modern or the same language of a national minority, which seemed as mandatory, it seems the language only in part written, subject to article 22. 44zze paragraph 1. 3 and 4.

10. in the case of a graduate of the graduation exam chose to subject additional Polish language, it seems this article only in part.

11. the choice of the subject, to which the subject graduation exam graduate, is not dependent on the type of school, which he attended graduate, nor from the objects which he studied in this school.



Article. 44zze. [level matriculation exam] 1. The matriculation examination in part written with the mandatory items shall be carried out at the basic level and includes the requirements set out in the general education programme for primary coverage. For the matriculation exam in the part of the mouth of the items does not specify the minimum level of the exam.

2. The matriculation examination in part written with additional items is carried out at the level of the expanded and includes the requirements set out in the general education program for a range of basic and extended. For the matriculation exam in the oral part of the additional items not specified the level of examination.

3. The matriculation examination in the written part of the modern foreign language as an additional item shall be carried out: 1) extended level and includes the requirements set out in the basis of the general education program for a range of basic and extended or 2) bilingual-level and includes the requirements set out in the basis of a general education programme for bilingual troops.

4. in the case of a graduate of the graduation exam written part chose as the subject of an additional foreign language modern bilingual level referred to in paragraph 1. 3, paragraph 2, may accede to the matriculation examination from this language to bilingual level also in the parts of the mouth.



Article. 44zzf [bilingual graduate school or teaching language of a national minority, regional or ethnic minority] 1. Graduate school or branch of the teaching language of the national minority, ethnic minority or regional language in which the classes are taught in those languages, and the graduate school or a bilingual branch, in which the language of a national minority, ethnic minority or regional language is the second language teaching, can be expected to test items in the Polish language or – with the exception of Polish language and content on the history of Polish and Polish geography-the language of a national minority , ethnic minority or regional language.

2. Graduate School or a bilingual branch on graduation exam in mathematics, taught in a foreign language as a second language teaching, zdawanej as a matter of mandatory, fixes the Polish language examination tasks prepared for graduate learners the matriculation examination in Polish language and can resolve in a foreign language as a second language teaching additional tasks papers prepared in that language. Additional tasks include the examination requirements set out in the basis of a general education programme for primary coverage.

3. the graduate school or a bilingual branch on the exam graduation with subjects: biology, chemistry, physics, geography and history, taught in a foreign language as a second language teaching, asked as additional items solves the tasks of Polish-language papers prepared for graduate learners the matriculation examination in Polish language and can resolve in a foreign language as a second language teaching additional tasks papers prepared in that language. Additional tasks include the examination requirements set out in the general education program for a range of basic and extended.


4. In the case of the Declaration referred to in article 14(2). 44zzi, going to solve additional examination task referred to in paragraph 1. 2 and 3, and would love to hear from solving these tasks, the graduate receives the additional examination tasks result "0%".



Article. 44zzg. [deaf Graduate] deaf Graduate is exempted from part of the matriculation exam oral with the modern language.



Article. 44zzh. [Nobel Laureate and finalist of the Olympiad] 1. The winner and runners-up of the Olympics that set out in the list referred to in article 1. 44zzzw, are exempt from the matriculation examination of the subject.

2. The relief referred to in paragraph 1. 1, on the basis of a certificate stating the student or listener or art school student secondary school which meets general education in grammar school the title of winner of the finalist or, respectively. The certificate shall be submitted to the President of the test team, referred to in article 1. 44zzs paragraph 1. 3.3. In the case of bilingual secondary school graduate or a bilingual secondary school branch of the public, who earned the title of winner or finalist of the Olympiad nauczanego in a foreign language as a second language instruction, exemption from matriculation exam with an item does not include the additional examination tasks referred to in article 1. 44zzf paragraph 1. 2 and 3.

4. the Winner and Olympic finaliście the permission referred to in paragraph 1. 1 may also, when not involved in educational activities with an item in the school.

5. in the case of a pupil or student has obtained the title of winner or finalist of the Olympics with an item, including the modern language, the Chairman of the examination referred to in article 1. 44zzs paragraph 1. 3, at the request of the student or listener, filed no later than 2 weeks before the date of matriculation examination, shall inform the regional examining Board to change the item or choosing a new item, including changing the language of the modern, or to change the level of the modern foreign language exam, as indicated in the Declaration referred to in article 14(2). 44zzi. 6. The release of this Olympiad finalist or winner of the matriculation exam: 1) a mandatory subject in the zdawanego part of the mouth is tantamount to obtaining from this course in the oral part of the exam, the highest matriculation result;

2) a mandatory subject in the zdawanego part of the written-is tantamount to obtaining from this course in part written examination as a result of the highest matriculation at a basic level;

3) language of the modern as the subject of an additional zdawanego in the part of the mouth-is tantamount to obtaining from this language in the oral part of the exam, the highest matriculation result, subject to paragraph (4);

4) modern language as the subject of an additional zdawanego in the oral part of the bilingual level-is tantamount to obtaining from this language in the oral part of the exam, the highest matriculation result at the level of the bilingual;

5) additional item, with the exception of the modern language, zdawanego in part written-is tantamount to obtaining from this course in part written examination as a result of an enhanced level of the highest matriculation;

6) modern language as the subject of an additional zdawanego in part written-is tantamount to obtaining from this language in part of the written exam, the highest matriculation result at the level indicated in the Declaration referred to in article 14(2). 44zzi. 44zzi [the Declaration of accession to the matriculation exam], the Examinee who intends to join the matriculation exam, consists of a written declaration of accession to this exam.



Article. 44zzj. [specific instances of random or health, preventing accession to the matriculation exam] 1. In specific cases, random, or causing health join the matriculation exam with an item or items in the parts of the oral or written part within the main, Director of the District Board, at the request of his parents, or graduate documented may consent to the accession by the graduate matriculation exam with this item or items within the time limit.

2. the application referred to in paragraph 1. 1 graduate or his parents shall submit to the Director of the school, in which the graduate matriculation exam shall, not later than on the day of the matriculation examination in the subject. The principal of the school shall transmit the application together with the declarations annexed to it the documents to the Director of the District Board not later than the next day after receipt of the request.

3. the Regional Director of the Board shall act on the proposal referred to in paragraph 1. 1 within 2 days from the date of its receipt. The decision of the Director of the regional board is final.

4. To alumni who have not joined the matriculation exam with an item or items within the main or within an additional article shall apply accordingly. 44zzn. 44zzk. [matriculation exam results] 1. Matriculation exam results are presented: 1) part of the mouth-in percentage;

2) part of the written-in percent and on the scale of centylowej, except that the matriculation exam results from additional examination tasks referred to in article 1. 44zzf paragraph 1. 2 and 3, are presented only as a percentage.

2. the results of the matriculation exam in percentage shall be determined on the basis of the Board's Regional Director: 1) the number of points awarded by the team concerned referred to in article 1. 44zzs paragraph 1. 4 section 2-part oral exam matriculation;

2) number of points granted by the examiners checking the work papers and electronic response card reading in the case of use for checking examination work electronic tools-part of the matriculation examination in writing.

3. the results of the written part of the matriculation examination with individual items on the scale of centylowej is developing a Cke on the basis of the results to be determined by the directors of the regional examination.

4. the matriculation exam results are final and cannot be used on a complaint to the administrative court.



Article. 44zzl. [Phrase matriculation exam] 1. Graduate passed his matriculation examination, if for each mandatory subject in part and in part written received at least 30% of the possible points to obtain the written part of the matriculation exam joined and with at least one additional item.

2. Graduate who: 1) signed up for part of the matriculation exam in writing with one additional item and that examination of this subject has been invalidated, in accordance with article 4. 44zzv or article. 44zzw, or 2) to part of the matriculation exam in writing more than one additional item, and which the exams from all these items have been cancelled in accordance with article 4. 44zzv or article. He passed his matriculation exam not 44zzw.

3. Failing to pass the exam of matriculation nieprzystąpienie or or mandatory items in the part of the mouth or partly written does not prevent the matriculation exam acceding to the remaining items.

4. Graduate who passed the matriculation examination, receives a certificate of maturity issued by regional examining board.

5. Graduate who has not passed the matriculation exam, receives information about the results of this exam prepared by regional examining board.



Article. 44zzm. [accession to the matriculation exam within poprawkowym] 1. Graduate: 1) joined the matriculation examination in all subjects mandatory in part and in part written and passed the matriculation examination not only of one a mandatory subject in the part of the mouth or partly written and 2) signed up for part of the matriculation exam in writing with at least one additional item-may in the same year to join the matriculation examination from the same mandatory subject, respectively, in the part of the mouth or partly written within poprawkowym.

2. The provisions of paragraph 1. 1 does not apply: 1) in the case where a matriculation subject or subjects mandatory in the part of the mouth or partly written revocation or 2) in the cases referred to in article 1. 44zzl paragraph 1. 2.3. Graduate, referred to in paragraph 1. 1, within 7 days from the day of the matriculation exam results announcement, referred to in the communication referred to in article 2. 9A paragraph 1. 2, paragraph 10 (b). (a) first indent, shall submit to the President of the test team, referred to in article 1. 44zzs paragraph 1. 3, a written statement of its intention to accede to the matriculation exam with an item within poprawkowym.



Article. 44zzn [the right to re-join the matriculation exam] 1. Graduate who has not passed the matriculation examination with an item or items in the oral part of the mandatory or partly written, can proceed again to the part of the mouth or part of the written exam of matriculation subject or objects, in accordance with the provisions in force in the year of the Eucharist to the matriculation exam for the first time, in a period of 5 years from the first matriculation examination from October of the year in which the graduate matriculation exam, he joined for the first time.

2. Graduate who has not joined the matriculation exam with at least one additional item in part written, or which the exam was cancelled, you may proceed to the matriculation examination of the item, in accordance with the provisions in force in the year in which the subject again to the matriculation examination, within a period of 5 years from the first matriculation examination from October of the year in which he joined the graduate matriculation exam for the first time.


3. Graduate, referred to in paragraph 1. 1 and 2, shall have the right to accede to the matriculation exam, both in part, and in part written, with the object or objects, in accordance with the provisions in force in the year in which the subject again to the matriculation exam.

4. the graduate, as referred to in paragraph 1. 1 and 2, shall have the right to retake the exam to matriculation, both in part, and in part written, the subject of compulsory or items, from which he obtained the result referred to in article 1. 44zzl paragraph 1. 1, in accordance with the provisions in force in the year in which the subject again to the matriculation exam.

5. Graduate, referred to in paragraph 1. 1, joining again to the matriculation exam may choose as the subject of compulsory modern foreign language other than the language modern that seemed previously.

6. Graduate, referred to in paragraph 1. 1, joining again to the matriculation exam, you may not choose a modern foreign language as a mandatory subject from which you previously signed up for matriculation exam as an additional item in the parts of the mouth without specifying a level exam.

7. After the expiration of 5 years from the date of the first accession to the matriculation examination from October of the year in which he joined the graduate matriculation exam for the first time, graduate, referred to in paragraph 1. 1 and 2, shall accede to the matriculation exam in full, in accordance with the provisions in force in the year in which the subject again to the matriculation exam.

8. In the case of the Declaration referred to in article 14(2). 44zzi, intend to accede to the matriculation examination of the additional item, as referred to in article 1. 44zzd paragraph 1. 5, and did not accede to the matriculation examination from this course, the graduate receives a matriculation exam with this item "0%".



Article. 44zzo [the right to re-join the matriculation exam in order to exceed the result of] 1. Graduate who has obtained a certificate of maturity after passing the matriculation examination, shall have the right to retake the exam to matriculation, in part written or partly in writing and partly orally, with the selected item or items, which shall be carried out in the matriculation examination, in accordance with the provisions in force in the year in which the subject again to the matriculation exam.

2. Graduate, referred to in paragraph 1. 1, which increased the matriculation exam score of an item or items, or signed up for the exam of matriculation or additional items, which previously seemed matriculation exam will receive a certificate of maturity issued by regional examining board.



Article. 44zzp [the right to re-join the matriculation exam in order to exceed the result of] 1. Graduate who has a maturity certificate obtained after passing the matura which is carried out for graduate school schools, shall have the right to accede to the matriculation exam, written or partly in writing and partly orally, with the selected item or items, which shall be carried out in the matriculation examination, in accordance with the provisions in force in the year in which accedes to the matriculation exam.

2. Graduate, referred to in paragraph 1. 1, receives a certificate of the results of the matriculation examination of the item or items to which he issued by regional examining board.

3. Graduate, referred to in paragraph 1. 1, shall have the right to retake the exam to matriculation in the part of the mouth or partly written or in both these sections, with the same objects, in accordance with the provisions in force in the year in which the subject again to the matriculation exam. Graduate who has the result of matriculation exam with an item or items, receives a certificate of the results of the matriculation examination of the item or items to which he issued by regional examining board.



Article. 44zzq [the matriculation examination fee] 1. The matriculation examination in each subject compulsory and supplementary item, both in part, and in part written, is payable for: 1) graduates, who for the third time, and again join the matriculation examination from the same mandatory subject or from the same subject further;

2) graduates who join the matriculation examination with the same subject, which in the previous year or previous years reported in the Declaration referred to in article 14(2). 44zzi, but not joined the matriculation examination from this course.

2. The fee for the matriculation examination referred to in paragraph 1. 1, provides income to the State budget.

3. the fee for the matriculation examination referred to in paragraph 1. 1, in the period from 1 January to 7 February of the calendar year in which the graduate is going to accede to the matriculation exam, to the bank account indicated by the Director of the District Board.

4. the Director of the District Board may exempt from payment of the levy referred to in paragraph 1. 1, the low-income person, on request, if the income is not greater than the amount referred to in article 14(2). 5 paragraph 1. 1 of the Act of 28 November 2003 on family benefits.



Article. 44zzr. [Exams a student or graduate with a judgment about the need for special education] 1. The student or graduate with a judgment about the need for special education issued due to disability may accede to test, exam and matriculation exam in conditions and form adapted to the type of disability, on the basis of this ruling.

2. The student or graduate with a judgment about the need for special education issued due to social maladjustment or risk social from alpma may accede to test, exam and matriculation exam in conditions adapted to its needs and possible psycho-social maladjustments, respectively, arising from alpma, or threat thereof, on the basis of this ruling.

3. A student having a judgment about the need for individualized teaching or graduate who in the school year in which accedes to the matriculation exam, the judgment about the need for individualized teaching, can proceed to the test, exam and matriculation exam in conditions adapted to its educational needs and opportunities arising from its psycho-physical state of health, on the basis of this ruling.

4. The student, the student or graduate of a sick or disabled temporarily may accede to test, exam and matriculation exam in the appropriate conditions for the sake of his health, on the basis of a certificate of Health issued by a doctor.

5. The student, the student or graduate with the opinion of the psychological clinic of pedagogy, including specialist clinic, specific learning difficulties, in accordance with the regulations issued on the basis of article. 44zb, you may proceed to the test, exam and matriculation exam in conditions adapted to its educational needs and opportunities arising from the psycho kind of these difficulties on the basis of this opinion.

6. The student, the student or graduate who in the school year in which the proceeds to test, exam or matriculation exam, was covered with a psycho-pedagogical school due to the Adaptive difficulty associated with prior education abroad, linguistic communication disorder or crisis or traumatic, you may proceed to the test, exam and matriculation exam in conditions adapted to its needs and possible resulting psychophysical respectively of these difficulties disorders or a crisis or traumatic, on the basis of an opinion of the pedagogical Council.

7. A student or graduate, referred to in article 1. 94a paragraph 1. 1 and 1a, which limited knowledge of Polish impedes understanding, comprehension, you may proceed to: 1) the first part of the test, the first part or the second part exam – the conditions and form of adapted to its needs and possible psycho-the restrictions, on the basis of an opinion of the pedagogical Council;

2) matriculation examination, with the exception of the matriculation examination from Polish and foreign language in the modern conditions adapted to its needs and possible psycho-the restrictions, on the basis of an opinion of the pedagogical Council.

8. adaptation of the mold test, exam and matriculation examination referred to in paragraph 1. 1, is preparing a separate examination sheets tailored to the type of disability a student or graduate of a disabled, except that no separate examination sheets are prepared for graduates holding a judgment about the need for special education issued due to mental retardation in light.

9. adaptation of the mold test and exam, referred to in paragraph 1. 7 (1), is preparing a separate examination worksheets tailored to the needs of the student, which limited knowledge of Polish impedes understanding of comprehension.

10. Adjusting the conditions of carrying out the test, exam and matriculation examination referred to in paragraph 1. 1-7, is to: 1) minimizing restrictions arising from disability, social failure or emergency social from alpma, listener or graduate;

2) ensuring student, listener or absolwentowi place of work appropriate to his or her educational needs and the possibilities of psychophysical;

3) a suitable special equipment and means of teaching;


4) appropriate extension of time provided for carrying out the test, exam and matriculation exam;

5) establishing the principles of assessing the task solutions used to carry out the test, exam and matriculation examination referred to in article 1. 9A paragraph 1. 2 paragraph 2, taking into account the educational needs and the possibilities of student attitudes, listener or graduate;

6) ensuring the presence and assistance during the test, the exam and matriculation examination supporting graduate student or teacher in reading or writing or specialist from the scope of the particular type of disability, social maladjustments or risk the market hitherto, if it is necessary to obtain the proper contact with the student or a graduate of, or assistance in the use of specialized equipment and resources.

11. For a student, a listener, or a graduate of, referred to in paragraph 1. 2-6, not preparing separate sheets of the examination.

12. pedagogical Council, from among the possible ways to adapt to the conditions and forms of the conduct of the test, the exam and matriculation examination, referred to in the communication referred to in article 2. 9A paragraph 1. 2, paragraph 10 (b). (a) third indent, indicates how or ways to adapt the conditions or forms of conduct test, exam and matriculation exam for the pupil, a listener, or a graduate of, referred to in paragraph 1. 1-7.

13. the Director of the school or authorized by him in writing to inform the student's parents, teacher, listener, or a graduate of the indicated ways to adapt to the conditions and forms of the conduct of the test, the exam and matriculation exam to his educational needs and abilities of psychophysical.

14. the Parents of the student, the student or graduate student shall submit a statement of use or not with the indicated ways of adaptation, as referred to in paragraph 1. 13, within 3 working days from the date of receipt of the information referred to in paragraph 1. 13.15. In the case of a graduate, as referred to in paragraph 1. 4 and 5, which he graduated from the school in previous years, the way or ways to adapt to the needs of the matriculation examination conditions and opportunities for the graduate of the possible ways of adaptation of the terms of matriculation examination, referred to in the communication referred to in article 2. 9A paragraph 1. 2, paragraph 10 (b). (a) third indent, points out the President of the test team, referred to in article 1. 44zzs paragraph 1. 3. the provisions of paragraphs 1 and 2. 13 and 14 shall apply mutatis mutandis.

16. Accession to the test, exam and matriculation exam in conditions and form tailored to the needs and abilities of the student, a listener, or a graduate of, referred to in paragraph 1. 1-7, provides the Chairman of the examination referred to in article 1. 44zzs paragraph 1. 3.17. In specific cases, random or, at the request of the Director of the school health Council may apply to the District Director of the pedagogical Board of the request for consent for accession, the listener or the graduate to test, exam and matriculation exam in conditions adapted to its needs and possible psycho, not included in the communication referred to in article 2. 9A paragraph 1. 2, paragraph 10 (b). (a) the third indent.



Article. 44zzs. [Organization & process test, exam or matriculation exam] 1. For the organisation and process test, exam or matriculation exam in the school corresponds to the Director of the school.

2. To carry out the test, exam or matriculation exam in the school, the principal of the school shall appoint the examination team.

3. the Director of the school is the Chairman of the test team. In case of illness of the President of the team, or test other important reasons for preventing his involvement in passing, or graduation exam secondary exam or arising from the need to ensure the adequate organisation that test and exams, the test team may be the person designated by the Director of the District Board.

4. the Chairperson from among the members of the test team, testing team, respectively: 1) surveillance teams process test, exam or part of the written examination in each matriculation examination halls and appoints the Chairmen of those teams;

2) teams for carrying out part of the matriculation exam oral with individual items and shall appoint the Chairmen of those teams.

5. the Chairperson of the examination team organizes and oversees the process in a school test, respectively, exam or matriculation exam, including: 1) tells the students, listeners or graduates who intend to join the matriculation exam, pop quiz, respectively, secondary exam and graduation exam;

2) provides transfer to the regional Board of the information necessary to carry out the test, exam or matriculation exam;

3) provides opportunities for independent work of students, listeners and graduates during the appropriate test, exam or matriculation exam;

4) protects against unauthorized disclosure of examination materials necessary for carrying out the test, exam or matriculation exam since receiving exam materials until their transfer to the Director of the District Board.

6. Process test, exam and matriculation examination is recorded in the accounts of this test and exams.



Article. 44zzt. [to ensure the self-reliance of work during the test and exam] 1. During the test, the exam and matriculation exam every student, the student or graduate, works at a separate table, ensuring the independence of the work.

2. The Board, in which it is carried out a test, the high school exam and matriculation examination, you cannot make any telecommunications equipment and materials and ancillary supplies not listed in the communication referred to in article 2. 9A paragraph 1. 2, paragraph 10 (b). (a) second indent, or use them in this room.

3. The student, the student or graduate alone solves the tasks included in the examination sheet, in particular creates its own text or your own solution tasks throughout the duration of the test, exam or matriculation exam.



Article. 44zzu [Check and evaluate the work of students ' examination, listeners and graduates] 1. The work papers of students, listeners or alumni work and confer points registered examiners, examiners records referred to in article 14(2). 9 c of paragraph 1. 2 paragraph 7, appointed by the Director of the District Board. Examiners shall apply the principles of evaluating solutions to the tasks referred to in article 1. 9A paragraph 1. 2 (2).

2. Work papers of students, learners or graduates can be checked with the use of electronic tools.

3. Examiners, referred to in paragraph 1. 1, form up a team of examiners to the extent of the relevant part of the test, the scope of the relevant part of the exam or an item in the case of the matriculation exam. In the case of the third exam examiners form a team of Examiners in the field of modern language.

4. the Director of the regional examining Board from among the members of the team of examiners referred to in paragraph 1. 3, appoint the Chairman.

5. Part of the matriculation exam oral with individual items carry out and grant teams points, referred to in article 1. 44zzs paragraph 1. 4 point 2.



Article. 44zzv. [niesamodzielnego Statement of solving tasks] in the case of: 1) niesamodzielnego task resolution is found, the listener or a graduate or 2) bring or use by a student, the listener or the graduate in the Board of the telecommunications equipment or materials or ancillary supplies not listed in the communication referred to in article 2. 9A paragraph 1. 2, paragraph 10 (b). (a) second indent, or 3) disrupt, listener or a graduate of the proper conduct of the relevant part of the test or the scope or the level of the relevant part of the exam or oral part or parts of the written examination, matriculation to obstruct the work of the other pupils, students or alums-Chairman of the interrupt test and invalidates the ago student, listener or absolwentowi up a part of the test or the scope or the level of the relevant part of the exam or the matriculation examination in the subject, respectively, in the part of the mouth or partly written. Information about the interruption and cancellation shall be shown in the Protocol flow properly test, exam and matriculation exam.



Article. 44zzw [a statement while checking the work of the Board niesamodzielnego task solution] 1. If it is found during examination of the work of the Board by the examiner: 1) niesamodzielnego solution of a task or tasks, the listener or a graduate of, 2) in the work of the Board, a listener, or a graduate of the same wording indicating the provision of solutions to another student, listener or absolwentowi or using other solutions, listener or graduate


-Director of the regional Board shall report, through the Executive Director of the school, the student or his parents, listener or absolwentowi written notice of the intention to void ago student, listener or absolwentowi up the parts of the test or the scope or the level of the relevant part of the exam or matriculation examination from the subject in part. The principal of the school shall immediately forward this information to the student or his parents, listener or absolwentowi.

2. The student or his parents, the student or graduate student shall have the right to request access to the dossier on the basis of which she is a Director of the Board intends to cancel the test part, respectively, or the scope or the level of the relevant part of the exam or the matriculation examination in the subject in part. The request shall be submitted to the Regional Director of the Board within 2 working days from the date of receipt of the written information referred to in paragraph 1. 1.3. Within 7 days from the date of receipt of the request referred to in paragraph 1. 2, Director of the regional Board allows the student or his parents, listener or absolwentowi to read the documentation and clarifications, in that place and time.

4. the Director of the District Board shall decide on the cancellation of the test parts respectively or the scope or the level of the relevant part of the exam or exam of matriculation subject in part written, within 14 days from the date of receipt of the application: 1), referred to in paragraph 1. 2 or 2) closing date for the submission of the application referred to in paragraph 1. 2.5. She is a Director of the Board shall transmit to the student or his parents, listener or absolwentowi written notice of cancellation, the respectively relevant part of the test or the scope or the level of the relevant part of the matriculation exam or exam with an item in the written part, together with the reasons therefor.

6. The student or his parents, the student or graduate, within 3 working days from the date of receipt of the cancellation of the information referred to in paragraph 1. 5, can make to the Director of the Central Examination Commission, through the Director of the District Board, to the decision of the Director of the District Board.

7. Reservations referred to in paragraph 1. 6, together with the necessary documentation to their consideration, the Regional Director of the Board shall, not later than the next working day from the date of receipt of the objection, the Director of the Central Commission for the navigation of the Board, unless the Regional Director of the Board will take into account the objections lodged by the student or his parents, listener or graduate.

8. the Director of the Central Commission for the navigation of the Board shall consider the reservations referred to in paragraph 1. 6, within 7 days from the date of receipt of the reservation along with the documentation required for their consideration. The decision of the Director of the Central Commission for the navigation of the Board is final and shall not be used on a complaint to the administrative court.

9. In the absence of the possibility of transfer of the student or his parents, listener or absolwentowi written information referred to in paragraph 1. 1, the principal of the school shall immediately inform the Director of the regional examining Board which, within 7 days from the date of receipt of the information from the Director of the school shall decide the annulment of parts test or the scope or the level of the relevant part of the exam or exam of matriculation subject in part. In case of cancellation of the Regional Director of the Board shall communicate, through the Director of the school, a written notice of the revocation and the reasons for the student or his parents, listener or absolwentowi. The provisions of paragraph 1. 2 and 3 shall apply mutatis mutandis.

10. In the case referred to in paragraph 1. 9, the student or his parents, the student or graduate may bring to the Director of the Central Examination Commission, through the Director of the District Board, to the settlement of the District Director, the Board shall, within 3 working days from the date of receipt of the information) about the cancellation, referred to in paragraph 1. 9, or 2) familiarize yourself with the documentation and to the explanations referred to in paragraph 1. 2 and 3.

11. The reservations referred to in paragraph 1. 10, paragraph 1. 7 and 8 shall apply mutatis mutandis.

12. the certificate referred to in article 2. 44zza paragraph 1. 8 (1), the Regional Director of the Board it appears after the allotment on the cancellation.

13. the maturity of the Certificate referred to in article 2. 44zzl paragraph 1. 4, District Director of the Board it appears after the allotment on the cancellation, if as a result of the settlement of the graduate fulfils the conditions referred to in article 1. 44zzl paragraph 1. 1.14. A maturity certificate referred to in article 2. 44zzo paragraph 1. 2, or a certificate referred to in article 2. 44zzp paragraph 1. 2, Director of the District Board it seems after the allotment on the cancellation, if as a result of the settlement of the graduate matriculation exam score increased from the subject in part.

15. Student or listener, which revoked the respectively part of the test or the scope or the level of the relevant part of the exam, proceed to the appropriate parts of the test or the scope or the level of the relevant part of the exam in extra time at the school, which is a student or listener.

16. in the event of cancellation of the matriculation examination of the additional item, as referred to in article 1. 44zzd paragraph 1. 5, the graduate, Director of the District Board shall determine the result of the matriculation examination from this additional item as "0%".



Article. 44zzx [the result of the parts of the test or exam in the case that you cancel] in case of cancellation for reasons referred to in article 1. 44zzv or article. 44zzw paragraph 1. 1, respectively, of the parts of the test or the scope or the level of the relevant part of the exam, which was carried out within an additional, in situations referred to in article 1. 44zz paragraph 1. 1. 44zzw paragraph 1. 15, District Director of the Board shall determine the result of the test parts respectively or the scope or the level of the relevant part of the exam as "0%".



Article. 44zzy. [statement of objections by the student, parents, the listener or the graduate] 1. The student or his parents, the student or graduate may, within 2 working days of carrying out the appropriate part of the test, the scope or the level of the relevant part of the matriculation exam or exam with an item in the parts of the oral or written parts, make reservations and the reasons for it to the Regional Director of the Board, if satisfied that, during the test or exam has been infringed provisions concerning his conduct.

2. in the case of objections, referred to in paragraph 1. 1 the exam of matriculation subject in part of the District Director of the oral Board asks the President of the test team to provide explanations concerning the reservation made.

3. the Director of the District Board shall consider the reservations referred to in paragraph 1. 1, within 7 days from the date of its receipt and inform the student in writing, or his parents, listener or graduate of the outcome of the settlement.

4. The student or his parents, the student or graduate, within 3 working days from the date of receipt of the information about the outcome of the decision referred to in paragraph 1. 3, can make to the Director of the Central Examination Commission, through the Director of the District Board, to the decision of the Director of the District Board.

5. Reservations referred to in paragraph 1. 4, along with the documentation required for their consideration of the Regional Director of the Board shall, not later than the next working day from the date of receipt of the objection, the Director of the Central Commission for the navigation of the Board, unless the Regional Director of the Board will take into account the objections lodged by the student or his parents, listener or graduate.

6. the Director of the Central Commission for the navigation of the Board shall consider the reservations referred to in paragraph 1. 4, within 7 days from the date of their filing. The decision of the Director of the Central Commission for the navigation of the Board is final and shall not be used on a complaint to the administrative court.

7. in the case of infringement of the provisions concerning the conduct of the test, exam or matriculation exam, due to the reservations referred to in paragraph 1. 1, or from the Office of the Regional Director of the Board, in consultation with the Director of the Central Commission for the navigation of the Board, may cancel the part of the test, the scope or the level of the relevant part of the exam or the matriculation examination in the subject in a part of the oral or written parts and order them to be carried out again if the breach could affect the result of this test or exam.

8. In the case referred to in paragraph 1. 6, Director of the Central Commission for the navigation of the Board may cancel the part of the test, the scope or the level of the relevant part of the exam or the matriculation examination in the subject in a part of the oral or written parts and order them to be carried out again if the breach could affect the outcome of the test or exam. About the allotment on the annulment of the Director of the Central Commission for the navigation of the Board shall inform the Director of the District Board.


9. in the cases referred to in paragraph 1. 7 and 8, a declaration of invalidity may be made in respect of all students, listeners or graduates, students, learners or graduates in individual schools, as well as in relation to individual students, learners or graduates.

10. in the event of inability to establish the results of this test, the scope or the level of the relevant part of the exam or exam of matriculation subject in part written due to loss or destruction of the examination work, Director of the District Board, in consultation with the Director of the Central Examination Commission, invalidates the given part of the test, the scope or the level of the relevant part of the exam or the matriculation examination with an item in the written part of the student , listener or graduate and manages its reuse.

11. The term re-test, exam or matriculation exam shall be the Director of the Central Commission for the navigation of the Board.



Article. 44zzz. [right of access to the proven and assessed the work of the Board] 1. The student or his parents, student or graduate, have a right of access to the proven and assessed the work of the Board of the student, a listener, or a graduate of, a place and time designated by the Regional Director of the Board, within a period of 6 months from the date of issue by regional examining Board: 1) the certificate referred to in article 1. 44zza paragraph 1. 8 point 1;

2) maturity certificate referred to in article 2. 44zzl paragraph 1. (4);

3) addendum to the certificate maturity, referred to in article 1. 44zzo paragraph 1. 2;

4) the certificate referred to in article 1. 44zzp paragraph 1. 2;

5) information on specific results of the test or exam, or information about the results of the matriculation exam-in the cases referred to respectively in article. 44zza paragraph 1. 8 (3) and article 3. 44zzl paragraph 1. 5.2. When you make the inspection referred to in paragraph 1. 1, the student or his parents, listener or absolwentowi provides a possibility to get acquainted with the principles of evaluating solutions to the tasks referred to in article 1. 9A paragraph 1. 2 (2).

3. The student or his parents, the student or graduate may ask for a verification of the sum of the points referred to in article 1. 44zza paragraph 1. 2 or article. 44zzk paragraph 1. 2. the application and the reasons therefor shall be submitted to the Regional Director of the Board within 2 working days from the date of inspection.

4. Verification of the sum of points shall be made within 7 days from the date of receipt of the application referred to in paragraph 1. 3. The Regional Director shall inform the student in writing of the Board or any of its parents, the listener or the graduate of the outcome of the verification of the sum of points, within 14 days from the date of receipt of the request referred to in paragraph 1. 3.6. If, as a result of the carried out verification of the total points was elevated, District Director of the Board shall fix the new results: 1) test or exam and cancels the previous certificate referred to in article 2. 44zza paragraph 1. 8, point 1, and shall issue a new certificate.

2) matriculation examination and issue the certificate if the maturity) graduate has fulfilled the conditions of article 81(3). 44zzl paragraph 1. 1, or b) cancels the old-school certificate, a certificate of maturity, referred to in article 1. 44zzo paragraph 1. 2, or a certificate referred to in article 2. 44zzp paragraph 1. 2, and it seems like a new-school certificate, a certificate of maturity or certificate.



Article. 44zzza. [Delegation] proper Minister of education and upbringing shall determine, by regulation, conditions and manner of carrying out the test, exam and matriculation exam, including: 1) the list of modern foreign languages, which is carried out a test, the high school exam and matriculation examination, 2) list of items, which shall be carried out in the matriculation examination, taking into account the items for which the basis of a general education program specifies the requirements for the extended , 3) the scope of the data that should contain a declaration of accession to the matriculation exam, and submit this Declaration, 4) the scope and timing of the transfer to the Director of the regional Board of the information necessary to carry out the test, exam and matriculation exam, including the information contained in the declarations referred to in article 1. 44zy and article. 44zzi, 5) mode to issue the opinion referred to in article 1. 44zzr paragraph 1. 6, 7, 6) the composition of the teams referred to in article 1. 44zzs paragraph 1. 4, 7) the detailed tasks of the President of the test team and the teams referred to in article 1. 44zzs paragraph 1. 4, 8) the information that shall be shown in the accounts referred to in article 1. 44zzs paragraph 1. 6, 9) the treatment of egzaminacyjnymi materials provided to schools, including reporting mode, 10) the duration, the organisation and the conduct of any part of the test, any part of the exam and the oral and written part of the examination of the matriculation course, practice in States of emergency or abrupt interruption of the course of the test, the exam and matriculation exam, test, exam and matriculation exam in a place other than the school due to the health condition of the student , listener or his disability, 11) storing the work of students, listeners and graduates and documentation, test exam and matriculation exam, 12) persons who are not part of the test team and do not participate in carrying out the test, exam and matriculation examination that can stay in the room of the Board during this test and exams, including persons who may act as observers during the test , exam and matriculation exam, 13) fees charged for the matriculation examination in the cases referred to in article 1. 44zzq paragraph 1. 1 and the procedure and the date of submission of the application for an exemption from the payment of the matriculation examination-taking into account the need to ensure the proper organisation and conduct of and documenting test, exam and matriculation examination, ensure that the composition of the teams referred to in article 1. 44zzs paragraph 1. 4, at least one person employed in another school or at the facility, provide an opportunity for consultation referred to in article 2. 44zzz paragraph 1. 1, and that the amount of the fee for the matriculation examination cannot be higher than the average cost of the matriculation examination with individual items in part writing.



Article. 44zzzb. [confirmation Exam qualifications in the profession] 1. Confirmation exam qualifications in the profession is a form of evaluation of the level of control by a person referred to in paragraph 1. 3, messages and one separate qualifications, skills in the profession, established in the training programme.

2. the certifying Exam qualifications in the profession is carried out on the basis of the requirements set out in the basis of the training programme.

3. confirmation Exam qualifications in the profession is carried out for: 1) students essential vocational schools and technicians and students and listeners of postsecondary schools, 2) graduates of the basic vocational schools, technicians and postsecondary schools, 3) those who have completed the professional course qualifying, 4) adults who have completed a practical apprenticeship or training for working adults, referred to respectively in article. 53 c. 53D of the Act of 20 April 2004 on promotion of employment and labour market institutions (Journal of laws of 2015, poz. 148), i.e. If you want the program to work take account of the requirements set out in the basis of the training programme in the competition, 5) that meet the conditions for admission to examinations certifying the qualifications as set out in the rules pursuant to article 114. 10 paragraph 1. 5 – hereinafter referred to as "zdającymi".



Article. 44zzzc. [the term examination certifying the qualifications of the profession] 1. Confirmation exam qualifications in the profession is carried out throughout the school year within the time limits laid down by the Director of the District Board in consultation with the Director of the Central Examination Commission.

2. The term of the examination confirming the qualifications in the profession of Director of the regional examination Commission announces on the website of the regional board, not later than 6 months before the date of confirmation exam qualifications in the profession.



Article. 44zzzd. [confirmation Exam qualifications in the profession] 1. Confirmation exam qualifications in profession consists of a written and a practical part.

2. the written Part shall be carried out in the form of a written test and a practical part in the form of a task or tasks.

3. the written Part shall be carried out: 1) using the electronic system of the examination confirming qualification in profession after obtaining the authorization referred to in article 2. 44zzzl paragraph 1. 1, or 2) with the use of sheets and exam answers.

4. the practical part consists of the execution of a task or test task, where the result is a product, service or documentation.

5. the Director of the regional Board provides school, facility, referred to in article 14(2). 2 paragraph 3a, the employer or entity qualifying professional course operator, referred to in article 1. Br.68A paragraph 1. 2 of the examination system, the electronic evidence of competence in the profession.



Article. 44zzze. [Nobel Laureate and finalist of the tournament or the Olympics] 1. The winner and runner-up of the tournament or the Olympics-related field selected thematic knowledge, set out in the list referred to in article 1. 44zzzw, are exempt from the written part of the exam, certifying the competence in the profession.


2. The relief referred to in paragraph 1. 1, on the basis of a certificate stating to get title winner, respectively, or finalist. The certificate shall be submitted to the President of the test team, referred to in article 1. 44zzzi paragraph 1. 3.3. The relief referred to in paragraph 1. 1, is tantamount to obtaining written confirmation exam part qualifications in the profession the highest result.



Article. 44zzzf [the student or graduate with a judgment about the need for special education] 1. The student or graduate with a judgment about the need for special education issued due to disability can take a test certifying competence in the profession in conditions and form adapted to the type of disability, on the basis of this ruling.

2. The student or graduate with a judgment about the need for special education issued due to social maladjustment or risk social from alpma may accede to the confirmation exam qualifications in the profession in conditions adapted to its needs and possible psycho-social maladjustments, respectively, arising from alpma, or threat thereof, on the basis of this ruling.

3. A student having a judgment about the need for individualized teaching or graduate who in the school year in which the proceeds to an examination certifying the qualifications in the profession, the judgment about the need for individualized teaching, can proceed to the confirmation exam qualifications in the profession in conditions adapted to its needs and possible psycho-physical, arising from its state of health, on the basis of this ruling.

4. ill or temporarily unserviceable Examinee may accede to the confirmation exam qualifications in the profession under conditions appropriate for the sake of his health, on the basis of a certificate of Health issued by a doctor.

5. The student, the student or graduate with the opinion of the psychological clinic of pedagogy, including specialist clinic, specific learning difficulties, in accordance with the regulations issued on the basis of article. 44zb, may take a test certifying competence in the profession in conditions adapted to its educational needs and opportunities arising from the psycho kind of these difficulties on the basis of this opinion.

6. The student, the student or graduate who in the school year in which the proceeds to an examination certifying the qualifications in the profession, was covered with a psycho-pedagogical school due to the Adaptive difficulty associated with prior education abroad, linguistic communication disorder or crisis or traumatic, can take a test certifying competence in the profession in conditions adapted to its needs and possible resulting psychophysical respectively of these difficulties disorders or a crisis or traumatic, on the basis of an opinion of the pedagogical Council.

7. adaptation of the mold confirmation exam qualifications in the profession referred to in paragraph 1. 1, is preparing a separate examination sheets for pupil listener or a graduate of a blind or słabowidzącego.

8. Adjust the examination conditions confirming the qualifications in the profession referred to in paragraph 1. 1-6, is up to: 1) minimizing restrictions arising from disability, social failure or emergency social from alpma, listener or graduate;

2) ensuring student, listener or absolwentowi place of work appropriate to his or her educational needs and the possibilities of psychophysical;

3) a suitable special equipment and means of teaching;

4) appropriate extension of time provided for carrying out confirmatory exam qualifications in the profession;

5) ensuring the presence and assistance during an examination certifying the qualification as a specialist with the scope of the particular type of disability, social maladjustments or risk the market hitherto, if it is necessary to obtain the proper contact with the student or a graduate of, or assistance in the use of specialized equipment and resources.

9. For a student, a listener, or a graduate of, referred to in paragraph 1. 2-6, not preparing separate sheets of the examination.

10. The Council of education, of the possible ways to adapt to the conditions and forms of examination certifying the qualifications as set out in the communication referred to in article 2. 9A paragraph 1. 2, paragraph 10 (b). (a) third indent, indicates how or ways to adapt the conditions or the examination forms certifying the qualifications in the profession for a student, a listener, or a graduate of, referred to in paragraph 1. 1-6.

11. the Director of the school or authorized by him in writing to inform the student's parents, teacher, listener, or a graduate of the indicated ways to adapt to the conditions and forms of examination attesting competence in the profession to his educational needs and abilities of psychophysical.

12. the Parents of the student, the student or graduate student shall submit a statement of use or not with the indicated ways of adaptation, as referred to in paragraph 1. 11, within 3 working days from the date of receipt of the information referred to in paragraph 1. 11.13. In the case of a graduate, as referred to in paragraph 1. 4 and 5, which he graduated from the school in previous years, the way or ways to adapt the conditions of the examination confirming the qualifications in the profession to meet the needs and abilities of the graduate of the possible ways of adaptation of the terms of the examination confirming the qualifications as set out in the communication referred to in article 2. 9A paragraph 1. 2, paragraph 10 (b). (a) third indent, points out the President of the test team, referred to in article 1. 44zzzi paragraph 1. 3. the provisions of paragraphs 1 and 2. 11 and 12 shall apply mutatis mutandis.

14. Accession to the confirmation exam qualifications in the profession in conditions and form tailored to the needs and abilities of the student, a listener, or a graduate of, referred to in paragraph 1. 1-6, provides the Chairman of the examination referred to in article 1. 44zzzi paragraph 1. 3.15. In specific cases, random or, at the request of the Director of the school health Council may apply to the District Director of the pedagogical Board of the request for consent for accession, the listener or the graduate certifying exam qualifications in the profession in conditions adapted to its needs and possible psycho, not included in the communication referred to in article 2. 9A paragraph 1. 2, paragraph 10 (b). (a) the third indent.



Article. 44zzzg [the Declaration of accession to the examination confirming the qualifications of the profession], Examinee who intends to proceed with the confirmation exam qualifications in the profession, is composed of a written declaration of accession to this exam.



Article. 44zzzh [join confirmation exam qualifications in conditions and the form adapted to the type of disability] 1. Examinee, referred to in article 1. 44zzzb paragraph 1. 3 paragraph 3-5: the blind, people with vision impairments, deaf, hearing impaired, with movement disabilities, including mental retardation, aphasia in a light or with autism, including Asperger's syndrome, join the confirmation exam qualifications in the profession in conditions and form adapted to the type of their disability, on the basis of an attestation certifying the existence of the dysfunction, issued by a doctor. The provisions of article 4. 44zzzf paragraph 1. 7, 8 and 14 shall apply mutatis mutandis.

2. on the basis of the certificate referred to in paragraph 1. 1, and the communication referred to in article 2. 9A paragraph 1. 2, paragraph 10 (b). (a) third indent, the Regional Director of the Board or by a person indicates how or ways to adapt to the conditions and forms of examination attesting the qualification for learners in the profession referred to in paragraph 1. 1. 44zzzi [the Organization and conduct of the examination confirming the qualifications of the profession] 1. For the Organization and conduct of the examination confirming the qualifications of the profession in a particular school, facility, referred to in article 14(2). 2 paragraph 3a, the employer or the entity carrying out the professional course qualification referred to in article 2. Br.68A paragraph 1. 2, corresponds to the Director of the school facility, referred to in article 14(2). 2 paragraph 3a, the employer or authorized by him, the employee or the operator of a professional course qualification referred to in article 2. Br.68A paragraph 1. 2, or authorized by him.

2. To carry out a confirmatory test qualified as the principal of the school, facility, referred to in article 14(2). 2 paragraph 3a, the employer or the operator of a professional course qualification referred to in article 2. Br.68A paragraph 1. 2, the examination team.

3. the Director of the school facility, referred to in article 14(2). 2 paragraph 3a, the employer or an authorized employee, or by the operator of a professional course qualification referred to in article 2. Br.68A paragraph 1. 2, or authorized by him, the employee is President of the test team. In case of illness of the President of the team, or test other important causes that prevent his participation in the confirmation exam qualifications in the profession or resulting from the need to ensure the proper organisation of the examination, the President of the test team can be the person designated by the Director of the District Board.

4. the Chairperson from among the members of the test team, testing team, appoint supervisory teams process part of the written exam, certifying the qualifications of the profession in each examination halls and supervisory teams process practical part of the exam in each examination halls and the Chairmen of those teams.


5. the Chairperson of the examination team organizes and oversees the process in a given school, the facility, referred to in article 14(2). 2 paragraph 3a, the employer or the entity carrying out the professional course qualification referred to in article 2. Br.68A paragraph 1. 2 confirmation exam qualifications in the profession, including: 1) shall inform the learners who intend to proceed to the confirmation exam qualifications in the profession, including the exam;

2) provides transfer to the regional Board of the information necessary to carry out an examination certifying the qualifications in the profession;

3) provides opportunities for independent work learners during the confirmation exam qualifications in the profession;

4) protects against unauthorized disclosure of examination materials necessary to carry out an examination certifying the qualifications in the profession since the receipt of examination materials until their transfer to the Director of the District Board.

6. Process the confirmation exam qualifications in the profession is documented in the minutes of the examination.



Article. 44zzzj. [to ensure the self-reliance of work] 1. During the exam, certifying the qualifications of the profession of each examinee is working under conditions which ensure the independence of the work.

2. The Board, in which it is carried out the examination confirming qualification in profession, you can't make any telecommunications equipment and materials and ancillary supplies not listed in the communication referred to in article 2. 9A paragraph 1. 2, paragraph 10 (b). (a) second indent, or use them in this room.

3. the examination shall perform the tasks yourself Examinee during part of the written and practical part of the exam attesting competence in the profession.



Article. 44zzzk. [Place of carrying out an examination certifying the qualifications of the profession] 1. Confirmation exam qualifications in the profession shall be carried out in a given school, the facility, referred to in article 14(2). 2 paragraph 3a, the employer, or at the place designated by the employer, the entity conducting the professional course qualification referred to in article 2. Br.68A paragraph 1. 2, or in a place designated by the principal.

2. for the persons referred to in article 1. 44zzzb paragraph 1. 3 paragraph 3, certifying exam qualifications in the profession organises qualifying professional course operator, referred to in article 1. Br.68A paragraph 1. 2. 44zzzl. [Authorization to carry out an examination certifying the qualifications of the profession] 1. Part of the practical exam, certifying the qualifications in the profession, and written this exam carried out using the electronic system of the examination confirming the qualifications in the profession shall be carried out in school, facility, referred to in article 14(2). 2 paragraph 3a, the employer or entity carrying out the professional course qualification referred to in article 2. Br.68A paragraph 1. 2, with the authorisation by the Director of the District Board.

2. The authorisation referred to in paragraph 1. 1, confirms that the school, the facility referred to in article 14(2). 2 paragraph 3a, the employer or the operator of a professional course qualification referred to in article 2. Br.68A paragraph 1. 2, it has the conditions to ensure the proper conduct of an examination certifying the qualifications in the profession: 1) in the case of the practical part of the exam attesting competence in the profession: a) provides the conditions to carry out training in the profession, as set out in the basis of the training programme in the competition, (b)) provides the conditions for exercise by the learners examination tasks contained in the examination sheet, taking into account the safety and health at work, and social conditions, c) provides evidence of exam accession providing qualifications in the profession in conditions adapted to their needs and opportunities , (d) providing medical first aid);

2) in the case of written confirmation exam qualifications in the profession to be carried out using the electronic system of the examination confirming qualification in profession: a) has the relevant individual equipment test stations electronically assisted, (b)) provides the conditions for the exercise of the tasks of the examination by the learners.

3. The authorisation referred to in paragraph 1. 1, shall be granted for a period not longer than 3 years.

4. The authorisation referred to in paragraph 1. 1, shall be granted at the request of the school facility, referred to in article 14(2). 2 paragraph 3a, employer or entity carrying out the professional course qualification referred to in article 2. Br.68A paragraph 1. 2.5. The authorisation may be renewed for further periods of not more than 3 years. The provisions of paragraph 1. 2-4 shall apply mutatis mutandis.



Article. 44zzzm. [duration of confirmation exam qualifications] 1. Part of the written exam, certifying the qualifications in the profession it takes not less than 45 minutes and not more than 90 minutes.

2. the practical part of the exam attesting competence in the profession takes no less than 120 minutes and not longer than 240 minutes.

3. the duration of the written part and the practical part of the exam attesting competence in the profession is defined in the guidelines referred to in article 2. 9A paragraph 1. 2 paragraph 3.



Article. 44zzzn [Check and evaluation of work] 1. The work papers written confirmation exam part entering high qualifications in the profession are checked with the use of electronic tools.

2. the practical part of the exam, certifying the qualifications in the profession, the final result is the product or service, observe and assess the present in the Hall of the Board examiners are entered in the records of examiners to the extent of the examination confirming the qualifications in the profession referred to in article 14(2). 9 c of paragraph 1. 2 point 7.

3. the practical part of the exam, certifying the qualifications in the profession, where the only result is a final documentation, verify and assess the examiners included in the register of examiners to the extent of the examination confirming the qualifications in the profession referred to in article 14(2). 9 c of paragraph 1. 2 paragraph 7, appointed by the Director of the District Board.

4. judging rules apply the task solutions Examiners, referred to in article 1. 9A paragraph 1. 2 (2).

5. the Examiners, referred to in paragraph 1. 3, with a range of qualifications form a team of examiners.

6. the Director of the regional examining Board from among the members of the team of examiners referred to in paragraph 1. 5, appoint the Chairman.



Article. 44zzzo. [exam results confirming the qualifications of the profession] 1. Exam results confirming the qualifications in the profession establishes the Regional Director of the Board on the basis of the number of points earned by the examinee: 1) in writing: (a)) after the reading of the response saved and archived in the electronic examination system certifying the qualifications in the profession-where part of the written exam, certifying the qualifications in the profession is carried out using the electronic system for carrying out this examination, (b)) after the reading of the response card e-where part of the written exam, certifying the qualifications in the profession is carried out using sheets of the examination and response cards;

2) practical part-electronic reading assessment card.

2. Examinee passed the test confirming qualification in profession, if received: 1) with the written part is at least 50% of the possible points for obtaining and 2) practical part-at least 75% of the possible points.

3. which Examinee passed the test confirming qualification in profession, receives a certificate confirming the certification profession issued by regional examining board. Examinee, who has not passed the exam, certifying the qualifications in the profession, receives information about the results of this exam prepared by regional examining board.

4. the results of the confirmatory examination qualifications in the profession are final and cannot be used on a complaint to the administrative court.



Article. 44zzzp. [niesamodzielnego Statement execution of tasks] 1. In the case of: 1) found by the examination tasks or examinee niesamodzielnego 2) bring or use by the examinee in the Board of the telecommunications equipment or materials or ancillary supplies not listed in the communication referred to in article 2. 9A paragraph 1. 2, paragraph 10 (b). (a) second indent, or 3) disrupt the proper conduct of the examinee by the part of the written or practical part of the exam attesting competence in the profession in such a way as to obstruct the work of the other providing the test team – Chairman quits and cancel the relevant part of the qualification confirmation exam during a month ago. Information about the interruption and cancellation shall be shown in the minutes of the course exam attesting competence in the profession.

2. in the case of annulment of the part of the written or practical part of the exam attesting competence in the profession of the examinee, Director of the District Board shall determine the result of part of the written or practical part of the exam as "0%".



Article. 44zzzq [a statement when checking and evaluating the tasks included in the examination of their performance niesamodzielnego] 1. If it is found during examination and evaluation of the task or tasks by examination the examiner, if only the final result of the task or test task is documentation: 1) niesamodzielnego complete a task or tasks by the examinee in practical part of the exam attesting competence in the profession, 2) of the same provision on the wording of the examinee work solutions to another during or using other solutions examinee


-the Director of the District Board passes during, and in the case of a student referred to in article 2. 44zzzb paragraph 1. 3 point 1-the student or his parents, written notice of the intention to cancellation during the exam's qualifications proof of practical part 1 day ago.

2. in the case of learners, referred to in article 1. 44zzzb paragraph 1. 3 point 1 to 3, the information referred to in paragraph 1. 1, Director of the District Board passes through the Director of the school, the Director of the facility, referred to in article 14(2). 2 paragraph 3a, employer or entity carrying out the professional course qualification referred to in article 2. Br.68A paragraph 1. 2. the Director of the school, the Director of the facility, referred to in article 14(2). 2 paragraph 3a, the employer or the operator of a professional course qualification referred to in article 2. Br.68A paragraph 1. 2, it shall immediately communicate this information during, and in the case of a student referred to in article 2. 44zzzb paragraph 1. 3 point 1-the student or his parents.

3. the Examinee, and, in the case of a student referred to in article 2. 44zzzb paragraph 1. 3 point 1-a student or his or her parents have the right to request access to the dossier on the basis of which she is a Director of the Board intends to cancel part of the practical exam attesting competence in the profession. The request shall be submitted to the Regional Director of the Board within 2 working days from the date of receipt of the written information referred to in paragraph 1. 1.4. Within 7 days from the date of receipt of the request referred to in paragraph 1. 3, District Director of the Board, and in the case of a student during a allows, as referred to in article 1. 44zzzb paragraph 1. 3 point 1-the student or his parents, read the documentation and clarifications on this issue, in that place and time.

5. the Director of the District Board shall decide on cancellation of the practical part of the exam attesting competence in the profession, within 14 days from the date of receipt of the application: 1), referred to in paragraph 1. 3 or 2) closing date for the submission of the application referred to in paragraph 1. 3.6. She is a Director of the Board passes during, and in the case of a student referred to in article 2. 44zzzb paragraph 1. 3 point 1-the student or his parents, written notice of the cancellation of the practical part of the exam attesting competence in the profession, and the reasons for it. The provision of paragraph 1. 2 shall apply mutatis mutandis.

7. the Examinee, and, in the case of a student referred to in article 2. 44zzzb paragraph 1. 3 point 1-the student or his parents, within 3 working days from the date of receipt of the cancellation of the information referred to in paragraph 1. 6, can make to the Director of the Central Examination Commission, through the Director of the District Board, to the decision of the Director of the District Board.

8. Reservations referred to in paragraph 1. 7, together with the necessary documentation to their consideration, the Regional Director of the Board shall, not later than the next working day from the date of receipt of the objection, the Director of the Central Commission for the navigation of the Board, unless the Regional Director of the Board will take into account the objections made by the examinee, and, in the case of a student referred to in article 2. 44zzzb paragraph 1. 3 point 1-a student or his parents.

9. the Director of the Central Commission for the navigation of the Board shall consider the reservations referred to in paragraph 1. 7, within 7 days from the date of receipt of the reservation along with the documentation required for their consideration. The decision of the Director of the Central Commission for the navigation of the Board is final and shall not be used on a complaint to the administrative court.

10. In the absence of the possibility during a transfer referred to in article 2. 44zzzb paragraph 1. 3 paragraphs 1-3 and, in the case of a student referred to in article 2. 44zzzb paragraph 1. 3 point 1-the student or his parents, the information referred to in paragraph 1. 1, the principal of the school, the Director of the facility, referred to in article 14(2). 2 paragraph 3a, the employer or the operator of a professional course qualification referred to in article 2. Br.68A paragraph 1. 2, it shall immediately inform the Director of the regional examining Board which, within 7 days from the date of receipt of this information, decides about the cancellation of the practical part of the exam attesting competence in the profession. In case of cancellation of the Regional Director of the Board shall communicate, through the Director of the school, the Director of the facility, referred to in article 14(2). 2 paragraph 3a, employer or entity carrying out the professional course qualification referred to in article 2. Br.68A paragraph 1. 2, written notice of the revocation and the reasons for, during, and in the case of a student referred to in article 2. 44zzzb paragraph 1. 3 point 1-the student or his parents. The provisions of paragraph 1. 3 and 4 shall apply mutatis mutandis.

11. In the absence of acknowledgement of receipt by the examinee, referred to in article 1. 44zzzb paragraph 1. 3 points 4 and 5, the information referred to in paragraph 1. 1, Director of the District Board shall decide on cancellation of the practical part of the exam attesting competence in the profession. In case of cancellation of the Regional Director of the Board shall transmit a written notice of cancellation of an ago during. The provisions of paragraph 1. 3 and 4 shall apply mutatis mutandis.

12. In the case referred to in paragraph 1. 10, and in the case of the examinee, referred to in article 1. 44zzzb paragraph 1. 3 point 1-the student or his parents may bring to the Director of the Central Examination Commission, through the Director of the District Board, to the settlement of the District Director, the Board shall, within 3 working days from the date of receipt of the information) about the cancellation, referred to in paragraph 1. 10, or 2) familiarize yourself with the documentation and to the explanations referred to in paragraph 1. 3 and 4.

13. The reservations referred to in paragraph 1. 12, paragraph 1. 8 and 9 shall apply mutatis mutandis.

14. a certificate proving eligibility as referred to in article 2. 44zzzo paragraph 1. 3, District Director of the Board it appears after the decision on the cancellation, if as a result of this settlement has not been voided part of the practical exam, certifying the qualifications in the profession of the examinee has fulfilled the examinee and the conditions referred to in article 1. 44zzzo paragraph 1. 2.15. In the case of cancellation of the practical part of the exam attesting competence in the profession of the examinee, Director of the District Board shall determine the result of the practical part of the exam as "0%".



Article. 44zzzr. [Reservations, examinee student and his parents] 1. Examinee, and, in the case of a student referred to in article 2. 44zzzb paragraph 1. 3 point 1-the student or his parents within two working days of carrying out: 1) part of the written exam, certifying the qualifications in the profession, 2) practical part of the exam attesting competence in the profession, of which only the final result of the task or test task is documentation-may make reservations, together with the reasons therefor to the Director of the District Board, if they consider that, in the course of the exam has been infringed provisions concerning his conduct.

2. the Director of the District Board shall consider the reservations referred to in paragraph 1. 1, within 7 days from the date of its receipt and shall inform, in writing and in the case of the examinee, referred to in article 1. 44zzzb paragraph 1. 3 point 1-a student or his parents, about the result.

3. the Examinee, and, in the case of a student referred to in article 2. 44zzzb paragraph 1. 3 point 1-the student or his parents, within 3 working days from the date of receipt of the information about the outcome of the decision referred to in paragraph 1. 2, can make to the Director of the Central Examination Commission, through the Director of the District Board, to the decision of the Director of the District Board.

4. Reservations referred to in paragraph 1. 3, along with the documentation required for their consideration of the Regional Director of the Board shall, not later than the next working day from the date of receipt of the objection, the Director of the Central Commission for the navigation of the Board, unless the Regional Director of the Board will take into account the objections made by the examinee, and, in the case of a student referred to in article 2. 44zzzb paragraph 1. 3 point 1-a student or his parents.

5. the Director of the Central Examination Commission shall consider the reservations referred to in paragraph 1. 3, within 7 days from the date of their filing. The decision of the Director of the Central Commission for the navigation of the Board is final and shall not be used on a complaint to the administrative court.

6. in the case of infringement of the provisions concerning the conduct of an examination certifying the qualifications in the profession, as a result of the reservations referred to in paragraph 1. 1, or from the Office of the Regional Director of the Board, in consultation with the Director of the Central Commission for the navigation of the Board, may invalidate the exam portion of the evidence of qualifications in the profession and order her perform again, if a violation could affect the outcome of this examination.

7. In the case referred to in paragraph 1. 5, the Director of the Central Commission for the navigation of the Board may cancel a part of confirmation exam qualifications in the profession and order her perform again, if a violation could affect the result of the exam. About the allotment of Director of the Central Examination Commission shall inform the Director of the District Board.

8. in the cases referred to in paragraph 1. 6 and 7, annulment may be in respect of all learners, learners in different schools, institutions, referred to in article 1. 2 paragraph 1. 3A, employers or in entities carrying out vocational qualification referred to in article 1. Br.68A paragraph 1. 2, and also in relation to individual learners.


9. in the event of inability to determine the results of that part of the examination confirming the qualifications in the profession, because of the disappearance or destruction of an evaluation card or work and exam answer cards, Director of the District Board, in consultation with the Director of the Central Examination Commission, revoked the qualifications of a certifying exam part of the examinee and manages its reuse.

10. The term of carrying out confirmatory exam again qualified in the profession establishes the Central Director of the Board.



Article. 44zzzs. [in the case of the practical exam, certifying the qualifications of the profession] 1. In the case of the practical part of the exam attesting competence in the profession, which is the result of the final task or test task is the product or service and, in the case of the examinee, referred to in article 1. 44zzzb paragraph 1. 3 point 1-the student or his parents may report to the Director of the regional Board's objections and the reasons for it, if they consider that, in the course of the practical part of the exam attesting competence in the profession have been violated its provisions. Objections and the reasons therefor shall be notified within two working days from the date of carrying out the practical part of the exam attesting competence in the profession.

2. in the case referred to in paragraph 1. 1, Director of the regional examining Board asks the President of the testing team to provide explanations concerning the objections lodged.

3. the provisions of article 3. 44zzzr paragraph 1. 2-8 and 10 shall apply mutatis mutandis.



Article. 44zzzt [the right to inspect the response cards and card evaluation] 1. Examinee, and, in the case of a student referred to in article 2. 44zzzb paragraph 1. 3 point 1-a student or his or her parents have the right to access to: 1) card answers – in the case of written confirmation exam qualifications in the profession, 2) of the Charter the evaluation in the case of practical part of the exam attesting competence in the profession is in a place and time designated by the Regional Director of the Board, within a period of 6 months from the date of issue by the regional examining board a certificate of qualification in the profession, or information about the results of the confirmatory examination qualifications in the profession referred to in article 1. 44zzzo paragraph 1. 3. If the only result of the final examination of the task in the practical part of the exam attesting competence in the profession is documentation, and, in the case of the examinee, referred to in article 1. 44zzzb paragraph 1. 3 point 1-a student or his or her parents have the right to access to this documentation.

2. When you make the inspection referred to in paragraph 1. 1, during, and in the case of a student referred to in article 2. 44zzzb paragraph 1. 3 point 1-the student or his parents, an opportunity to get acquainted with the principles of evaluating solutions to the tasks referred to in article 1. 9A paragraph 1. 2 (2).

3. the Examinee, and, in the case of a student referred to in article 2. 44zzzb paragraph 1. 3 point 1-the student or his parents may ask for a verification of the sum of the points referred to in article 1. 44zzzo paragraph 1. 1. the application and the reasons therefor shall be submitted to the Regional Director of the Board within 2 working days from the date of inspection.

4. Verification of the sum of points shall be made within 7 days from the date of receipt of the application referred to in paragraph 1. 3. The Director of the District Board shall inform, in writing and in the case of the examinee, referred to in article 1. 44zzzb paragraph 1. 3 point 1-a student or his parents, about the result of the verification of the sum of points, within 14 days from the date of receipt of the request referred to in paragraph 1. 3.6. If, as a result of the carried out verification of the total points was elevated, District Director of the Board shall fix a new exam result confirming qualification in profession and: 1) issue the certificate confirming qualification in profession, if the examinee has fulfilled the conditions of article 81(3). 44zzzo paragraph 1. 2 or 2) cancels the previous certificate qualification in the profession and issues a new certificate attesting certification.



Article. 44zzzu [the right to accede to the confirmation exam qualifications in the profession in the next dates] 1. Referred to in article examinee. 44zzzb paragraph 1. 3 point 1:1) which has not proceeded to an examination certifying the qualifications of the profession or of the relevant part of this examination within the prescribed period, or 2) that part of the written or practical part of the exam attesting competence in the profession has been cancelled, or 3) which was not required for the examination confirming the qualifications in the profession the number of points from a given part of this exam-has the right to proceed to an examination certifying the qualifications of the profession or of the relevant part of this exam in the following dates for its conduct in the course of the study.

2. Examinee, referred to in article 1. 44zzzb paragraph 1. 3 points 2 and 3:1) which has not proceeded to an examination certifying the qualifications of the profession or of the relevant part of this examination within the prescribed period, or 2) that part of the written or practical part of the exam attesting competence in the profession has been cancelled, or 3) which was not required for the examination confirming the qualifications in the profession the number of points from a given part of this exam-has the right to proceed to an examination certifying the qualifications of the profession or of the relevant part of this exam in the subsequent periods of its carrying out except that in the case where the proceeds to an examination certifying the competence in the profession or a part thereof, for the third time or another, it seems this exam or part thereof on the basis of specified for examinations, in accordance with the regulations issued on the basis of article. 10 paragraph 1. 5, except that the examinee does not apply to the list of professions referred to in article 2. 10 paragraph 1. 6.3. Referred to in article examinee. 44zzzb paragraph 1. 3 points 4 and 5, which proceeded to an examination certifying the qualifications in the profession and gained from one part of the exam that is required to view the number of points, has the right to proceed to this part of the exam, certifying the qualifications of the profession in the next dates his conduct over a period of 5 years from the date on which you signed up for this exam the first time.

4. After the expiration of 5 years from the date on which the first examinee: 1) joined evidence exam qualifications in the profession and gained from one part of the exam that is required to view the number of points, 2) which part of the written or practical part of the exam attesting competence in the profession has been cancelled, or 3) has not signed up for part of the written or practical part of the exam certifying the qualifications of the profession within the prescribed period-the examinee shall proceed to an examination certifying the qualifications of the profession to the full extent.



Article. 44zzzv. [Delegation] proper Minister of education and upbringing shall determine, by regulation, conditions and manner of the examination confirming the qualifications in the profession, including: 1) the scope of the data that should contain a declaration of accession to the confirmation exam qualifications in the profession, and the procedure for submission of the Declaration, 2) the scope and timing of the transfer to the Director of the regional Board of the information necessary to carry out an examination certifying the qualifications in the profession including the information contained in the declarations referred to in article 1. 44zzzg, 3) mode to issue the opinion referred to in article 14(2). 44zzzf paragraph 1. 6, 4) the composition of the teams referred to in article 1. 44zzzi paragraph 1. 4, 5) specific tasks of the President of the team and test supervisory teams referred to in article 1. 44zzzi, examiners and examiners in the field of practical part of the exam attesting competence in the profession, and the teachers involved in carrying out an examination certifying the qualifications in the profession, 6) the scope of information that shall be shown in the accounts referred to in article 1. 44zzzi paragraph 1. 6, 7) the treatment of egzaminacyjnymi materials delivered to schools, establishments referred to in article 1. 2 paragraph 3a, employers, vocational courses qualifying operators referred to in article 1. Br.68A paragraph 1. 2, including reporting mode, 8) Organization and conduct of every part of confirming the exam qualifications in the profession, the practice in States of emergency or abrupt interruption of the course exam attesting competence in the profession, the examination confirming the qualifications of the profession in a place other than a school, institution, referred to in article 14(2). 2 paragraph 3a, the employer or the entity carrying out the professional course qualification referred to in article 2. Br.68A paragraph 1. 2, due to the State of health of the examinee or his disability, 9) hold the work learners and documentation certifying exam qualifications in the profession, 10) the scope of the information contained in the application referred to in article 1. 44zzzl paragraph 1. 4, the deadline for submission of this request and the grant and extension of authority to schools, training establishments referred to in article 1. 2 paragraph 3a, employers and operators vocational qualification referred to in article 1. Br.68A paragraph 1. 2, 11) persons who are not part of the test team and do not participate in carrying out an examination certifying the qualifications in the profession, which may be present in the examination room during the exam, including those who may be present as observers during the confirmation exam qualifications in the profession,


12) the amount of fees charged for certifying exam qualifications in the profession carried out for students – young workers referred to in the rules pursuant to article 114. 191 § 3 and article. section 195 of the code work, and for adults, referred to in article 1. 44zzzb paragraph 1. 3, paragraph 4, and the ability to release people on low incomes from all or part of the fees for the examination confirming qualification in profession and the mode of dismissal – taking into account the need to ensure the proper organisation and conduct of appropriate documentation certifying exam qualifications in the profession, in the composition of the teams referred to in article 1. 44zzzi paragraph 1. 4, at least one person employed in another school or at the facility, referred to in article 14(2). 2 paragraph 3a, provide an opportunity for consultation referred to in article 2. 44zzzt paragraph 1. 1, and that the amount of the fee for the examination confirming the qualifications in the profession may not be higher than the cost of performing this exam.



Article. 44zzzw. [message on the list of Olympiads and tournaments] proper Minister of education and upbringing in the public information Bulletin announces the message on the list of Olympiads carried out with the item or items covered by secondary examination or graduation exam, as well as tournaments or thematic Olympiads associated with the selected subject or area of knowledge, entitling up to: 1) exemption from accession to the parts of the test , the scope or the level of the relevant part of the exam, the exam of matriculation subject or part of the written exam, certifying the qualifications in the profession, 2) taking the winners and finalists of the Olympics or tournaments in the first place to the schools listed in the article. 20 d-not later than 2 years before the date of their conduct.



Article. 44zzzx. [exclusion of application of the provisions of the Act] provisions of chapter 3b does not apply to children and adolescents with mental retardation in the deep.



Chapter 4 Social authorities in the education system Article. 45. [National Council of Educational] 1. The Minister competent for education and upbringing can operate the National Council for Educational, hereinafter referred to as the "National Council", which is the consultative body of social and wnioskodawczym in matters of education.

2. The National Council creates the proper minister of education and upbringing at the request of the provincial educational councils representing at least 1/4 of the States.

3. The National Council: 1) shall draw up and submit to the Minister the appropriate educational and education projects in educational policy of the State, including proposals for the participation of the budgetary outlay on education in a split national income;

2) deliver its opinion on the budget bill in the section on education and shall deliver its opinion to the competent committees of the Senate and done;

3) give its opinion on the criteria for allocation of resources which are at the disposal of the proper Minister of education and upbringing, for education;

4) deliver its opinion on the concept of education, including the teaching plans of the existing and the scope of the framework programme basis;

5) deliver its opinion on the draft legislation relating to education;

6) delivers an opinion on other matters concerning education, presented by the proper Minister of education and upbringing.

4. The National Council can occur with proposals on education affairs directly to the primates and the Central Government.

Article. 46. [the composition of the National Council of] 1. In the composition of the National Council shall consist of representatives of the provincial councils, one on each provincial Council and one representative of the Central Trade Union structures, bringing together teachers.

2. the term of Office of the National Council takes 3 years.

3. The National Council shall adopt rules of procedure for its activities, and shall elect a Chairman.

4. The National Council may set up permanent and ad hoc committees.

5. the Administrative Support of the National Council provides the proper minister of education and upbringing.

Article. 47. [the Council for Art Education] 1. At the request of the representatives of the art schools, the creative and artistic environments, the proper minister of culture and national heritage protection can create the Council for Art Education, a consultative body of social and wnioskodawczym in matters of education.

2. The Council for Art Education, operating rules shall apply mutatis mutandis the provisions of article 4. paragraph 45. 3 and 4 and articles. paragraph 46. 2-5.

3. other Ministers leading the school or facility may also appoint a subordinate Council of education and determine the scope of and rules for their operation.

Article. 48. [Educational Council Tasks] 1. The body representing government entities may establish an Education Council, acting at the same time.

2. The tasks of the educational Council: 1) the educational needs in the area of operation of the central unit of local government and the preparation of projects to meet them;

2) estimating the budget of the local government units in the section on expenditure on education;

3) reviewing public network projects and schools;

4) reviewing local legislation projects in educational matters;

5) expression of opinions and proposals in other matters relating to education.

3. the competent authority of the Government entities is required to submit educational projects the acts referred to in paragraph 1. 2 paragraph 2-4.

Article. 49. [Task of the authority concerned government entities] the authority referred to in article 2. paragraph 48. 1, shall be: 1) composition and selection rules for the members of the Council of education;

2) rules of the Council action.

Article. 50. [the Council of the school or facility] 1. In schools and institutions can work the Council schools and outlets.

2. the Council of the school or institution participates in solving of the Interior of the school or facility, as well as: 1) shall adopt the statutes of the school or facility;

2) deliver its opinion on the draft financial plan for the school or facility;

3) can occur to the body holding the pedagogical supervision over the school or facility with the conclusions of the study and an evaluation of the activities of the school or facility, its Director or other teacher employed at the school or facility; These findings have binding authority;

4) deliver its opinion on the work plan of the school or facility, innovation projects and pedagogical experiments and other matters relevant to the school or facility;

5) on its own initiative, shall assess the situation and the status of the school or facility and with the conclusions of the Director, the pedagogical Council, the leading school or facility and to provincial educational Council, and in particular the organisation of the activities referred to in article 1. 64 paragraph 1. 1 paragraphs 2, 5 and 6.

3. in order to support the activities of the registered office of the school or school board or institution may collect funds from voluntary contributions and other sources. The rules for spending the funds of the Council of the school or institution determines the terms and conditions referred to in article 2. paragraph 51. 5. 51. [School Board or institution] 1. The School Board or, subject to the provisions of paragraph 2. 1A-1 c, in equal numbers: 1) teachers elected by the General teachers;

2) parents elected by the General parent;

3) students elected by the public.

1a. the School Council or are not students kindergartens, primary schools, excluding schools for adults as well as students of special schools and institutions for children and youth with mental retardation in a moderate, severe or profound, and students of schools and establishments referred to in the rules pursuant to article 114. 55 paragraph 1. 6.1b. In the secondary for children and young people participated in the Council of students of the school is not compulsory.

1 c. in schools and institutions referred to in the rules pursuant to article 114. paragraph 53. 6 participation in the Council of parents of the school or institution is not compulsory.

2. the Council should count at least 6 people.

3. the members of the Council or school check Mode Specifies the statutes of the school or facility. The statutes of the school or institution may provide for the extension of the composition of the Council to other persons than those mentioned in paragraph 1. 1.4. The term of Office of the Council of the school or institution lasts 3 years. The statutes of the school or facility may authorize the making of annual changes in one third of the composition of the Council.

5. the Council shall adopt its rules of procedure or school activities and elect a Chairman. Council meetings are recorded.

5a. The rules referred to in paragraph 1. 5, can be certain types of cases in which handling do not participate representatives of the students.

6. in the meetings of the Council of the school or facility may take part, in an advisory, the principal of the school or facility.

7. To participate in the meetings of the Council of the school or facility may be invited by the President, with the consent or at the request of the Council, other people in an advisory.

8. The Council schools or branches can communicate with each other in determining the rules and the scope of cooperation.

9. The emergence of the School Council or school director organizes or on its own initiative or at the request of the Council of the parents and, in the case of secondary schools and secondary schools and also at the request of the local government project.

10. the provisions of paragraph 1 of art schools. 1A-1 c and 9 shall apply mutatis mutandis.

Article. 52. [Delegation] 1. The Council of the school or facility not be appointed in schools and institutions, in which due to the specificity of the organisation of work and tasks, it is not possible to determine the constant representation of parents or students, referred to in article 14(2). paragraph 51. 1 point 2 and 3.

2. In schools or institutions, in which the Council has not been established, the task of the Council carries out pedagogical Council.

Article. 53. [the Council of parents] 1. In schools and institutions, subject to the provisions of paragraph 2. 6, parents Council, which generally represent the pupils ' parents.

2. the composition of the Councils of parents includes: 1) in schools – one representative of branch councils, elected in a secret election by the meeting of the parents of the students of the branch;


2) in healthcare facilities-at least seven representatives, chosen in secret election by the meeting of the parents of the students of the institution;

3) art schools – at least seven representatives, chosen in secret election by the meeting of the pupils ' parents of the school.

3. In the elections referred to in paragraph 1. 2, one student represents a single parent. The election shall be carried out at the first meeting of the parents at each school year.

4. the Council shall adopt its rules of the parents, which specifies in particular: 1) internal structure and mode of operation of the Council;

2) detailed methods of elections to the Councils referred to in paragraph 1. 2 points 1-3, and representatives of branch councils referred to in paragraph 1. 2 (1), the Council of parents up the school or facility.

5. The Council of parents can communicate with each other in determining the rules and the scope of cooperation.

6. The proper Minister of education and upbringing, and, in the case of schools and artistic establishments proper minister of culture and protection of national heritage, shall determine, by regulation, types of schools and educational establishments that do not have a rad parents, having regard to the organisation of the school or facility or the impossibility of direct participation in their activities the representation of parents.

Article. 54. [Council Activities parents] 1. Parents ' Council can occur to the Director and other bodies of the school or facility, the body leading the school or facility and the authority holding the pedagogical supervision with the conclusions and opinions in all matters of the school or facility.

2. The competence of the Council of the parents, subject to the provisions of paragraph 2. 3 and 4:1) to adopt, in consultation with the Council of teaching: a) of school care covering all content and educational activities addressed to the students by the teacher.

(b) prevention program) tailored to the developmental needs of students and the needs of your environment, including all the content and activities of preventive nature aimed at students, teachers and parents;

2) reviewing the program and timetable for improving the efficiency of education and upbringing of the school or facility referred to in article 2. paragraph 34. 2;

3) reviewing the draft financial plan deposited by the Director of the school.

3. In schools, in which education is not carried out, it does not establish a prevention program, referred to in paragraph 1. 2 (1) (a). (b). 4. If the Council of parents within 30 days from the date of the start of the school year does not obtain an agreement with the Council of teaching on the program, referred to in paragraph 1. 2 (1) (a). (a) or (b), it shall be determined in consultation with the Director of the school pedagogical surveillance authority. The program will be determined by the principal of the school is valid until the adoption of the programme by the Council in consultation with the parents Council teaching.

5. schools and establishments that do not have a parent councils, programmes, referred to in paragraph 1. 2 paragraph 1 shall establish pedagogical Council.

6. The programmes referred to in paragraph 1. 2, paragraph 1, shall not be shown in schools for adults.

7. In schools and public facilities to be carried out by legal persons, other than the units of local government or by private individuals as well as in schools and private institutions programmes, referred to in paragraph 1. 2, paragraph 1, shall be fixed as indicated in the body of the Charter school or facility.

8. in order to support the activities of the registered office of the school or institution, the Council of parents can collect the funds from the voluntary contributions of parents and other sources. The principle of spending funds parents Council specifies the terms and conditions referred to in article 2. paragraph 53. 4. 55. [Student Government] 1. At school and submitted to the Student Council works, hereinafter referred to as "the Government".

2. The local government formed by all the students of the school or facility.

3. the rules and operation of the bodies of local Government determines the set of regulations adopted by the General student vote equal, secret, and universal. Local government authorities are the only representatives of the general public.

4. the rules of local government may not be in conflict with the statutes of the school or facility.

5. a local government may submit to the Council the school or facility, the pedagogical Council and Director of the conclusions and opinions in all matters of the school or facility, in particular concerning the implementation of the fundamental rights of students, such as: 1) the right to refer to the curriculum, with its content, purpose and required;

2) the right to express and an assessment of the progress in science and behaviour;

3) right to the Organization of school life, to preserve the appropriate proportion between the effort and the school develop and meet their own interest;

4) drafting and issuing of the school newspaper;

5) the right of organizing cultural activities, sports, entertainment and education in accordance with their own needs and organizational capacities, in consultation with the Director;

6) the right to choose a teacher acting as supervisor.

6. The proper Minister of education and upbringing shall determine, by regulation, types of schools and educational establishments, which creates a local project with a view to use in school or special service learning organization and working methods, as well as for educational reasons, care and correctional facilities.

7. The local government school for adult or continuing education facility, in order to support the activities of the registered office of the school or institution can collect funds from voluntary contributions and other sources. The principle of spending these funds specifies the terms and conditions referred to in paragraph 1. 3. 56. [Scout Organisations] 1. In high school, and the facility can operate, with the exception of parties and political organisations, associations and other organizations, and, in particular, the Scout organisations, statutory educational activity is aimed at extending and enriching educational activities or, educational and institutional school or facility.

2. activities in the school or facility by an association or other organisation referred to in paragraph 1. 1, requires the consent of the Director of the school or facility, expressed after the prior agreement of the conditions and following a favourable opinion of the Council or of the Council and school parents.

3. In schools and institutions referred to in the rules pursuant to article 114. paragraph 53. 6 and in schools and institutions, in which the Council was not created a school or institution shall not apply the requirement to obtain a favourable opinion from the Council, respectively the school or facility and the parents Council, referred to in paragraph 1. 2. 57. [Off]. 50-53. 54 paragraph 1. 1-6 and 8 and article. 55 and 56 do not apply to schools and public facilities to be carried out by legal persons, other than the units of local government or by private individuals as well as schools and private institutions.



Chapter 5 the organisation of training, education and health care in schools and public facilities Article. 58. [the memorandum public school] 1. School or public service, it is assumed on the basis of the memorandum that specifies its type, name and registered office.

2. The memorandum public school, which is compulsory education, in addition to the data referred to in paragraph 1. 1 also determines its territorial scope (circumference), and in particular the name of the village (in the cities of street names or parts of them) belonging to its circuit, and in the case of the primary school also subordinated to its organizationally school has subsidiaries. Public school led by a natural person or a legal person other than the unit of local Government shall not, unless the person performing with such a request.

2A. There shall be established a special schools circuit integration schools, bilingual schools, schools for national minorities and ethnic communities who speak a regional language, schools, sports schools, sports championships, artistic schools, schools in correctional facilities and shelters for minors and schools at prisons and prisons.

3. the establishment of a school or public facility by a legal person other than the regional or local authorities, or a natural person requires the authorisation of the competent authority of the Government entities, whose task is to carry out public institutions or schools of the type, and in the case of art schools-permit proper Minister of culture and protection of national heritage.

4. the application for authorisation referred to in paragraph 1. 3, composed together with the draft of the memorandum and articles of Association; the application also contains the data necessary to enter school or facility to the national official registry of entities of the national economy. Application shall be submitted not later than 30 September of the year preceding the year in which you want to run the school or facility. This time limit may be extended with the consent of the appropriate authority of government entities referred to in paragraph 1. 3, or the proper Minister of culture and protection of national heritage.

5. The proper Minister of education and upbringing, and in relation to the art schools-the proper minister of culture and national heritage protection shall determine, by regulation, the detailed rules and conditions for the grant of and the withdrawal of authorisation for the establishment of a school or public facility, so as to create public schools by legal and natural persons conducive to improving education, and preferably a complementary network of public schools in the area.

6. the authority or a person referred to in article 1. 5 paragraph 1. 2, providing a school or service signs the instrument of incorporation and the first statutes.

7. The instrument of Constitution, and the statutes of the school or public facility shall be sent to the competent education curator and other authorities competent to exercise supervision on the pedagogical school or facility.


Article. 59. [the liquidation of public school] 1. Public school, subject to the provisions of paragraph 2. 1A and 2, can be liquidated at the end of the school year by the leading school after pupils by ability to continue learning in another public school of the same type, as well as education at the same or a similar profession. Body is obliged, at least 6 months before the date of liquidation, notify its intention to the liquidation of the school: pupils ' parents (in the case of schools for adults-students), proper education Superintendent and executive body of the Government entities responsible for the conduct of schools of this type.

1a. in the establishment of magistrates ' or a shelter for minors and school at the prison or remand may be abolished at any time after providing students with opportunities to continue learning in another school.

2. A school or public facility run by a unit of local government may be liquidated, after consulting the authority holding the pedagogical supervision and school or public facility run by the other legal or natural person-with the consent of the authority which granted the authorisation of her assumption.

2A. (repealed).

2B. (repealed).

3. Documentation of the public school teacher authority shall be decommissioned, with the exception of teaching course documentation, which shall be communicated to the authority of the sprawującemu pedagogical supervision, within a period of one month from the date of completion of the liquidation.

4. Documentation of the decommissioned school or public facility run by the legal or natural person, shall be forwarded to the competent authority of the Government entities referred to in article 2. 58 paragraph 1. 3. The provisions of paragraph 1. 1-4 shall apply mutatis mutandis to the public institutions, with the exception of condition of liquidation at the end of the school year.

6. the provisions of paragraphs 1 and 2. 1-5. 58 shall apply mutatis mutandis in the case of the transformation of the school or facility.

7. the host school or establishment can move in a specified occupation from the school or facility to another school of the same type or any other establishments of the same kind carried out by the authority, after notice, at least 6 months before the date of transfer, the curator of education and the pupils ' parents and, in the case of schools for adults-students.

8. The provisions of paragraph 1. 1 to 5 shall not apply in the case of a transfer by the local Governments conduct school or public establishments of a non-government entity legal person or a natural person.

9. The transfer referred to in paragraph 1. 8, is synonymous with the decommissioning of the existing organizational-legal forms of the school or institution, within the meaning of the provisions of the Act of 30 June 2005 on public finances (Journal of laws No. 249, item 2104, as amended).

10. the public body a different form of pre-primary education can transform into this form of public kindergarten. To transform the provisions of paragraph 1 shall not apply. 1-6. The provisions of article 4. 58 shall apply mutatis mutandis.

Article. 59A. [Authorization to conduct pre-primary education] 1. A legal person other than the regional or local authorities, or a natural person carrying out pre-primary education in public forms referred to in the rules pursuant to article 114. 14A paragraph 6. 7, requires the authorisation of the competent municipality due to the place of these forms. The provisions of article 4. 58 paragraph 1. 3-7, art. 59 and 60 shall apply mutatis mutandis, except that the application for authorization shall be accompanied by the Statute of the Organization project project instead of educating pre-school, which is to be implemented in a form.

2. A legal person other than a Government entity or a natural person who carries on a public kindergarten or elementary school, pre-primary education in public forms referred to in the rules pursuant to article 114. 14A paragraph 6. 7, requires ALTER permission on the establishment of appropriate kindergarten or elementary school. The provisions of article 4. 58 paragraph 1. 3-5. 59 shall apply mutatis mutandis, except that the request for amendment of the authorisation of the project instead of the Statute of the organisation pre-primary education project, which is to be implemented in a form.

3. The transformation of the public form, referred to in the rules pursuant to article 114. 14A paragraph 6. 7, led by a legal person other than a Government entity or natural person, in public kindergarten requires a change of authorisation for assumption of this form. The provisions of article 4. 58 paragraph 1. 3 to 5 shall apply mutatis mutandis, except that the request for amendment of an authorisation shall be accompanied by the draft statute of the nursery.

Article. 60. [the Statute of the school or public facility] 1. The statutes of the school or public facility should specify, in particular: 1) the name and type of school or institution and their goals and objectives;

2) body school or establishment;

3) school authorities or institutions and their powers;

4) the organisation of the school or facility;

5) the scope of the tasks of the teachers and other employees of the school or facility;

6) (repealed);

7) the rights and obligations of pupils, including cases in which a student may be removed from the list of students of the school.

2. The proper Minister of education and upbringing, and in relation to the schools and artistic institutions – the proper minister of culture and protection of national heritage, specify, by regulation, the statutes of the public institutions and schools framework, taking account, in particular, of the General rules for the organisation of the school or facility, as well as the ranges of issues that should be fixed in the statutes of the school or facility.

2A. (repealed).

3. the Superintendent, (a) in the case of schools and artistic establishments proper minister of culture and protection of national heritage, it can repeal the statutes of the school or the public service or some of its provisions if they are contrary to the law. The authority, which has given or passed the Statute, decisions of the Superintendent of education have the right to appeal to the proper Minister of education and upbringing.

4. (repealed).

Article. 61. [organizational structure of primary school] 1. Organizational structure of primary school includes grade I-VI.

2. in cases of justified by local conditions can be created covering the school part of the classes of primary school, the school has subsidiaries.

3. Educational activities in classes I to III elementary school are carried out in branches with no more than 25 students.

3A. [7] in the case of the adoption of the Office, for the period from start to finish classes to class I, II or III school, student and resident in the perimeter of the school, the principal of the school after having informed the Branch Office of the Council referred to in article 14(2). paragraph 53. 2, paragraph 1, the branch if the number of students is increased more than the number referred to in paragraph 1. 3.3b. [8] the Director may waive the allocation referred to in paragraph 1. 3A, by increasing the number of students in more than the number referred to in paragraph 1. 3 Branch Office at the request of the Council, referred to in article 14(2). paragraph 53. 2, paragraph 1, and after obtaining the consent of the authority.

3 c [9] the number of pupils in classes I-III elementary school may be increased by not more than 2 students.

3D [10] if the number of pupils in classes I-III elementary school will be increased in accordance with paragraph 1. 3B and 3 c in the school employs an Assistant teacher who supports teacher teaching classes, educational and caring in the Branch Office.

3E. [11], in which the number of students increased in accordance with paragraph 1. 3B and 3 c, can function with an increased number of students throughout the education phase.

4. the provision of paragraphs 1 and 2. 3 does not apply to departments in primary schools, integration branches in primary schools, in primary schools and special primary schools. The number of students in these departments shall determine the rules pursuant to article 114. 60 paragraph 1. 2. 62. [Zespół szkół] 1. Body of the various types of school or institution can put them together in a team. The connection does not affect the distinctiveness of education councils, councils of parents, school boards or school authorities and establishments of the individual schools or institutions, unless the Statute otherwise team.

1a. (repealed).

1B. (repealed).

1 c (repealed).

1 d. body can connect in a team led by myself of primary school by the kindergartens established in the area covered by the circumference of this school.

1E. the operator may integrate the team led by yourself nursery established in the area covered by the circumference of one elementary school.

2. the Director of the team is the principal of the school or facility within the meaning of the Act.

3. the creation of the band follows in article mode. 58, except that the memorandum requires the opinion of the teaching Council.

4. In the field of regulated differently in the statutes of the team shall be repealed the provisions laid down in the statutes of the combined schools or establishments.

5. Body band schools or facilities or schools and outlets may exclude from certain team or school facility, is to be incorporated into the team's other school or facility, and may fix the team. If schools or branches of the band and the provisions of article 4. 58 and 59 shall not apply.

5a. (repealed).

5b. primary school team in Connection with the high school requires a favourable opinion of the curator.


5 c. the Provision of paragraph 1. 5B does not apply to special schools, schools, bilingual schools, schools for national minorities and ethnic communities who speak a regional language, schools, sports, schools sports Championship, art schools, schools with special schools oddziałami integracyjnymi, schools with bilingual schools, offices for national minorities and ethnic communities who speak a regional language, schools, sports schools and with branches in medicinal entities , in social assistance, adult education, as well as schools, referred to in article 1. 5 paragraph 1. 3B. paragraph 35. 2A. The school may be combined into teams on the principles set out by the authority.

6. the creation of the band, consisting of the school or facility or school and carried out by different authorities, may take place after the conclusion of the agreement between the two bodies. The agreement should specify which bodies will perform the tasks of the authority leading, financing and the solution team.



Article. Tavern 62A. [the Centre of vocational and continuing training] 1. Body of the school for adults, the school's leading vocational training or duty referred to in article 1. 2 paragraph 3a, can put them together in a band called "the center of vocational and continuing training".

2. the center of vocational and continuing training should include at least one lead school vocational training.

3. the Centre of vocational training and continuing vocational training courses, as well as qualifying leads is taking action in the field of vocational guidance and information.

4. Center of vocational and continuing training works with employers and employers ' organisations.

Article. 63. [year] school year in all schools and institutions begins on 1 September of each year and ends – on 31 August of the following year.

Article. 64. [basic educational activities-educational school] 1. The basic forms of teaching and educational activities of the school are: 1) the mandatory educational activities, which include educational activities from the scope of the general education and training in the profession referred to in the rules pursuant to article 114. 22 paragraph 1. 2, paragraph 1, including practical apprenticeship and, in the case of art schools-art educational activities;

2) additional educational activities, which include: a) the modern foreign language classes other than the foreign language taught in mandatory education classes under modern, referred to in paragraph 1 (b)), for which there has been established a base, but teaching these classes has been incorporated into the school curriculum kit;

3) rewalidacyjne classes for students with disabilities;

4) activities conducted in the framework of the qualification vocational courses;

5) activities conducted in the framework of psycho-pedagogical assistance;

6) address the growing interest and ability of students.

1a. the educational activities-educational school educational activities are also referred to in the rules pursuant to article 114. 12 paragraph 1. 2, educational activities, referred to in the rules pursuant to article 114. 13. 3, and educational activities, referred to in the rules pursuant to article 114. 4. paragraphs 1 and 2. 3 of the law of 7 January 1993 on family planning, protection of the human foetus and conditions for the admissibility of interruption of pregnancy (OJ No 17, item 78, as amended), as specified in those provisions.

1B. Educational activities referred to in paragraph 1. 1 point 2, organizing Director of the school, with the approval of the authority of the leading school and pedagogical Council and Council after consultation with the parents.

2. The school may also engage in other than those mentioned in paragraph 1. 1 and 1a of the educational activities.

3. the Activities referred to in paragraph 1. 1 paragraphs 3, 5 and 6 may be carried out also with the participation of volunteers.

4. (repealed).

5. (repealed).

Article. 64A. [obligation to wear the uniform outfit] 1. The Director of the primary school, secondary school, secondary school and art school may, on its own initiative or at the request of the Council of the School Council, parents, pedagogical Council or local government project, with the consent of the Council, respectively, parents and pedagogical Council and where the initiative there was a school principal or by another entity than the Student Council is also after obtaining the opinion of the local government project, part worn by students in the school uniform attire.

2. the application referred to in paragraph 1. 1, the principal of the school shall examine within a period of not more than 3 months.

3. Model of single outfit, referred to in paragraph 1. 1, the principal of the school shall be determined in agreement with the Council of parents and after consultation of the pedagogical Council and local government project.

4. the Director of the school in which the compulsory wearing of the uniform by pupils, may in agreement with the parents Council and after consultation of the pedagogical Council specify situations in which being a pupil in the school does not require him to wear a uniform.

5. The provisions of paragraph 1. 1 to 4 shall not apply to schools that do not have a rad parents.

6. In schools, which does not have a duty to be worn by students of a single outfit, as well as in schools, referred to in paragraph 1. 5, the statutes of the school rules dress code students on school grounds.

7. The abolition of the obligation to be worn by students of a single outfit, shall apply mutatis mutandis the provisions of paragraph 1. 1 and 2.

Article. 65. (repealed).

Article. 66. [an individual program or course of science] 1. At the request of or with the consent of the parents or an adult Student Council, after consulting the Director of the school of pedagogy and psycho-pedagogical clinics to the public, including a specialized clinic, may allow the student to an individual program or science course and appoint a teacher-tutor. Refusal to grant authorisation occurs by way of an administrative decision.

1a. at the request of or with the consent of the parents or an adult student Director of the art school nierealizującej education, in consultation with the pedagogical Council, may authorize the student to an individual program or course of science being carried out accompanied by a teacher from the main subject of this student. Refusal to grant authorisation occurs by way of an administrative decision.

1B. The student responsible for the one-on-one learning is classified on the basis of the classification tests. Screening examinations are carried out in accordance with the provisions of article 8. 44l and regulations issued on the basis of article. 44zb, (a) in the case of educational activities carried out in the art school of art – in accordance with the regulations issued on the basis of article. 44zq. 2. The proper Minister of education and upbringing shall determine, by regulation, conditions and authorisation referred to in paragraph 1. 1, and the Organization of an individual program or course of study, taking into account the enabling students particularly gifted for the development of their talents and the completion of the school in short time.

3. The proper Minister of culture and national heritage protection shall determine, by regulation, conditions and authorisation referred to in paragraph 1. 1A, and the Organization of an individual program or course of study, taking into account the enabling students particularly gifted for the development of their talents and the completion of the school in short time.

Article. 67. [execution of statutory tasks] 1. To achieving the objectives of statutory public school should provide students with the opportunity to use learning spaces: 1) with all the necessary accessories;

2) library;

3) room;

4) Cabinet of preventive health care and assistance to przedlekarskiej;

5 team sports and leisure facilities);

6) administrative premises.

2. the requirements referred to in paragraph 2. 1 point 3-5 need not be satisfied in schools for adults.

3. Elementary school and lead school special education, referred to in article 14(2). 71B hand-held mouth. 1, shall ensure that the świetlicowe classes for students who remain in school longer because: 1) the working time of parents-at the request of the parents;

2) organisation of the driving directions to the school or other circumstances requiring care in school.

4. on the świetlicowych classes in elementary school and high school leading special education, referred to in article 14(2). 71B hand-held mouth. 1, under the care of one teacher may not be more than 25 students. In the case of the special schools, integration and integration and special public schools in the number of students in the classroom świetlicowych under the tutelage of one teacher corresponds to the number of pupils required for the Special Branch or inclusive, as defined in the rules pursuant to article 114. 60 paragraph 1. 2.5. Common room in elementary school and high school leading special education, referred to in article 14(2). 71B hand-held mouth. 1, provides świetlicowe activities, taking into account the educational needs and the development of children and young people, as well as their attitudes and, in particular, address the growing interest of students, to ensure the correct physical development and homework.

6. the provisions of paragraphs 1 and 2. 3-5 shall also apply to secondary schools, where there is a need to ensure classes świetlicowych.

Article. 24. [Organization of canteens] 1. In order to ensure the proper implementation of the caring tasks and, in particular, promote the proper development of the students, the school canteen can be arranged.

2. use of the food in the canteen is chargeable.

3. Conditions of use of school canteens, including fees for meals, the principal of the school shall be determined in agreement with the leading school.

4. fees for use by students with a meal in the canteen, referred to in paragraph 1. 3, no account is taken of compensation of employees and premiums from those wages and cost of living the canteen.


5. Body the school can release the parents or student from all or part of the fees referred to in paragraph 1. 3:1) in the event of particularly difficult circumstances;

2) in particularly justified cases.

6. Body may authorize the school to grant the exemptions referred to in paragraph 1. 5, the Director of the school, which was a cafeteria.

Article. 68. (repealed).

Article. Br.68A. [lifelong learning] 1. Lifelong learning is organized and conducted: 1) public and private schools for adults, 2) public and private schools of continuing education, practical training, retraining and further training centres, subject to the provisions of paragraph 2. 2.2. Qualifying vocational courses may be conducted by: 1) public schools leading vocational training – in terms of occupations, in which education and training areas for which they are attributed to these games;

2) non-public schools public school permissions leading vocational training – in terms of occupations, in which education and training areas for which they are attributed to these games;

3) public and private establishments and centres referred to in paragraph 1. 1 point 2;

4) labour market institutions referred to in article 1. 6 of the Act of 20 April 2004 on promotion of employment and labour market institutions (Journal of laws 2008 No. 69, item 415, with further amendments), training and educational activities;

5) educational activity operators referred to in article 14(2). 83A paragraph 1. 2.3. Lifelong learning can be conducted as a default or fixed, as well as with the use of methods and techniques of distance learning.

4. The Act does not apply to continuing education carried out on the basis of article. 83A paragraph 1. 2 and in the forms and manner specified in separate regulations, unless otherwise provided by special provision.

5. The proper Minister of education and upbringing shall determine by regulation: 1) types of public facilities and centres referred to in paragraph 1. 1 point 2, and their tasks, 2) conditions, the organisation and conduct of continuing education in school and the types of these forms, 3) the conditions for organizing and conducting professional courses qualifier by entities referred to in paragraph 1. 2, 4) ways to confirm the outcomes resulting from the completion of the training carried out in different forms out-5) specimens of the documents issued after the completion of the training carried out in the various forms of school, taking into account the possibility of assigning a confirmed outcomes when deciding whether further training in the forms out-and the need to adapt to the needs of lifelong learning and labour market conditions, ensure the availability of forms of lifelong learning to retool and get new skills as well as the inclusion of employers in the process of lifelong learning.

6. The regulation referred to in paragraph 1. 5, the proper minister of education and upbringing, may specify conditions and paying remuneration lifelong learning carried out in the forms of out-in public schools and centres referred to in paragraph 1. 1 point 2, so that the payment does not exceed the costs of education.

Article. 68B. [Accreditation] 1. Establishments and establishments referred to in article 1. Br.68A paragraph 1. 1 point 2, leading learning in the forms of school can obtain accreditation, which is confirmation of the fulfilment of specific requirements and provide high quality education to be carried out. Accreditation may include all or part of the training to be carried out.

2. Accreditation recognizes the Superintendent responsible for the premises of the facility or, by way of administrative decision issued after the team appointed by the Superintendent of education evaluating the activities of the institution or centre within the scope defined in paragraph 1. 3.3. Accreditation can get the facility or centre which: 1) provide base equipped with didactic tools;

2) employ qualified staff;

3) shall develop and provide methodical and didactical materials.

4. In a proceeding to obtain accreditation for the Superintendent also takes into account the results of pedagogical supervision supervision of the facility or centre.

5. the Superintendent, by way of administrative decision, may revoke accreditation if it finds non-compliance by the establishment or the conditions required to obtain accreditation.

6. An applicant for accreditation brings the fee.

7. the fees referred to in paragraph 1. 6, are the entities that carry out the whole of education free of charge.

8. the provisions of paragraphs 1 and 2. 1 to 7 shall also apply to non-public institutions to be carried out in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 8, educational activities, referred to in article 14(2). 83A paragraph 1. 2, as well as labour market institutions referred to in article 1. 6 of the Act of 20 April 2004 on promotion of employment and labour market institutions, training and educational activity.

9. The proper Minister of education and upbringing shall determine, by regulation, the detailed terms and conditions and for the granting and withdrawing of accreditation, the composition and modus operandi of the team referred to in paragraph 1. 2 and the conditions of remuneration of its members, the documents used in the procedure to obtain accreditation, as well as the amount and mode of payment of fees by applicants for accreditation.

10. the regulation referred to in paragraph 1. 9, should take into account in particular the implementation and dissemination of applicant entities for accreditation innovative solutions programmatically methodical and organizational, having an impact on the quality of the conducted training, participation in the Assembly of the representatives of the regional or District Office work and employers ' organisations, as well as to determine the amounts of the fees, so as to not exceed the amount of $ 760 waloryzowanej annually an average annual price index of consumer goods and services, set out in the budget law.

Article. 68c. (repealed).

Article. 68d. (repealed).

Article. 69. [Hufce Volunteer Work] 1. The task of educating and nurturing young people carry out Voluntary Work on the basis of organized Hufce also specified in separate regulations.

2. (repealed).

3. (repealed).

Article. 70. [Practical training] 1. Practical training can be done in continuing education, practical training, workshops, school classrooms, on employers, as well as in individual farms.

2. Practical training takes place at the entities referred to in paragraph 1. 1 on the basis of the contract between the school and the entity. The agreement should specify, in particular, how to bear the cost of implementing a practical apprenticeship.

3. The provisions of paragraph 1. 2 does not apply to practical apprenticeship organised by the school in its workshops and classrooms for the students of this school.

4. The proper Minister of education and upbringing, in consultation with the Minister responsible for Labour Affairs will determine, by regulation, conditions and mode of organizing practical apprenticeship in the workshop of the school, classrooms, as well as other entities referred to in paragraph 1. 1, given the scope of the matters that should be specified in the agreement referred to in paragraph 1. 2, including the rights and obligations of operators referred to in paragraph 1. 1, and the qualifications required of persons carrying out a practical apprenticeship and their permissions.

5. the provisions of paragraphs 1 and 2. 1, 2 and 4 shall apply mutatis mutandis to the young workers taking a practical apprenticeship in the framework of the preparation of the training. In the case of a juvenile employee agreement with an entity referred to in paragraph 1. 1, includes an employer who employs the juvenile.

6. The proper Minister of education and upbringing may enter into agreements with employers ' organisations, regional economic and other non-governmental organizations with a view to improving vocational training, in particular the implementation of a practical apprenticeship.

Article. 70A [Funding tasks] 1. The school's leading vocational training shall communicate to the employers, which is implemented in practical training in the form of apprenticeships, to cover and premiums paid employees for the performance of the duties of the guardian professional practice and paid social security contributions from them.

2. (repealed).

Article. 70B. [costs of Education Funding] 1. Employers who have concluded with juvenile employees contract of employment in order to prepare for vocational training, funding training costs if: 1), the employer or the person running the plant on behalf of the employer or the person employed, the employer has the qualification required to conduct the vocational preparation of adolescents referred to in the provisions on the preparation of vocational training young and their pay;

2) juvenile worker has completed apprenticeship or training to perform a specific job and passed the examination, in accordance with the provisions referred to in paragraph 1.

2. The amount of funding training costs of one juvenile worker shall be: 1) in the case of apprenticeship training period at £ 8081-of 36 months; If the period is less than 36 months, the amount of the grant shall be paid in proportion to the period of training;

2) in the case of vocational training to perform a specific job for $ 254 for each full month of training.

3. the grant referred to in paragraph 1. 2 subject to the valuation price index of consumer goods and services in General, if the indicator in the calendar year preceding the year in which the payment of grants, shall be at least 105%.


4. the indication referred to in paragraph 1. 3, President of the Central Statistical Office publishes in the official journal of the Republic of Poland "Polish Monitor" on the basis of the provisions of the pensions and the Veterans of the social security fund.

5. If the contract of employment in order to prepare for vocational training was terminated for reasons beyond the control of the employer, and the juvenile worker took apprenticeship under a contract of employment in order to prepare a professional at another employer is the amount for which funding is divided among all employers in proportion to the number of months of the apprenticeship. Funding is not entitled to the employer's agreement with which ago for a job in order to prepare for vocational training has been terminated due to the fault of the employer.

6. Funding recognizes the Mayor (Mayor, city President) because of the place of residence of the juvenile employee, by means of a decision, after finding that the conditions referred to in paragraph 1. 1.7. Funding shall be granted at the request of the employer made within 3 months from the date of sentence by juvenile employee of the examination referred to in paragraph 1. 1 point 2. The application shall be accompanied by: 1) copies of documents proving the fulfilment of the condition referred to in paragraph 1. 1 point 1;

2) a copy of the contract of employment of adolescents in preparation for an employee;

3) copy of a diploma or certificate, respectively, confirming the examination referred to in paragraph 1. 1 point 2, or a certificate attesting the sentence this exam.

8. Funding training costs of juvenile workers is financed from the Labour Fund.

9. the measures referred to in paragraph 1. 8, are submitted to the bank account of the extracted regional office.

10. The Governor received appropriations for funding training costs of juvenile workers passes on to extract the bank account of the municipality.

11. the financial support referred to in paragraph 1. 1, is the de minimis aid granted in accordance with the conditions laid down in Commission Regulation (EC) No 1407/13 of 18 December 2013 on the application of articles 87 and 107 and 108 of the Treaty on the functioning of the European Union to de minimis aid (OJ l. The EU L 352 of 24.12.2013, p. 1) or Commission Regulation (EU) No 1408/13 of 18 December 2013 on the application of articles 87 and 107 and 108 of the Treaty on the functioning of the European Union to de minimis aid in the agriculture sector (OJ. The EU L 352 of 24.12.2013, p. 9).

Article. 71. [Delegation] 1. The proper Minister of education and upbringing determines by regulation: 1) types and the detailed rules for the operation of public institutions referred to in article 1. 2 paragraph 3, 5 and 7, the conditions for stay of children and youth in the schools, and can specify the height and the rules of remuneration payable by parents for their children in schools;

2) detailed rules for the operation of public psycho-pedagogical clinics, including specialty clinics;

3) detailed rules for the operation of public libraries.

2. the regulation referred to in paragraph 1. 1, paragraph 1, should take account of the implementation by the facility of tasks and educational purposes, educational, recreational, and caring and providing the security conditions, as well as pupils shall determine the conditions and modalities of the activities of volunteers.

3. the regulation referred to in paragraph 1. 1, paragraph 2, should take account of the conditions of development and educational needs of children and adolescents, children and young people in choosing the direction of further education and occupation, preventive tasks and promote the educational and educational role of the school and the family, and the provision of assistance to children and adolescents by volunteers.

4. the regulation referred to in paragraph 1. 1, paragraph 3, should take account of the implementation by the pedagogical library tasks in support of the learning process and teacher training and school libraries.

Article. 71a. (repealed).



Article. 71aa. [to enable the development of artistic talents and interests] 1. Art facility allows you to develop interests and artistic talents of students through conducting educational activities in the field of music education, art, or ballet.

2. the educational activities of the artistic establishment art shall be carried out in accordance with the regulations on framework curricula in public schools and artistic establishments issued on the basis of article. 22 paragraph 1. 2, paragraph 1 and article. paragraph 32A. 4. The Organization of the operation of the facility in a given school year specifies the sheet chart facility developed by the Director of the facility and approved by the artistic body art establishment. The specific scope of art education, including line, whereby the facility carries out educational activities, specifies the statutes of the institution.

4. Evaluate the artistic is depending by the teachers of the level and progress in mastering the student news and skills in relation to the educational requirements resulting from artistic outpost in educational curricula.

5. the Assessment is done in the forms laid down in the statutes of the artistic establishment at the end of each semester and is designed to identify the progress made in the development of artistic talents.

Article. 71B hand-held [special education, teaching individual] 1. Special education includes children and young people with disabilities, socially inadequate and threatened the market hitherto, requiring the use of a special organization of the learning and working methods. This training may be conducted in the form of science, respectively, in kindergartens and elementary schools, kindergartens and schools or offices, kindergartens and schools or departments, other forms of pre-school education and facilities referred to in article 1. 2 paragraph 5.

1a. Individual annual compulsory pre-school preparation or individual learning include the children and young people, whose health condition prevents or significantly impedes from going to kindergarten or school.

1B. The student involved in the training of special education and early childhood program accordingly adjust the curriculum to individual development needs and educational and psycho-physical capabilities. The adjustment takes place on the basis of the individual student's education program devised for therapeutic use, taking into account the recommendations contained in the decision about the need for special education, referred to in paragraph 1. 3.2. Depending on the type of disability, including the degree of mental retardation, children and youth, referred to in paragraph 1. 1 organise the training and education which, if appropriate, allows you to learn the available for them, improving dysfunctional features, rewalidację and reintegration, and provides expert help and care.

2A. In kindergartens and primary schools, including special, other forms of pre-school education and facilities referred to in article 1. 2. paragraph 5, as well as in public and private psychological clinics, including specialty clinics teaching can be created early teams support the child's development in order to stimulate psychoruchowego and social development of the child, from the time of detection of disability to study in school, led directly to the child and his family.

2B. The directors of kindergartens, primary schools and special centres, referred to in article 1. 2. paragraph 5, as well as the directors of the relevant due to the place of residence of the child of primary schools and for integration and the directors of public and private outpatient psycho-education, including specialist clinic can organize the early power of a child's development in consultation with the authorities.

2. A municipality may arrange free bring a child under early development and enhanced his caretaker from the place of residence of a child to a school or institution in which the power is carried out and, if necessary, free child custody at the time of delivery.

3. the need to support early child development and of the need for special education or compulsory pre-school preparation of annual individual and individual teaching, as well as the need for classes-educational rewalidacyjno organised in accordance with separate provisions seem panels operating in public psycho-pedagogical clinics, including specialty clinics. Judgment about the need for special education specifies the recommended forms of special education, on the basis of the type of disability, including the degree of mental retardation.

3A. the need to support early child development, referred to in paragraph 1. 3, may also make the corresponding teams working in the clinics of private psycho-education, including specialty clinics established in accordance with article 4. 82, and employing staff with qualifications specified for public workers psychological clinic.

3B. Reviews on the adjustment of the educational requirements arising from curriculum to individual needs of the student, which found specific learning disabilities, which prevent to respond to these requirements, also issue unlisted consultancies psycho-pedagogic, including non-public specialized psychological services-founded pedagogical in accordance with article 4. 82, and employing staff with qualifications specified for public workers psychological clinic.

4. the decisions referred to in paragraph 1. 3, parents of a child may submit within 14 days from the date of receipt of the decision refers to a curator of education.


5. the competent Governor of the place of residence of the child with a judgment about the need for special education, at the request of the parents, provides him with the right form of education, taking into account the type of disability, including the degree of mental retardation, subject to the provisions of paragraph 2. 5A 5a. If a judgment about the need for special education and training recommends that the child up in a special kindergarten or preschool, elementary school or high school, or the public, the relevant form of training, at the request of the parents, the local government unit provides proper due to the place of residence of the child, to which you must own tasks running kindergartens or schools.

5b. If the competent County due to the child's place of residence does not maintain special school or Centre referred to in article 2. 2 paragraph 5, owing to the nature of the disability, including the degree of mental retardation, the Mayor of this district is guided by a child to the nearest County leading the school or Center. Starost of the nearest County leading the school or centre may not refuse to accept a child to school or centre.

5 c. the principal of the school, where the student has a judgment about the need for individual instruction, organizes such teaching in consultation with the authority.

5 the Director of nursery school or primary school, in which are organized branches of the pre-school, organizes individual compulsory annual preparation of the kindergarten in consultation with the authority.

6. The proper Minister of education and upbringing shall determine, by regulation, the composition of the panels, their vocation, the detailed rules for these teams, the appeal proceedings, judgments and the detailed rules for targeting children and adolescents to special education, individual annual compulsory pre-school preparation, or individual learning. The regulation should take into account how the most complete implementation of the child's needs, as well as provide the ability to customize the forms of preparation of preschool education and the current possibilities of psychophysical child.

7. The proper Minister of education and upbringing shall determine by regulation: 1) in agreement with the Ministers responsible for health and social security, the conditions for organizing support early development of children, referred to in paragraph 1. 2A, including the qualifications required of persons carrying out an early power, having regard in particular to the preparation for working with young children with disturbed the development of psychoruchowym, as well as forms of cooperation with the family of the child;

2) conditions of organizing training, education and care for children and young people referred to in paragraph 1. 1, in the other forms of pre-school education, kindergartens and elementary schools, kindergartens and schools or offices, kindergartens and schools or special departments and centres referred to in article 1. 2 paragraph 5, taking into account the specific needs of the educational and psychological well-being of these children, the types of disabilities that require the use of a special organization of the learning and working methods, the specific scope of individual therapeutic and educational programme and its development, as well as employment specialists to carry out the needs of children and young people referred to in paragraph 1. 1.3) (repealed).

8. The proper Minister of education and upbringing shall determine, by regulation, the manner and mode of organizing individual compulsory annual preparation of preschool teaching and the individual referred to in paragraph 1. 1A, having regard in particular to the dimension of the hours of the educational activity carried out directly from the student.

Article. 71 c. [Special School] 1. The entity, as well as the unit of social assistance, in which the special school is organized, the use of the premises for the conduct of educational activities and educational. The terms of use of the premises and the cost of their maintenance specifies the agreement between entity, in which the school is organized and operating authority.

1a. In connection with the organisation of vocational education and special education and care activities-educational for a student accepted into an entity, an entity shall transmit medicinal special school or special branch was organized in undertaking medical student data referred to in article 1. 25 paragraph 1 of the law of 6 November 2008 on the rights of the patient and the patient's Rights Ombudsman (OJ of 2012 item 159 and 742) needed to conduct the course documentation.

2. The proper Minister of education and upbringing, in consultation with the Minister responsible for Health Affairs and the Minister responsible for social security matters, shall determine, by regulation, the organisation of training, and the conditions and forms of implementing specific actions for the education and care-educational schools, referred to in paragraph 1. 1, taking into account the specific needs of the psychological well-being of children and youth.

Article. 71d. [Funding textbooks] school books and books to support special education for students with mental retardation, blind, partially-sighted and deaf are supported from the State budget from a part of the "shipper", which is the proper minister of education and upbringing.

Article. 72. [Organize care and upbringing] children and adolescents without parental care wholly or in part, as well as children and young people socially and care be organised niedostosowanym on the principles laid down in the rules about supporting families and foster care system and in the provision of social assistance.



Article. 73. (repealed).



Article. 74. (repealed).



Article. 75. (repealed).



Article. 76. (repealed).



Chapter 6 Establishments of education and teacher training establishments Article. 77. [teacher training Colleges] 1. For the purpose of training teachers of kindergartens, primary schools, educational establishments-educational, as well as foreign language teachers, teacher training colleges can be created and the teacher training colleges of foreign languages, hereinafter referred to as "colleges".

2. The proper Minister of education and upbringing determines, by regulation, the detailed rules and conditions for creating, converting and decommissioning, and the Organization and functioning of the colleges (including the principle of conferral of management positions), as well as rules for custody and supervision of teaching and scientific colleges.

3. A student of the College may be the only person who has a certificate of maturity.

4. in the terms of reference to reduced ridership public transport to listeners colleges shall apply recipes for students in higher education.

5. Colleges may charge fees for examinations and for educational activities, with the exception of the classes on the day in public colleges unless they are repeated due to unsatisfactory results.

6. leading Authorities in agreement with the pedagogical surveillance authorities of schools and educational institutions have an obligation to allow in their schools and schools organise by universities and colleges teachers ' practices and cooperate in the Organization of these practices.

7. in the absence of contrary provisions, referred to in paragraph 1. 2 and 4, the provisions of the Act apply to colleges on the schools.

8. The proper Minister of education and upbringing shall determine, by regulation, standards of teacher education in colleges, taking into account in particular the requirements implemented curricula, learning objects, dimension and scope of teaching practice, content and programming skills required.

Article. 77A. [improvement Service] 1. For the purpose of training teachers can be created teacher training institutions, hereinafter referred to as "outposts of excellence".

1a. The task of improving the institutions referred to in article 1. 5 paragraph 1. 3B (1) (a). (b), paragraph 1. 3 c and paragraph 1. 3D point 2, you must also take measures to improve the education system, in accordance with the educational policy of the State within the range specified in the statutes of these openings.

1B. The Ministers leading the facility improvement, referred to in article 1. 5 paragraph 1. 3B (1) (a). (b), paragraph 1. 3 c and paragraph 1. 3D point 2, they can entrust this to perform the tasks associated with raising the quality of education by providing resources for their implementation.

2. the in-service teachers also carry the teachers entrusted with the tasks of methodical advisors.

3. Non-public facility improvement can establish and lead non-government bodies, legal persons and natural persons. In terms of unregulated in the rules pursuant to article 114. paragraph 78. 1 to non-public institutions to improve the provisions of Chapter 8.

4. The facility improvement can obtain accreditation which confirm that the facility provides high quality led forms of teacher training.

5. The provisions of paragraph 1. 4 shall not apply to public institutions of excellence, referred to in article 1. 5 paragraph 1. 3B (1) (a). (b), paragraph 1. 3 c and paragraph 1. 3D point 2.

6. Accreditation recognizes the Superintendent responsible for the establishment of the facility, by way of administrative decision, issued after the team appointed by the Superintendent of education evaluating the activities of the establishments in the area referred to in paragraph 1. 7.7. Accreditation can get the facility improvement, which: 1) provides qualified staff;

2) develops and implements programs to improve teachers and their evaluation;

3) carries information and disseminates issues of teacher training;

4) provides a modern teaching base.

8. the Superintendent, by way of administrative decision, may revoke accreditation if it finds the failure by service improvement of the conditions required to obtain accreditation.

9. improvement of Service applying for accreditation brings the fee.


10. The fees referred to in paragraph 1. 9, are establishments that carry the whole training and further training of teachers.

11. The proper Minister of education and upbringing shall determine, by regulation, the detailed terms and conditions and for the granting and withdrawing of accreditation, the composition and modus operandi of the team referred to in paragraph 1. 6, and the conditions of remuneration of its members, the documents used in the procedure to obtain accreditation, as well as the amount and mode of payment of fees by the institution applying for accreditation.

12. the regulation referred to in paragraph 1. 11, should take into account in particular the participation of the team of independent specialists in the field of advanced vocational training and teacher training, as well as to determine the amounts of the fees, so as to not exceed the amount of $ 760 waloryzowanej annual price index of consumer goods and services.

Article. 78. [art school teacher training Service] 1. The proper Minister of education and upbringing, in consultation with the Minister responsible for Cultural Affairs and the protection of the national heritage, and with the Minister competent for agriculture, shall determine by regulation: 1) the conditions and mode of creation, conversion and decommissioning and the Organization and how to improve facilities, including the scope of their activities to compulsory, 2) methodological advisors, conditions and obliging teachers Pedagogical Advisor jobs , including providing teachers access to forms of advanced vocational training and retraining for raising general knowledge and professional skills, as well as opportunities for certain forms of advanced vocational training and retraining of the teacher training centres, universities and other entities.

2. the regulation referred to in paragraph 1. 1, also take into account jobs that may be carried out only by the facility improvement having accreditation and improve service to the public, referred to in article 1. 5 paragraph 1. 3B (1) (a). (b), paragraph 1. 3 c and paragraph 1. 3D point 2.

3. to the extent not otherwise in the regulations issued on the basis of paragraph 1. 1 to improve the institutions apply the provisions concerning the outposts.



Chapter 7 funding of schools and public institutions Article. 79. [financing] 1. Kindergartens, schools and public facilities established and operated by the Ministers and Government entities are units. Rules for the financial management of these schools, kindergartens and define separate rules, subject to the provisions of paragraph 2. 1 c 1a. (repealed).

1B. (repealed).

1 c. Government entities can plan in their budget expenditures, including investment expenditure for the schools and artistic establishments conducted by the proper Minister of culture and protection of national heritage.

2. (repealed).

2A. (repealed).

3. (repealed).



Article. 79A. [the student not being a resident of the municipality] If a public kindergarten or another form of public pre-primary education, carried out by the municipality, other than a pupil attends her resident, whose resident is the student, shall bear the cost of pre-school education of the student in an amount equal to the current expenditure for one student respectively in public kindergartens or other forms of public pre-primary education, carried out by the municipality in which the student attends a kindergarten or any other form of pre-primary education , less any charges for the use of pre-primary education and for meals, which are the budget revenues of the municipality, as well as the amount of the subsidy referred to in article 14(2). 14 d of paragraph 1. 1 student received by the municipality or any other form of kindergarten, pre-primary education which leads to which the student attends.

Article. 80. [Grants] 1. Kindergartens, schools and public agencies not mentioned in the article. 79 lead the economy according to the principles laid down by the financial authority or the operator of a school.

2. A nursery referred to in paragraph 1. 1 receive for each student from the budget of the municipalities a grant equal to current expenditure for one student in public kindergartens carried out by the municipality, less any charges for the use of pre-primary education and for the Board, which is a revenue budget of the municipality, except that a disabled student in the amount not less than the amount provided for the disabled pupil preschool educational portion of the subsidies received by the overall self-government. In the absence of the village nursery school run by the municipality, the basis for determining the amount of the grant shall be current expenditure to be borne by the closest municipality to carry out public education, less any charges for the use of pre-primary education and for meals, which are the budget revenue of the municipality.

2A. If a nursery referred to in paragraph 1. 1, the student attends a non-resident of the municipality of dotującej is a kindergarten, which a resident is the student, shall bear the cost of subsidies granted in accordance with paragraph 1. 2, minus the amount of the contribution referred to in article 14(2). 14 d of paragraph 1. 1, received by the student's dotującą nursery school to which the student attends.

2B. the person leading in the public gymnasia another form of pre-primary education, referred to in the rules pursuant to article 114. 14A paragraph 6. 7, receives for each pupil under this form of pre-primary education subsidy from the budget of the municipality in the amount of not less than 50% of current expenditure provided for one student in a public kindergarten run by the municipality, less any charges for the use of pre-primary education and for the Board, which is a revenue budget of the municipality, except that a disabled student in the amount not less than the amount provided for the disabled pupil preschool educational portion of the subsidies received by General municipality. In the absence of the village nursery school run by the municipality, the basis for determining the amount of the grant shall be current expenditure to be borne by the closest municipality to operate a public kindergarten, less any charges for the use of pre-primary education and for meals, which are the budget revenue of the municipality.

2 c. carried out by legal persons other than government entities and natural persons, public preschool, other forms of pre-school education, elementary schools and centres referred to in article 1. 2. paragraph 5, as well as psycho-pedagogical services to the public, which, according to article. 71B hand-held mouth. 2A lead early child development support, receive a subsidy from the budget of the municipality or County, respectively, in the amount not less than the amount foreseen for one child covered by an early power-assisted development in parts of the educational subsidies overall for government entities, provided that the person running a kindergarten, pre-primary education, a school a different form, or poradnię shall submit to the authority competent to grant the information about the planned number of children to be covered by an early power-assisted development, not later than 30 September of the year preceding the year of grant.

2D. If to the public any other form of pre-primary education, referred to in paragraph 1. 2B, the student attends a non-resident of the municipality of dotującej this form of pre-primary education, the municipality to which the resident is the student, shall bear the cost of subsidies granted in accordance with paragraph 1. 2B, up to the amount the product of the amount of current expenditure which are dotującej in the basis of calculation of grant to the forms of pre-school education per student, less any charges for the use of pre-primary education and for meals, which are the budget revenues of the municipality, as well as the amount of the subsidy referred to in article 14(2). 14 d of paragraph 1. 1, received by the student dotującą another form of pre-primary education, to which the student attends, and the percentage indicator for the need to subsidize forms of pre-school education in the municipality is obliged to cover the cost of the grant. In the absence of any other form of pre-primary education, referred to in paragraph 1. 2B, the village is obliged to cover the cost of subsidies, this municipality shall bear the cost of granted contribution equal to 50% of current expenditure, less any charges for the use of pre-primary education and for meals, which are the budget revenues of the municipality, as well as the amount of the subsidy referred to in article 14(2). 14 d of paragraph 1. 1, received by the student dotującą another form of pre-primary education, to which the student attends, in dotującej the basis for the award of grants for pre-primary education form per student.

2E. In exceptional cases, the Council of the municipality, by resolution, may authorize the grant referred to in paragraph 1. 2, at a rate higher than the amount referred to in paragraph 1. 2. the Council of the municipality in the resolution lays down a period for the award of the grant.

2f. At the request of the person leading up the public kindergarten, another form of pre-primary education, primary school, or public poradnię psycho-pedagogical, referred to in paragraph 1. 2 c, the executive body of the Government entities responsible for the award of a grant may agree to provide information about the planned number of children at a later date than that referred to in paragraph 1. 2 c or within grant earlier than since the beginning of the next financial year.


3. School, referred to in paragraph 1. 1 receive per pupil grant from the budget of the local government units shall draw the to conduct the appropriate type and type of schools in amount equal to current expenditure for one student in the schools of the same type and kind of run by the local government unit, less the amount of the grant provided for use referred to in article 14(2). 22ae paragraph 1. 3, per student, not less than the amount foreseen for one public school student the type and nature of the educational part of the General subsidies for government entities. If you pursue by the local government schools of the same type and kind of the basis of the amount of the contribution is the amount provided for one student to public school the type and nature of the educational part of the General subsidies for government entities.

3A. the Public Service referred to in article 1. 2 points 5 and 7, conducted by legal and natural persons shall receive at every Ward grant from the budget of the County in an amount equal to the current expenditure for one ward in the same kind carried out by the district, but not less than the amount provided for one ward facility of its kind in the educational part of the General subsidies for government entities. In the case of a public service by the district pursue the kind of the basis of the amount of the contribution is the amount provided for one ward facility of its kind in the educational part of the General subsidies for government entities.

3B. public Establishments run by legal and natural persons, not mentioned in paragraph 1. 3A, may receive subsidies from the budget of the County in the amount and on the terms laid down by the Council.

3 c. grants, referred to in paragraph 1. 2, 2b, 2 c, 3 and 3a shall be communicated to the bank account of the school, kindergarten, pre-primary education, other forms or schools or in 12 parts in time for the last day of each month, except that part for December is passed not later than on 15 December.

3D. The grants referred to in paragraph 1. 2, 2b, 2 c and 3-3b, are intended to co-finance the implementation of the tasks of the school, kindergarten, pre-primary education in the facility or any other form of education, upbringing and care, including prevention. Grants may only be used to: 1) covering the current expenditure of schools, kindergartens, other forms of pre-school education establishments, covering every expenditure incurred for the purposes of the activities of the school, kindergarten, pre-primary education establishments or other forms, including: a) the remuneration of a person leading a school, kindergarten, pre-primary education or some other form of service, if the appropriate Director of schools, nursery school or or another form of pre-primary education teaches , b) cover expenditure connected with the implementation of the tasks of the authority of the operator referred to in article 1. 5 paragraph 1. 7-with the exception of expenditure on investment and investment purchases, purchase and placing of shares or contribution to commercial companies;

2) purchase of fixed assets and intangible assets, including: a) books and other library collections, b) didactic tools for teaching and process wychowawczemu carried out in schools, kindergartens and day-care facilities for recreational sports and equipment, c), (d)) furniture, e) other fixed assets and intangible fixed assets with a value not exceeding the size determined in the provisions of the income tax Act, a corporation, for which depreciation shall be considered deductible in 100% of their value , when put to use.

3E. the authorities of the territorial self-government units referred to in paragraph 1. 2-3b, can control the correctness of the download and the use of grants awarded to schools, kindergartens, pre-school education establishments and other forms from the budgets of those entities.

3F. Persons authorized to carry out the checks by the authorities referred to in paragraph 1. 3E, shall have the right to access to schools, kindergartens, other forms of pre-school education establishments and the inspection carried out by an organizational, financial documentation and documentation of the course of instruction.

3 g. the authorities referred to in paragraph 1. 3E, in connection with the carrying out of the control of the regularity of the download and the use of grants for schools, kindergartens, other forms of pre-school education and may process the personal data of students within those schools, kindergartens, other forms of pre-school education establishments.

3 h or school public service committed to conduct a non-government entity legal person or natural person on the basis of an agreement referred to in article 14(2). 5 paragraph 1. 5 g, receives a grant referred to in paragraph 1. 2-3b, from the date of communication of the school or facility.

3. in the case of schools, where educational classes-educational classes (semesters) programmatically the highest end in April or June, the subsidy referred to in paragraph 1. 3, shall also apply to any graduate school in the period of the month following the month in which the graduated from high school, until the end of the school year in which he graduated from graduate school.

4. the body representing government entities determines the mode for the award and payment of the grant referred to in paragraph 1. 2-3b, and the mode and scope of the checks the correctness of their download and use, taking into account in particular the basis for calculation of the grant, the range of data that should be included in the request for grant and in settlement of its use, and the date and method of settlement.

5. public art schools not mentioned in the article. 79 receive for each student a grant from the State budget in the amount equal to the expenditure provided for the one student in the schools of the same type carried out by the proper Minister of culture and protection of national heritage.

6. Grants, referred to in paragraph 1. 5, are submitted to the bank account of the school or group of schools in 12 parts in time for the last day of each month, except that part for December is passed not later than on 15 December.

6a. for grants, referred to in paragraph 1. 5, paragraph 2 shall apply by analogy. 3D 3 g and 3i.

7. The proper Minister of culture and national heritage protection in consultation with the Minister competent for public finances will determine, by regulation, grant and payment of the grant referred to in paragraph 1. 5, and the mode and scope of the checks the correctness of their download and use, taking account, in particular, the basis for the calculation of the grant, the range of data that should be included in the request for grant and in settlement of its use, and the date and method of settlement.

8. Led by a non-government entity legal person or natural person public schools leading qualifying vocational courses are given for each listener, who passed an exam proving competence in the profession for the qualifications, a grant from the County's budget in the amount of not less than the amount foreseen for one listener in the educational part of the subsidy rate qualifier overall for government entities, if the person operating the school : 1) specify the authority competent to grant the planned number of listeners of the course no later than 30 September of the year preceding the year of grants;

2) document examination evidence of qualifications in the profession for the qualification by listeners, within 30 days of the date of notification of the results of this exam by regional examining board.

8A. the amount of the contribution referred to in paragraph 1. 8, specifies which authority of government entities.

9. Grants, referred to in paragraph 1. 8, are paid once, within 30 days from the date of submission of the relevant staroście of the County by the person conducting the school certificate exam passing evidence of qualifications in the profession for the qualification by listeners, who have completed the qualification course in this school district, issued by the examining Board at the request of the person leading the school.

Article. 81. [exemption from taxes and charges] 1. Chicago public schools, as well as other forms of pre-school education, teacher education, teacher training institutions and colleges of social services workers, and leading them to the bodies are exempt from fees for asset management board, use and usufruct of the property owned by the State Treasury or local government entities and their relationships, seized on the education activities.

2. public school, facility, as well as other forms of pre-school education, teacher education, teacher training institutions and colleges of social services workers, and leading them to the bodies are exempt from property tax, tax, tax and real estate business occupied agricultural education, on the basis specified in separate laws.



Chapter 8 school and non-public service Art. 82. [the Application] 1. Legal and natural persons may assume the school and non-public institutions after entry in the register maintained by the regional and local obowiązaną to conduct the type of public schools and outlets.

1a. Legal and natural persons may establish private art schools after obtaining an entry in the records maintained by the proper Minister of culture and protection of national heritage.


1B. The proper Minister of culture and protection of national heritage, by regulation, may entrust a specialized supervisory unit referred to in article 14(2). paragraph 32A. 1, keeping records of private art schools and issue a decision referred to in paragraph 1. 4, art. paragraph 83. 2, art. paragraph 85. 4. 88.2. Application to register should contain: 1) the designation of the person wishing to pursue school or establishment, its place of residence or seat;

2) respectively of the type and the type of school or facility and the date of the start of its operation and, in the case of the school leading vocational training – the names of occupations, in which school will educate, consistent with the names of occupations found in the classification of occupations, vocational education, referred to in article 14(2). 24 paragraph 1. 1, or classification of occupations and specialties on the needs of the labour market by the proper Minister of labor;

3) an indication of the place of the school or facility and of the conditions of tenancy providing: (a)) the opportunity to conduct educational classes-educational, (b)) other statutory tasks, c) in the case of the school leading vocational training – the ability to implement a practical apprenticeship, d) a safe and healthy learning and working conditions, in accordance with separate regulations;

4) the statutes of the school or facility;

5) data concerning the qualifications of workers and the Director of education to employment in the school or facility;

6) the obligation to comply with the requirements referred to in article 1. 7 paragraph 1. 3-in the case of elementary school and junior high school, and also in the case of secondary school and art school which meets general education, which on the date of commencement of the activities to be assigned to the powers of the public school;

7) data necessary to enter school or facility to the national official registry of entities of the national economy.

2A. The school referred to in paragraph 1. 2 paragraph 6, it may be entered in the records, if the person claiming the school will present a positive opinion of the guardian of education and, in the case of schools leading learning in the professions for which in accordance with the classification of occupations, vocational education, referred to in article 14(2). 24 paragraph 1. 1 the Minister it is appropriate to the proper minister of health – including the opinion of the Minister to meet the requirements referred to in article 1. 7 paragraph 1. 3.2b. The authority referred to in paragraph 1. 1A, make an entry in the register within 30 days from the date of the application and of its own motion shall be served to the applicant a certificate of registration to register and a copy of the certificate shall transmit to the tax authority, (a) in the case of art school which meets general education also competent curator of education.

3. the authority referred to in paragraph 1. 1, make an entry in the register within 30 days from the date of the application and of its own motion shall be served to the applicant a certificate of registration to register and a copy of the certificate shall transmit to the competent tax authority and education curator.

3A. A certificate of registration in the records referred to in paragraph 1. 2B and 3, includes: 1) the name of the authority which has an entry in the records of the school or facility;

2) date and number of the entry in the records;

3) name and type, and the type of school or facility;

4) legal or natural person who conducts the school or facility;

5) the address of the school or facility;

6) in the case of the school leading vocational training – the name of the competition, in which the school educates;

7) (repealed).

4. the authority referred to in paragraph 1. 1 and 1a, it appears the decision to refuse entry to register if: 1) the notification does not contain the data referred to in paragraph 1. 2 and even though the call was not completed within the prescribed time limit;

2) the statutes of the school or facility is in conflict with applicable law and, despite a subpoena was not changed.

5. the person leading the school or facility shall report to the authority referred to in paragraph 1. 1 and 1a, within 14 days of the change in the data contained in the notification, after the entry into the records. The provisions of paragraph 1. 2-4 shall apply mutatis mutandis.

Article. 83. [deletion of records] 1. Entry in the register is subject to deletion: 1) failure for the school or facility on the date indicated in the notification to the register;

2) a final judgment of the Court prohibiting the physical person, school or service, educational activities;

3) finding pedagogical supervision mode, that the activities of the school or facility is inconsistent with the provisions of the law or the statutes, and in elementary school, middle school and high school arts implement General education in elementary or junior high school-also in the case where it is not filled with the obligation referred to in article 2. paragraph 82. 2 point 6, if a person leading a school or establishment within the prescribed time limit does not apply to the commands of the body holding the pedagogical supervision;

4) entry in violation of the law;

5) cessation of activities by the school or facility for a period of more than three months.

2. Deletion of records occurs by way of a decision within the time limit specified in the decision and is synonymous with the winding-up of the school or facility.

Article. 83A. [Educational Activities] 1. Keeping a school or institution, referred to in article 2. 90â paragraph 1. 1, and any other form of pre-primary education, referred to in the rules pursuant to article 114. 14A paragraph 6. 7, it is not an economic activity.

2. Educational Activities not covering the conduct of the school, the facility, referred to in article 2. 90â paragraph 1. 1, or any other form of pre-primary education, referred to in the rules pursuant to article 114. 14A paragraph 6. 7, can be based on the principles set out in the provisions of the Act of 2 July 2004 on freedom of economic activity (OJ of 2013. poz. 672 and 671).

Article. 84. [the Statute] 1. School or institution works on the basis of the Statute given by a person.

2. the statutes of the school or institution should specify: 1) the name, the type of school or the purpose of the facility and their task;

2) the person who conducts the school or facility;

3) the authorities of the school or facility and the scope of their tasks;

4) the organisation of the school or facility;

5) rights and obligations of employees and students of the school or facility, including cases in which a student may be removed from the list of students of the school or facility;

6) how to obtain the financial resources for the activities of the school or facility;

7) rules on the admission of students to the school or facility-except that the Statute shall take into account the conditions referred to in article 3: a). 20E paragraph 1. 2-in the case of junior high school, including bilingual, sports and sports championships, b) art. paragraph 20f. 1. 20 g of paragraph 1. 1-in the case of secondary schools, including bilingual, sport and sports championships, c) article. 20 k paragraph 1. 1, 5 and 6, in the case of adult education.

3. the person or school facility to remove at the end of the school year. In this case, the person leading the school or service is required at least six months before the date of the winding-up and liquidation: the reasons for its intention to inform the pupils ' parents, the authority referred to in article 2. paragraph 82. 1 and 1a, and the municipality, which is located in a school or institution.

4. Documentation of the course of the teaching of the school authority shall be decommissioned sprawującemu pedagogical supervision, within a period of one month from the date of completion of the liquidation. On completion of the liquidation, the entry in the records is striking.

Article. 84a. [the application of non-public schools]. 24 paragraph 1. 1-3, 5 and 6 shall apply mutatis mutandis to non-public schools.



Article. 84b. [the application of the provisions of the Act for nonpublic institutions] 1. For non-public institutions referred to in article 1. 2 points 5 and 7, shall apply the rules pursuant to article 114. paragraph 71. 1, paragraph 1, with the exception of the provisions governing the height and the rules of remuneration payable by parents for their children in schools.

2. for non-public institutions referred to in article 1. 2, paragraph 5, also applies the provisions of article 5, respectively. 71B hand-held mouth. 1, 2, 2a and 2b and rules pursuant to article 114. 71B hand-held mouth. 7 (1) and (2) and paragraphs 1 and 2. 8. 85. [Powers public school] 1. Private placement elementary school, niepublicznemu middle school and non-school artistic implement General education in elementary school or high school, established in accordance with article 4. paragraph 82. 1-3, have the powers of a public school on the date of commencement of business.

2. the Superintendent within 6 months from the date of commencement of activities by the elementary school, middle school or high school ponadgimnazjalną, who received permission to public school on the date of commencement of activities, is required to check compliance with the conditions referred to in article 1. 7 paragraph 1. 3. In relation to the art schools Superintendent powers of education are entitled to up to the Minister competent for culture and protection of national heritage.

3. Authority of government entities referred to in article 14(2). paragraph 82. 1, at the request of the person leading the school does not have a non-public school permission gives the school permission to public school, if he or she shall submit to the favourable opinion of the guardian of education and, in the case of schools leading learning in the professions for which in accordance with the classification of occupations, vocational education, referred to in article 14(2). 24 paragraph 1. 1 the Minister it is appropriate to the proper minister of health is also the opinion of the Minister, to meet the requirements referred to in article 1. 7 paragraph 1. 3.4. The authority referred to in article 2. paragraph 82. 1A, at the request of the person leading a non-artistic school without the powers public school gives the school permission to public school after finding that this school satisfies the conditions referred to in article 1. 7 paragraph 1. 3, (a) in the case of art school which meets general education-also on presentation by the person who conducts the favourable opinion of the curator.


Article. 85A. [the application of the provisions of the Act]. 71B hand-held mouth. 1-1b and rules pursuant to article 114. 71B hand-held mouth. 7 paragraph 2 shall apply mutatis mutandis to private nursery, pre-school education of other forms of non-public schools and private institutions.



Article. 85B. [manuals for private placement of primary school or private placement art school which meets general education in primary school] 1. The proper Minister of education and upbringing, at the request of the Director of the private placement of primary school or private placement art school which meets general education in primary school, provides the equipment of these schools in the textbooks to the education classes: polonistycznej, mathematical, and social nature in classes I to III, as referred to in article 1. 22ad paragraph 1. 1. These Schools provide students with free access to manuals provided by the proper Minister of education and upbringing. Information about the time and manner of submission of the application shall be shown on the website of the Office that supports the proper Minister of education and upbringing.

2. To cover the cost of textbooks, educational materials or materials in respect of practice referred to in article 2. 22ae paragraph 1. 1 for the mandatory educational activities from the scope of education, referred to in the framework curriculum plans set for public elementary and secondary schools, private elementary and middle schools receive, on request, special subsidy from the budget of the local government units shall draw the to conduct the type of schools and such.

3. ensure that finance the cost of textbooks, educational materials or materials practice referred to in paragraph 1. 2, is commissioned from the scope of the Government, carried out by government entities required to conduct the type of schools and such. To carry out this task, the unit of local Government shall receive special subsidy from the State budget, provided by the voivode.

4. for the special-purpose grants, referred to in paragraph 1. 2 and 3, the provisions of article 4. 22ae paragraph 1. 5-18, art. 22af paragraph 1. 2-11 and rules pursuant to article 114. 22ag shall apply mutatis mutandis.

5. To cover the cost of textbooks, educational materials or materials in respect of practice referred to in article 2. 22ae paragraph 1. 1 for the mandatory educational activities from the scope of education, referred to in the framework curriculum plans set for public elementary and secondary schools, private art schools implementing General education in elementary and middle school will receive, on request, special subsidy from the State budget. The provisions of article 4. 22ae paragraph 1. 5-14. 22ah paragraph 1. 2-8 shall apply mutatis mutandis.

6. School, referred to in paragraph 1. 2 and 5, which received a special grant, provide students with free access to textbooks, educational materials or materials purchased the practice with this grant.

7. in the case of liquidation of schools referred to in paragraph 1. 1 manuals for education classes: polonistycznej, mathematical, and social nature in classes I-III primary school provided by the proper Minister of education and upbringing shall be reimbursed up to the unit of local Government shall draw the appropriate type and type of schools to carry out or to the Minister competent for culture and protection of national heritage.

8. in the case of liquidation of schools referred to in paragraph 1. 2 and 5, textbooks, educational materials or devices referred to in article 1. 22ae paragraph 1. 11, purchased with the special-purpose grants shall be reimbursed up to the unit of local government, which provided the grant or the competent Minister for culture and protection of national heritage.

9. If the value of textbooks, educational materials or devices referred to in article 1. 22ae paragraph 1. 11, reimbursable in accordance with paragraph 1. 8, the special-purpose grants granted exceeds the authority leading the school may request a grant received the equivalent of a government unit, respectively, which provided a grant either the Minister competent for culture and protection of national heritage.

Article. 86. [experimental School] 1. The proper Minister of education and education may, by decision, give the powers public school school does not fulfil the conditions referred to in article 1. 7 paragraph 1. 3, in particular, if it considers it to be experimental.

1a. the person leading the school referred to in paragraph 1. 1, shall submit an application for high school public school permission to the proper Minister of education and education through the education curator, who joins your opinion.

1B. the application for the recognition of experimental school should include, in particular: 1) specify the purpose, objectives, and how the implementation of the experiment;

2) opinion of the scientific institutions on the objectives of the experiment with the consent of the institution to exercise care over the course of the experiment and its evaluation;

3 the consent of the pedagogical Council);

4) in the case of the experiment concerning the training in the profession of nieumieszczonym classification of occupations in vocational education, referred to in article 14(2). 24 paragraph 1. 1, including the rationale for the need for training in this profession, together with the opinions of the: (a) the regional district or the labour market Council) issued after obtaining the position of provincial or district labour office, (b) the local government body or other organization marketing) business appropriate for a given occupation or employers ' organisations, scientific institutions or professional associations (c)) applicable to a given profession in a substantive assessment of the content of the curriculum for the profession , d) the Minister competent for the profession in terms of the possible introduction of this profession to classification of occupations vocational education.

2. The proper Minister of education and upbringing, giving the powers referred to in paragraph 1. 1, specifies the conditions necessary to the functioning of the school, having regard in particular to the assumptions and the way of the implementation of the experiment, as indicated in the proposal.

3. In relation to the private art schools permission the proper Minister of education and upbringing, and the curator of education referred to in paragraph 1. 1, 1a and 2 are entitled to up to the Minister competent for culture and protection of national heritage and specialist surveillance unit referred to in article 14(2). paragraph 32A. 1. 87. (repealed).

Article. 88. [revocation of powers] public school Permission may be revoked by the authority which gave them, if in pedagogical supervision is found non-compliance of the conditions referred to in article 1. 7 paragraph 1. 3, or determined in accordance with article 3. paragraph 86. 2. Revocation of permissions is by way of an administrative decision and, in the case of a primary school, secondary school and art school which meets general education in elementary or junior high school is synonymous with their liquidation at the end of the school year in which the decision became final.

Article. 89. [pedagogical Supervision] 1. Pedagogical supervision over the schools and information agencies exercise responsible custodians of education and, in the case of schools and art institutions and establishments referred to in article 1. 2 paragraph 7, for students of art schools is also the proper minister of culture and protection of national heritage. The provisions of article 4. Paragraph 21a. 1 and 2, art. 33 and rules pursuant to article 114. Paragraph 21a. 3. paragraph 35. 6 shall apply mutatis mutandis.

2. in the case of a school or public facility does not comply with the basic requirements referred to in the rules pursuant to article 114. Paragraph 21a. 3, concerning the effects of education, upbringing and care and the implementation of the objectives and tasks the statutory provision, art. paragraph 34. 2B shall apply mutatis mutandis.

Article. 89A [Entry in the records maintained by the municipality] 1. The legal or natural person carrying out education of kindergartners in private forms referred to in the rules pursuant to article 114. 14A paragraph 6. 7, requires an entry in the records maintained by the right because of the place of these forms. The provisions of article 4. 82-84 and 89 shall apply mutatis mutandis, except that the application to register instead of the Statute should include pre-primary education organization project, to be implemented in a form.

2. Action by the legal or natural person that leads niepubliczne przedszkole or non-primary school, pre-primary education in non-public forms referred to in the rules pursuant to article 114. 14A paragraph 6. 7, involves changes in the appropriate records of kindergarten or elementary school as specified in article 3. paragraph 82. 5, except that application instead of the amendment of the statutes should include pre-primary education organization project, to be implemented in a form.

3. The transformation of private placement forms referred to in the rules pursuant to article 114. 14A paragraph 6. 7, carried out by the legal entity or natural person, niepubliczne przedszkole requires to change the entry in the records maintained by the right because of the place of the nursery as specified in article 3. paragraph 82. 5, except that the value declaration shall be accompanied by the Statute.

Article. 90. [Subsidies from the budget of the municipality] 1. Private nursery schools, including special schools, and middle schools, including oddziałami integracyjnymi, with the exception of special schools and special secondary schools and the art schools receive grants from the budget of the municipality.


1a. Non-public preschool, other forms of pre-school education, elementary schools and centres referred to in article 1. 2. paragraph 5, as well as private consultancies psycho-pedagogical, that, in accordance with article 4. 71B hand-held mouth. 2A, early child development support, receive a subsidy from the budget of the municipality or County, respectively, in the amount not less than the amount foreseen for one child covered by an early power-assisted development in parts of the educational subsidies overall for government entities, provided that the person running a kindergarten, pre-primary education, a school a different form, or poradnię give the authority competent to grant the planned number of children to be covered by the early development enhanced no later than 30 September of the year preceding the year of the award of the grant.

1B. Niepubliczne przedszkole can receive a subsidy from the budget of the municipality for each student in an amount equal to the current expenditure for one student in kindergartens run by the municipality, less any charges for the use of pre-primary education and for meals, which are the budget revenues of the municipality, if the kindergarten is: 1) will comply with the conditions referred to in article 1. 6 (2). 1, except that the free time teaching, nurturing and care, referred to in article 1. 6 (2). 1, paragraph 2, shall not be less than the free time teaching, nurturing and care given by the Council of the municipality for the kindergartens operated by the municipality, 2) will charge a fee for the use of pre-primary education is not higher than the fees established by the Council of the municipality on the basis of article. 14 paragraph 1. 5 (1) (a). and, 3) will lead the documentation of the course of instruction, upbringing and care nursery set for the public, 4) will provide the number of students in the pre-school branch not exceeding the maximum number of students in public kindergartens, as specified in the regulations pursuant to article 114. 60 paragraph 1. 2, 5) will provide students with psychological assistance-teaching in accordance with the regulations issued on the basis of article. 22 paragraph 1. 2 paragraph 11, 6) rules on the admission to public kindergartens, as defined in chapter 2a – except that a disabled student aid may be granted in the amount of not less than the amount provided for the disabled pupil preschool educational portion of the subsidies received by the overall self-government. In the absence of the village nursery school run by the municipality, the basis for determining the amount of the grant shall be current expenditure to be borne by the closest municipality to carry out public education, less any charges for the use of pre-primary education and for meals, which are the budget revenue of the municipality.

1. another form of Private pre-primary education may receive a subsidy from the budget of the municipality for each pupil under this form of pre-primary education in the amount equal to 50% of current expenditure incurred per student in kindergartens run by the municipality, less any charges for the use of pre-primary education and for meals, which are the budget revenues of the municipality, if this other form: 1) will comply with the conditions referred to in article 1. 6 (2). 1, paragraph 3 and paragraph 4. 2, except that the free time teaching, nurturing and care, referred to in article 1. 6 (2). 2 may not be less than the free time teaching, nurturing and care determined by the Council of the municipality for public education to other forms of education, carried out by the municipality, 2) will charge a fee for the use of pre-primary education is not higher than the fees established by the Council of the municipality on the basis of article. 14 paragraph 1. 5 (1) (a). b, 3) rules on the admission to other forms of pre-school education as defined in chapter 2a – except that a disabled student aid may be granted in the amount of not less than the amount provided for the disabled pupil preschool educational portion of the subsidies received by the overall self-government. In the absence of the village nursery school run by the municipality, the basis for determining the amount of the grant shall be current expenditure to be borne by the closest municipality to carry out public education, less any charges for the use of pre-primary education and for meals, which are the budget revenue of the municipality.

1 d. the grant referred to in paragraph 1. 1B and 1 c, takes place after the open competition of tenders issued by the Mayor (Mayor, Mayor of the city). To declare open competition of tenders shall apply mutatis mutandis the provisions of article 4. 13 of the Act of 24 April 2003 on the activities of nonprofit and volunteering (OJ from 2010 No. 234, poz. 1536, as amended).

1E. Joining the open competition of tenders, person or some other form of non-niepubliczne przedszkole pre-primary education includes a commitment to comply with the conditions referred to in paragraph 1 shall be respectively. 1B or 1 c, and gives information about the planned number of students.

1F. the rules of open competition of tenders referred to in paragraph 1. 1 d, and criteria for the selection of tenders specifies the Municipal Council by way of resolution, taking into account the need to ensure the best conditions for the implementation of pre-primary education.

1 g a, which does not provide all children, which has a duty to ensure the possibility of using the pre-primary education pre-primary education use, location, shall carry out an open competition of tenders referred to in paragraph 1. 1 d for private kindergartens.

1 h. If, as a result of the settlement of competition referred to in paragraph 1. 1 g, still does not provide pre-primary education use places all children, which has a duty to ensure the possibility of using the pre-primary education, the municipality is obliged to conduct a competition referred to in paragraph 1. 1 d, for other forms of private pre-primary education.

1. Information about the receiving by a kindergarten or any other form of pre-primary education grants, as referred to respectively in paragraphs 1 and 2. 1B, 1 c or 1o, shall be entered in the register referred to in article 14(2). paragraph 82. 1. the provisions of article 3. paragraph 82. 3 and 5 shall apply mutatis mutandis.

1j. The grant referred to in paragraph 1. 1B, 1 c or 1o, is granted under the condition that the person up or some other form of non-niepubliczne przedszkole pre-primary education will give the authority competent to grant the information about the planned number of students no later than 30 September of the year preceding the year of the award of the grant. Provision shall not apply in the year in which the grant was awarded in an open competition.

1. If a nursery referred to in paragraph 1. 1B, the student attends a non-resident of the municipality of dotującej is a kindergarten, which a resident is the student, shall bear the cost of subsidies granted in accordance with paragraph 1. 1B to the amount of current expenditure which are dotującej in the basis for the determination of subsidies to private nursery referred to in paragraph 1. 1B or 1j, per student, less any charges for the use of pre-primary education and for meals, which are the budget revenues of the municipality, as well as the amount of the subsidy referred to in article 14(2). 14 d of paragraph 1. 1, received by the student's dotującą nursery school to which the student attends.

1 l. If the private placement to another form of pre-primary education, referred to in paragraph 1. 1 c, the student attends a non-resident of the municipality of dotującej this form, to which a resident is the student, shall bear the cost of subsidies granted in accordance with paragraph 1. 1 c, up to the amount the product of the amount of current expenditure which are dotującej in the basis for the determination of subsidies to private nursery referred to in paragraph 1. 1 c, per student, less any charges for the use of pre-primary education and for meals, which are the budget revenues of the municipality, as well as the amount of the subsidy referred to in article 14(2). 14 d of paragraph 1. 1, received by the student dotującą another form of pre-primary education, to which the student attends, and the percentage indicator for the need to subsidize private school education forms in the municipality liable to cover the cost of the grant.

1 m a person operating a nursery or other form of pre-primary education receiving a grant referred to in paragraph 1 shall be respectively. 1B, 1 c or 1o may resign from the fulfilment of the conditions referred to in paragraph 1 shall be respectively. 1B or 1 c, and download this contribution, at the end of the school year, after the notice of intention to resign: parents of students kindergarten or any other form of pre-primary education, the Authority grants and curator of education, within a time limit to 31 August the school year preceding the year in which the school is to be this resignation.

1N. Mayor (Mayor, Mayor of the city), by its decision, may revoke the niepublicznemu kindergarten or another form of pre-primary education grant, private placement referred to respectively in paragraphs 1 and 2. 1B, 1 c or 1o, in the case of infringement by the kindergarten of the conditions referred to in paragraph 1. 1B or infringement by any other form of pre-primary education of the conditions referred to in paragraph 1. 1 c. the following annulment of the grant of its own motion or at the request of the authority holding the pedagogical supervision, after a call by the Mayor (Mayor, Mayor of the city of) a person or any other form of kindergarten, pre-primary education to stop the breach referred to in paragraph 1 shall be respectively. 1B or 1 c, within not more than three months.

1O. In exceptional cases, the Council of the municipality, by resolution, may authorize the grant niepublicznemu kindergarten or another form of pre-primary education private placement, at a rate higher than the amount referred to in paragraph 1 shall be respectively. 1B or 1 c. The Council of the municipality in the resolution lays down a period for the award of the grant.


2. Non-public elementary schools and special schools and secondary schools about permissions public schools, including oddziałami integracyjnymi, receive subsidies from the budget.

2A. Grants for private schools about permissions public schools, in which education is carried out or part of science, entitled to every student in the amount not less than the amount foreseen for one student of a given type and the type of school in the educational part of the General subsidies received by a unit of local government, referred to in paragraph 1. 1 and 2, provided that the person leading the school give the authority competent to grant the planned number of students no later than 30 September of the year preceding the year of the award of the grant.

2B. Grants for private kindergartens which do not satisfy the conditions referred to in paragraph 1. 1B, shall have on each pupil amounting to not less than 75% of the established in the budget of the municipality of current expenditure incurred in kindergartens run by the municipality per student, less any charges for the use of pre-primary education and for the Board, which is a revenue budget of the municipality, except that a disabled student in the amount not less than the amount provided for the disabled pupil preschool educational portion of the subsidies received by General municipality provided that the person leading niepubliczne przedszkole give the authority competent to grant the information about the planned number of students no later than 30 September of the year preceding the year of the award of the grant. In the absence of the village nursery school run by the municipality, the basis for determining the amount of the grant shall be current expenditure to be borne by the closest municipality to operate a public kindergarten, less any charges for the use of pre-primary education and for meals, which are the budget revenue of the municipality.

2. If a nursery referred to in paragraph 1. 2B, the student attends a non-resident of the municipality of dotującej is a kindergarten, which a resident is the student, shall bear the cost of subsidies granted in accordance with paragraph 1. 2B to the height of the product of the amount of current expenditure which are dotującej in the basis for the determination of subsidies for private kindergartens per student, less any charges for the use of pre-primary education and for meals, which are the budget revenues of the municipality, as well as the amount of the subsidy referred to in article 14(2). 14 d of paragraph 1. 1, obtained by the municipality, and the percentage indicator for the need to subsidize private kindergartens in the municipality is obliged to cover the cost of the grant. In the absence of private kindergartens in the municipality is obliged to cover the cost of the subsidy granted is a municipality that covers the costs of a grant equal to 75% of current expenditure which are dotującej in the basis for the award of grants for private kindergartens per student, less any charges for the use of pre-primary education and for meals, which are the budget revenues of the municipality, as well as the amount of the subsidy referred to in article 14(2). 14 d of paragraph 1. 1, obtained by the municipality.

2D. Person gymnasia in the forms referred to in the rules pursuant to article 114. 14A paragraph 6. 7, not satisfying the conditions referred to in paragraph 1. 1 c, receives for each pupil under this form of pre-primary education subsidy from the budget of the municipality in the amount of not less than 40% of current expenditure incurred per student in public kindergarten run by the municipality, less any charges for the use of pre-primary education and for the Board, which is a revenue budget of the municipality, except that a disabled student in the amount not less than the amount provided for the disabled pupil preschool educational portion of the subsidies received by General municipality provided that the person in the form of a private placement of pre-primary education will give the authority competent to grant the information about the planned number of students no later than 30 September of the year preceding the year of the award of the grant. In the absence of the village nursery school run by the municipality, the basis for determining the amount of the grant shall be current expenditure to be borne by the closest municipality to operate a public kindergarten, less any charges for the use of pre-primary education and for meals, which are the budget revenue of the municipality.

2E. If private placement of another form of pre-primary education, referred to in paragraph 1. 2D, non-student is a resident of the municipality of dotującej this form of pre-primary education, the municipality to which the resident is the student, shall bear the cost of subsidies granted in accordance with paragraph 1. 2D up to the amount the product of the current expenditure which are dotującej in the basis of the amount of the contribution for private forms of pre-school education per student, less any charges for the use of pre-primary education and for meals, which are the budget revenues of the municipality, as well as the amount of the subsidy referred to in article 14(2). 14 d of paragraph 1. 1, obtained by the municipality, and the percentage indicator for the need to subsidize private school education forms in the municipality liable to cover the cost of the grant. In the absence of private placement forms of pre-school education in the municipality is obliged to cover the cost of the subsidy granted is a municipality that covers the costs of a grant equal to 40% of current expenditure which are dotującej in the basis for the granting of subsidies for non-public forms of pre-school education per student, less any charges for the use of pre-primary education and for meals, which are the budget revenues of the municipality, as well as the amount of the subsidy referred to in article 14(2). 14 d of paragraph 1. 1, obtained by the municipality.

in the case of private schools 2f powers the public schools, where educational classes-educational classes (semesters) programmatically the highest end in April or June, the subsidy referred to in paragraph 1. 2A, shall also apply to any graduate school in the period of the month following the month in which the graduated from high school, until the end of the school year in which he graduated from graduate school.

2. at the request of a person, respectively, niepubliczne przedszkole, another form of pre-primary education, a school, or a private placement of poradnię pedagogical psychological, as well as the establishment referred to in paragraph 1. 1A, 2a, 2b, 2d, 3 and 3a, the executive body of the Government entities responsible for the award of a grant may agree to waive the time limit referred to in paragraph 1. 1A, 2a, 2b, 2d, 3 and 3a, or for a grant of earlier date than the beginning of the next financial year.

3. Subsidies for non-public schools public school permissions not listed in paragraph 1. 2A receive on every student participating in at least 50% of the compulsory educational activities in a given month in the amount of not less than 50% of the budget set out in the appropriate municipality or County current expenditure incurred in the public schools of the same type and kind of per pupil, provided that the person leading a non-school give the authority competent to grant the planned number of students no later than 30 September of the year preceding the year of grants , subject to the provisions of paragraph 2. 3 h and 3i. Participation of students in compulsory education classes must be confirmed their własnoręcznymi signatures on attendance at these activities. In the absence of a municipality or county public school of the type and kind, the basis for the determination of subsidies are current expenditure to be borne by the nearest municipality or district to engage in public school the type or kind.

3A. non-public Institutions referred to in article 1. 2 points 5 and 7 shall be provided on each ward grant from the County's budget in the amount of not less than the amount foreseen for one ward this kind of facility in part of the subsidy for the overall educational units of local Government shall, (a) in the case of non-public centres for the implementation of the obligation referred to in article 2. 14 paragraph 1. 3, compulsory education and learning for children and youth, referred to in article 1. 16. 7, as well as children and adolescents with mental retardation with a charge, at a rate not less than the amount foreseen for one ward this kind of centers in parts of the educational subsidies overall for government entities, provided that the person leading facility will present the planned number of wards the authority competent to grant, not later than 30 September of the year preceding the year of grant.

3B. non-public Schools without the powers of the public school and non-public institutions referred to in article 1. 2 paragraph 3, 4 and 10, may receive subsidies from the budget.

3 c. grants, referred to in paragraph 1. 1a-3a, are submitted to the bank account of the school, kindergarten, pre-primary education, other forms or schools or in 12 parts in time for the last day of each month, except that part for December is passed not later than on 15 December.

3D. The grants referred to in paragraph 1. 1A-3b, are intended to co-finance the implementation of the tasks of the school, kindergarten, pre-primary education in the facility or any other form of education, upbringing and care, including prevention. Grants may only be used to: 1) covering the current expenditure of schools, kindergartens, other forms of pre-school education establishments, covering every expenditure incurred for the purposes of the activities of the school, kindergarten, pre-primary education establishments or any other form, including:


(a) the person's salary), nursery, school, leading another form of pre-primary education or service if the appropriate Director of schools, nursery school or or another form of pre-primary education classes leads, b) cover expenditure connected with the implementation of the tasks of the authority of the operator referred to in article 1. 5 paragraph 1. 7-with the exception of expenditure on investment and investment purchases, purchase and placing of shares or contribution to commercial companies;

2) purchase of fixed assets and intangible assets, including: a) books and other library collections, b) didactic tools for teaching and process wychowawczemu carried out in schools, kindergartens and schools, c) sports equipment and supplier, d) furniture, e) other fixed assets and intangible fixed assets with a value not exceeding the size determined in the provisions of the income tax Act, a corporation, for which depreciation shall be considered deductible in 100% of their value , when put to use.

3E. the authorities of the territorial self-government units referred to in paragraph 1. 1A-3b, can control the correctness of the download and the use of grants awarded to schools, kindergartens, pre-school education establishments and other forms from the budgets of those entities.

3F. Persons authorized to carry out the checks by the authorities referred to in paragraph 1. 3E, shall have the right to access to schools, kindergartens, other forms of pre-school education establishments and the inspection carried out by an organizational, financial documentation and documentation of the course of instruction, and, in the case of private schools, public school permissions not listed in paragraph 1. 2A – in addition to inspect the letter, referred to in paragraph 1. 3, and their verification.

3fa. Obstructed or disrupt the school's non-public school permissions not specifically mentioned in paragraph 1. 2A or by body checking operations referred to in paragraph 1. 3F, dotujący calls on the principal of the school or school body to cease these activities within a specified period.

3fb. After expiration of the deadline referred to in paragraph 1. 3fa, dotujący authority suspends transfer of school grants to enable them to make the school checking operations referred to in paragraph 1. 3F. 3fc. The grant referred to the school for a period, which involved holdout may be used solely for the reimbursement of expenditure relating to the implementation of the tasks of the school referred to in paragraph 1. 3D, incurred by the school during the period of the financial year in which the grant has been paused. If the period of suspension of grants for more than one financial year may be used in proportion to the periods of suspension in the respective financial years.

3 g. the authorities referred to in paragraph 1. 3E, in connection with the carrying out of the control of the regularity of the download and the use of grants for schools, kindergartens, other forms of pre-school education and may process the personal data of students within those schools, kindergartens, other forms of pre-school education establishments.

3 h. Grants for education, referred to in paragraph 1. 3, eligible for July and August for each student who in June, has met a condition of participation in the activities referred to in paragraph 1. 3.3i. The schools referred to in paragraph 1. 3, in which the educational classes-educational classes (semesters) programmatically the highest end in April or June, the provision of paragraph 1. 2f shall apply mutatis mutandis.

4. the body representing government entities determines the mode for the award and payment of the grant referred to in paragraph 1. 1A-1 c and 2-3b, and the mode and scope of the checks the correctness of their download and use, taking account, in particular, the basis for the calculation of the grant, the range of data that should be included in the request for grant and in settlement of its use, and the date and method of settlement.

4A. Private art schools about permissions public schools receive grants from the State budget.

4B. Grants for private art schools about permissions public schools, in which education is carried out or part of science, entitled to every student in the amount not less than the amount of current expenditure for the schools of the same type carried out by the proper Minister of culture and national heritage protection per pupil, provided that the person leading a private placement of the school give the competent Minister for culture and protection of national heritage, the planned number of students no later than 30 September of the year preceding the year of the award of the grant.

4. Grants for private art schools public school permissions not listed in paragraph 1. 4B is entitled to every student participating in at least 50% of the compulsory educational activities in a given month, amounting to not less than 50% of current expenditure for the schools of the same type carried out by the proper Minister of culture and national heritage protection per pupil, provided that the person leading a private placement of the school give the competent Minister for culture and protection of national heritage, the information about the planned number of students no later than 30 September of the year preceding the year of the award of the grant. In the post-secondary school and post-secondary participation of students in compulsory education classes must be confirmed their własnoręcznymi signatures on attendance at these activities.

4 d. Private art schools without the powers of the public school can receive subsidies from the State budget.

4E. Grants, referred to in paragraph 1. 4A-4 c, are submitted to the bank account of the school or group of schools in 12 parts in time for the last day of each month, except that part for December is passed not later than on 15 December.

4F. Grants, referred to in paragraph 1. 4A-4 d, paragraph 1 shall apply by analogy. 2F and 3d-3i.

4 g. The proper Minister of culture and national heritage protection in consultation with the Minister competent for public finances will determine, by regulation, grant and payment of the grant referred to in paragraph 1. 4A-4 d, and the mode and scope of the checks the correctness of their download and use, taking account, in particular, the basis for the calculation of the grant, the range of data that should be included in the application for the award of grants and in settlement of its use, and the date and method of settlement.

5. (repealed).

6. (repealed).

7. Exemption from taxes and charges referred to in article 1. 81, also apply to non-public schools, as well as other forms of pre-school education, teacher education, teacher training institutions and colleges of social services workers and of them.

8. Non-public secondary schools leading vocational qualification will receive for each listener, who passed an exam proving competence in the profession for the qualifications, a grant from the County's budget in the amount of not less than the amount foreseen for one listener in the educational part of the subsidy rate qualifier overall for government entities, if the person operating the school: 1) specify the authority competent to grant the planned number of listeners of the course no later than 30 September of the year preceding the year of grants;

2) document examination evidence of qualifications in the profession for the qualification by listeners, within 30 days of the date of notification of the results of this exam by regional examining board.

8A. the amount of the contribution referred to in paragraph 1. 8, specifies which authority of government entities.

9. The grant referred to in paragraph 1. 8, shall be paid a lump sum within 30 days of submission of the person leading the school certificate respectively to issue diplomas certifying professional competence or of the evidence of a Qualification exam sentence for the qualification by listeners, who have completed a professional course placement at the school, issued by regional examining Board at the request of the person leading the school.

Article. 90â. [the team] 1. Natural or legal person which is not a unit of local government, public school, private school or facility, for organizational purposes combine them into the team and determine the rules for the operation of the team. The connection does not affect the distinctiveness of schools or educational establishments within the range specified in the Act, in particular as regards authorisation, withdrawal of authorisation, enter in the records and drawing from it, getting and losing the powers public school and obtaining grants.

2. (repealed).



Chapter 8a material support for Art. 90b. [the right to material support] 1. The student shall have the right to material assistance from the funds allocated for this purpose in the State budget or the budget of the relevant government entities.

2. the Financial Assistance is given to students in order to reduce differences in access to education, to allow overcoming the barriers to access to education under difficult circumstances, as well as to promote the education of students who are capable of.

3. Material support are entitled to: 1) public and private school students to public school privileges for young people and adults and the public teachers ' colleges students, teachers of foreign languages colleges and colleges of social services workers until training, no more than to complete 24 years of age;


2) pupils public and private centres for children and young people referred to in article 1. 16. 7, as well as children and adolescents with mental retardation with a charge-the implementation of compulsory education, respectively, and the obligation of science – until the completion of the implementation of the obligation to learn.

4. To provide material aid referred to in article 1. 90 c of paragraph 1. 2, also have: 1) non-public school students not having the powers of public schools for young people and for adults – until the completion of the implementation of the obligation of science, 2 private teaching colleges teachers and students) colleges foreign languages – until the completion of the training, but not longer than until 24 years of age.

Article. 90 c [nature of the aid] 1. Material support is a social or motivational.

2. Benefits of material aid of a social nature are: 1) the school scholarship;

2) school allowance.

3. Benefits of material aid to cover nature are: 1) scholarship for performance in science or sports;

2) scholarship to the Prime Minister;

3) scholarship to the proper Minister of education and upbringing;

4) scholarship to the proper Minister of culture and protection of national heritage.

4. the Student may be granted at the same time, material support of a social nature and cover.

Article. 90d. [School Scholarship] 1. School student may receive scholarship in difficult circumstances resulting from the low income per person in the family, in particular where the family is: unemployment, disability, severe or prolonged illness, wielodzietność, lack of skills, filling function protectively-educational, alcoholism or drug addiction, as well as when the family is incomplete or random event occurred, subject to the provisions of paragraph 2. 12.2. School Scholarship may be awarded to students in the form of: 1) totally or partially cover the costs of participation in educational activities, including, beyond the performed activities in school under the plan of teaching, as well as participate in the educational activities carried out outside the school;

2) relief of an educational, including, in particular, the purchase of textbooks.

3. the provision of paragraphs 1 and 2. 2 shall apply mutatis mutandis to the wards, referred to in article 1. paragraph 90b. 3, paragraph 2, and listeners ' teachers ' foreign language colleges, colleges and colleges of social services workers.

4. School Scholarship may be awarded to secondary school students and students in colleges, referred to in paragraph 1. 3, also in the form of total or partial coverage of costs associated with the collection of science outside the place of residence.

5. School Scholarship may also be granted in the form of cash benefits, where the granting authority scholarship considers that the granting of a scholarship in the forms referred to in paragraph 1. 2 and, in the case of secondary school pupils in the form referred to in paragraph 1. 4, it is not possible in the case of listeners colleges, referred to in paragraph 1. 3, the award of a scholarship in the forms referred to in paragraph 1. 2 and 4, this is not deliberate.

6. School Scholarship may be awarded to one or several forms simultaneously.

7. The monthly income per person in the family of a student to apply for a school scholarship may not be greater than the amount referred to in article 14(2). 8 paragraph 1. 1 point 2 of the Act of 12 March 2004 on social assistance (Journal of laws No. 64, item 593, no. 99, item 1001 and no. 273, item 2703).

8. The monthly income of the amount referred to in paragraph 1. 7, is determined by the principles referred to in article 1. 8 paragraph 1. 3-13 of the Act, referred to in paragraph 1. 7, except that the income does not include benefits of material aid referred to in article 1. 90 c of paragraph 1. 2 and 3.

9. School Scholarship may not be less per month than the 80% of the amount referred to in article 14(2). 6 (2). 2 section 2 of the Act of 28 November 2003 on family benefits (OJ No 228, item 2255, as amended) and may not exceed a month 200% of the amount referred to in article 14(2). 6 (2). 2 section 2 of the Act of 28 November 2003 on family benefits.

10. School Scholarship is granted for a period of not less than one month and not more than 10 months in the school year, and, in the case of teachers ' colleges teaching, listeners of foreign languages colleges and colleges of social services workers – for a period of not less than one month and not more than 9 months in a given school year.

11. If the form of the school scholarship, scholarship for school can be implemented in periods other than monthly or one time, except that the value of a scholarship to the school in the school year shall not exceed a total of 20 times the amount referred to in article 14(2). 6 (2). 2 section 2 of the Act of 28 November 2003 on family benefits and, in the case of teachers ' colleges teaching, listeners of foreign languages colleges and colleges of social services workers-osiemnastokrotności amount referred to in article 1. 6 (2). 2 section 2 of the Act of 28 November 2003 on family benefits.

12. School Scholarship is not eligible for the student who receives other scholarship of a social nature of public funds, subject to the provisions of paragraph 2. 13.13. A student who receives other scholarship of a social nature of public funds, can get a scholarship in the amount of the school, which together with another scholarship of a social nature of public funds does not exceed 20 times the amount referred to in article 14(2). 6 (2). 2 section 2 of the Act of 28 November 2003 on family benefits and, in the case of teachers ' colleges teaching, listeners of foreign languages colleges and colleges of social services workers-osiemnastokrotności amount referred to in article 1. 6 (2). 2 section 2 of the Act of 28 November 2003 on family benefits.

Article. 90e. [school Allowance] 1. School allowance may be granted to the student temporarily in difficult circumstances due to random events.

2. the school Allowance may be granted in the form of cash benefits to cover the expenditure related to the educational process or in the form of relief, of an educational, once or a few times a year, regardless of the received a scholarship to the school.

3. the amount of the school allowance may not exceed five times the amount once the amount referred to in article 14(2). 6 (2). 2 section 2 of the Act of 28 November 2003 on family benefits.

4. school allowance may be claimed not later than two months from the occurrence of the event which justifies the grant of that allowance.

Article. 90f. [rules of procedure for the granting of material aid], the Council of the municipality shall adopt rules of procedure for the granting of material aid of a social nature for students residing on the territory of the municipality, guided by the objectives of material aid of a social nature, which specifies in particular: 1) how to determine the height of the school Fellowship depending on the material situation of the students and their families and other circumstances referred to in article 1. 90d paragraph 1. 1;

2) forms, which is awarded to the school scholarship, depending on the needs of the students residing in the municipality;

3) mode and method of granting school scholarship;

4) mode and method of granting the school allowance depending on the random events.

Article. 90 g [Scholarship for performance in science or sports] 1. The school may grant scholarship for performance in science or sports.

2. Scholarship for high achievers may be awarded to a student who has obtained a high average rating and at least a good assessment of the conservation period (semester) prior period (semester) in which it is granted a scholarship and a scholarship for outstanding sport may be awarded to a student who earned high scores in sporting competitions, at least międzyszkolnym, and at least a good assessment of the conservation period (semester) prior period (semester) in which it is granted.

2A. The condition of obtaining at least a good assessment of the conduct, referred to in paragraph 1. 2, does not apply to postsecondary school students and schools for adults.

3. For the award of a scholarship for performance in science or sports achievement student can apply not earlier than after finishing the first period (semester) studying in a type of school, subject to the provisions of paragraph 2. 4 and 5.

4. Scholarship results shall not be granted to the students of classes l-III elementary school and students Grade IV elementary school to complete their first period of study.

5. Scholarship for outstanding sports shall not be granted to the students of classes l-III elementary school.

6. The principal of the school shall appoint the school Commission Scholarship Committee.

7. The average ratings referred to in paragraph 1. 2, the scholarship shall be fixed by the Commission, after consultation of the pedagogical Council and local government project.

8. An application for a scholarship for performance in science or sports achievement homeroom is composed to the Scholarship Committee, which shall transmit the application together with its opinion to the Director of the school.

9. Scholarship for performance in science or sports achievement is paid once per period (semester).

10. Scholarship for performance in science or sports achievement does not exceed the amount which is twice the amount referred to in article 1. 6 (2). 2 section 2 of the Act of 28 November 2003 on family benefits. Scholarship shall be the principal of the school, after consulting the Commission and the Council scholarship of teaching and in consultation with the professional school.

11. Scholarship for performance in science or sports achievement grants the Director of the school, after obtaining the opinion of the pedagogical Council, within the framework of the appropriations by the body for this purpose in the budget of the school.


12. the provisions of paragraphs 1 and 2. 1-3 and 6-11 shall apply mutatis mutandis to a teachers ' College, the College of foreign languages teaching and social services workers, except that an application for a scholarship for performance in science or sports achievement consists of listener.

Article. 90 h [scholarship of the President of the Council of Ministers] 1. Scholarship of the President of the Council of Ministers may be awarded to a student of the school for young people, which makes it possible to complete a certificate of maturity.

2. the scholarship of the President of the Council shall be granted to a student who has received a promotion with honors, obtaining the highest in the school's average rating or has the particular ability in at least one area of knowledge, earning it the highest results, and in other areas of knowledge results to say the least.

3. Scholarship of the President of the Council shall be granted to one student of the school for the period from September to June school year.

4. Prime Minister's Scholarship grants the President of the Council of Ministers.

Article. 90i [Scholarship proper Minister of education and upbringing] 1. Scholarship of the proper Minister of education and upbringing may be awarded to a student public school for youngsters or school non-privileged public school for youth, uzyskującemu outstanding achievements, in particular: 1) winner of the International Olympics or finaliście of the Olympics and winner nationwide or tournament;

2) winner of the competition on scientific work, organized by the scientific institution or scientific Association;

3 secondary school student) uzyskującemu the highest results by individual program or course;

4) participating in student activities College provided line of study on the basis of the provisions of the rules relating to the conditions of study attend gifted students in the classes provided for this study;

5) student who earned high scores in sporting competitions at the national or international level.

2. the proper Minister of Education Scholarship and education acknowledges the proper minister of education and upbringing.

3. The proper Minister of education and education Announces on websites relevant Ministry the number of scholarships and scholarship in each school year.

Article. 90j [Scholarship proper Minister of culture and protection of national heritage] 1. Scholarship of the proper Minister of culture and national heritage protection can be granted to a student art school leading the training in the profession.

2. the Stipend proper Minister of culture and national heritage protection can be granted to a student who has obtained in the period (semester) a very good average ratings of the subjects of artistic and student-winner of the international or domestic competition.

3. the Stipend proper Minister of culture and national heritage protection may be granted not earlier than after completion of the first year of study at a type of art school and not more often than once a year.

4. Scholarship proper Minister of culture and national heritage, protection shall be granted the proper minister of culture and protection of national heritage.

5. The proper Minister of culture and protection of national heritage, announces on the websites of the relevant Ministry the number of scholarships and scholarship in each school year.

Article. a pair of [Delegation], the Council of Ministers shall determine, by regulation, the amount of the scholarship of the President of the Council of Ministers, as well as a detailed way and for the granting and payment of the scholarships referred to in article 1. 90 c of paragraph 1. 3 point 2-4, having regard to the share of school authorities and education Superintendent in the process for candidates for the scholarships and the dates for the submission of applications for a scholarship.

Article. 90l. [Approval of the rules of procedure] individuals and legal persons, other than the units of local government, granting scholarships to students from its own resources for performance in science or sports achievement, under the conditions and in the mode specified in the set by themselves the rules may apply for approval of these terms and conditions by the proper Minister of education and upbringing.

Article. 90. [Grant to provide material aid] 1. Provision of material aid of a social character granted Mayor (Mayor, Mayor of the city).

2. the Council of the municipality may authorize the Director of social welfare to conduct proceedings in cases referred to in paragraph 1. 1. 90n. [request for provision of material aid] 1. In cases of material aid benefits of a social nature seem to administrative decisions.

2. Provide material aid of a social nature are granted: 1) the request of the parents or an adult learner;

2) up the headteacher of the school, a teachers ' College, the College of foreign languages teaching, social services staff college or Centre referred to in article 2. paragraph 90b. 3 point 2.

3. To provide material aid of a social nature may also be granted.

4. An application for provision of material aid of a social nature shall in particular: 1) the full name of the student and his parents;

2) place of residence of the student;

3) data justifying the granting of material support, including a certificate or a statement of the amount of income subject to the provisions of paragraph 2. 5;

4) the desired form of the provision of material aid other than monetary form.

5. in the case of applying for a scholarship to the school for a student whose family uses the cash benefits of the social assistance instead of the certificate or statement of income shall be submitted to a certificate or a statement of use of cash benefits from social assistance.

5a. the statements referred to in paragraph 1. 4 (3) and paragraphs 1 and 2. 5, composed under pain of criminal prosecution for perjury. Comprising a statement is required to include in it the clause reads as follows: "I am aware of criminal liability for filing a false statement." This clause shall be replaced by the letter of authority of criminal prosecution for perjury.

6. An application for a school scholarship shall be submitted to the school by 15 September of the year concerned and, in the case of teachers ' colleges teaching, listeners of foreign languages colleges and colleges of social services workers-15 October of the school year.

7. Where appropriate, an application for a scholarship to the school may be filed after the expiry of the deadline referred to in paragraph 1. 6. 90 ° [Suspension or revocation of the scholarship] 1. The parents of a student receiving a scholarship from the school shall immediately inform the authority which granted the scholarship, the cessation of the reasons that formed the basis of granting school scholarship.

2. the provision of paragraphs 1 and 2. 1 shall apply mutatis mutandis to an adult learner.

3. the provision of paragraphs 1 and 2. 1 shall apply mutatis mutandis to the principal of the school, a teachers ' College, the College of foreign languages teaching, social services staff college or Centre referred to in article 2. paragraph 90b. 3 point 2, where the Director has reasonable information about cessation of reasons that formed the basis of granting school scholarship.

4. School Scholarship suspends or revokes a in the case of cessation of reasons that formed the basis of granting school scholarship.

5. Claims unduly collected school scholarship are downloading in the provisions of the enforcement proceedings in administration.

6. the amount of import duties to be recovered and the date of return of the import duties shall be determined by administrative decision.

7. In special cases, particularly if the reimbursement of expenditure on school scholarship granted in whole or in part, would be for the person liable swamping or niweczyłby the effects of the aid, the competent authority may derogate from such requests.

Article. 90p. [provision of material aid] 1. [12] the provision of material aid of a social nature is its own municipality.

2. Providing scholarship for performance in science or sports achievement: 1) [13] public schools, teachers ' colleges, teachers ' colleges foreign languages colleges and social services employees conducted by government entities is a task of its own;

2) carried out by the schools of public bodies are not government entities and private schools, public school permission is a task of the bodies engaged in the school.

Article. 90r. [the special-purpose Grant] 1. [14] on the funding of benefits of material aid of a social character is a municipality receives a special subsidy from the State budget.

2. the Contribution referred to in paragraph 1. 1, provide the proper minister of public financies, at the request of the proper Minister of education and upbringing.

3. The proper Minister of education and upbringing, in consultation with the representation of the units of local government, shall determine, by regulation, the time limits for submission of the grant referred to in paragraph 1. 1, municipalities and how to determine the amount of this contribution, taking into account in particular: 1) tax revenue per capita in the municipality;

2) the number of children aged 6 to 18 years old, residing in the municipality of permanent residence;

3) ratio of people who have been granted an interim allowance referred to in article 2. 36 (1) (a). (b) of the Act of 12 March 2004 on social assistance, the number of people residing on the territory of the municipality of permanent residence.

4. For the financing of school allowances in the municipality shall be not more than 5% of the amount of the contribution referred to in paragraph 1. 1.


Article. 90. [financing scholarships] 1. [15] Scholarships for performance in science or sports achievement shall be financed from the revenues of units of local Government shall, subject to paragraph 2. 4-6.

2. [16] public schools run by individuals and legal entities other than government entities receive funds for the granting of scholarships for performance in science or sports achievement in the framework of the contribution referred to in article 14(2). 80 (2). 3.3. [17] non-public Schools with the permissions of the public schools receive funds for the granting of scholarships for high achievers or sports achievement in the framework of the contribution referred to in article 14(2). 90 paragraph 1. 2A and 3.

4. public schools conducted by the competent Ministers of the scholarships for the results in science or sports are financed from the State budget of the parts, which are managing helders competent Ministers.

5. public art schools run by individuals and legal entities other than government entities receive funds for the granting of scholarships for performance in science or sports achievement from the State budget under the contribution referred to in article 14(2). 80 (2). 5.6. Private art schools about permissions public schools receive funds for the granting of scholarships for high achievers or sports achievement from the State budget under the contribution referred to in article 14(2). 90 paragraph 1. 4B and 4 c.

7. the scholarship of the President of the Council is financed from the State budget, and a scholarship to the proper Minister of education and upbringing, and a scholarship to the proper Minister of culture and national heritage protection are financed from the State budget of the parts whose managing helders are appropriately proper minister of education and upbringing, and the proper minister of culture and protection of national heritage.

Article. 90t. [software units of local government] 1. Government entities can create regional or local programs: 1) align the educational opportunities of children and adolescents;

2) support education for the gifted children and young people.

2. For the implementation of the programmes referred to in paragraph 1. 1, units of local Government shall allocate the own resources, and may also allocate public funds referred to in article 1. 5 paragraph 1. 1, points 2 and 3 of the Act of 30 June 2005 on public finances.

3. Government entities can create programs referred to in paragraph 1. 1, in cooperation with the organizations referred to in article 1. 3 paragraphs 1 and 2. 2 and 3 of the Act of 24 April 2003 on the activities of nonprofit and voluntary service (Journal of laws No. 96, item 873 of 2004 and no. 64, item 593, Nr 116, poz. 1203 and no. 210, poz. 2135).

4. in the case of the adoption of the programmes referred to in paragraph 1. 1, the body representing government entities specifies detailed rules for the provision of assistance to children and adolescents, the form and scope of this assistance, including scholarships for gifted students and course of action in these cases, having regard in particular to projects conducive to the Elimination of barriers to education, as well as of a person or group of persons eligible for aid and educational needs in the area.

Article. 90u. [educational opportunities equalisation Programme] 1. The Council of Ministers may adopt a governmental program or programs aimed at: 1) align the educational opportunities of children and young people and other social groups;

2) to support the creation and implementation of regional or local programmes, referred to in article 1. 90t paragraph 1. 1 (1), created by government entities or organizations referred to in article 1. 3 paragraphs 1 and 2. 2 and 3 of the Act of 24 April 2003 on the activities of nonprofit and volunteering;

3) to support the creation and implementation of regional or local programmes, referred to in article 1. 90t paragraph 1. 1 point 2, created by government entities or organizations referred to in article 1. 3 paragraphs 1 and 2. 2 and 3 of the Act of 24 April 2003 on the activities of nonprofit and volunteering;

4) support the creation of the conditions for the exercise of preventive health students;

5) power of the bodies engaged in the school or facility to ensure safe conditions for science, education and care or in raising the level of discipline in schools or institutions;

6) development of competencies, interests and talents of children and youth and other social groups, including assisting the authorities of leading the school or institution in the implementation of projects in this area;

7) to support projects in the field of education the patriotic and civic children and youth.

2. the co-financing of the programmes referred to in paragraph 1. 1 point 2 and 3, shall be granted the special-purpose grant, after ensuring the participation of own funds government entities or organizations referred to in article 14(2). 3 paragraphs 1 and 2. 2 and 3 of the Act of 24 April 2003 on the activities of nonprofit and volunteering, or raise by this unit or the organisation of resources from other sources for the implementation of the created by the local government or regional or local organization.

3. on the co-financing of the programmes referred to in paragraph 1. 1, can be used overseas funds within the meaning of the Act of 20 April 2004 on the National Development Plan (OJ No 116, poz. 1206, 2005 No. 90, item 759 and No 267, poz. 2251 and 2006 no. 149, poz. 1074) and the Act of 6 December 2006 on the basis of policy development (Journal of laws No. 227 , item. 1658). 4. In the case of adoption of the programme or programmes, referred to in paragraph 1. 1, the Council of Ministers shall determine, by regulation, respectively: 1) detailed rules for the provision of assistance to children and young people and other social groups covered by the programme referred to in paragraph 1. 1 point 1 of the form and scope of this assistance and the procedure in these matters, having regard in particular to projects conducive to the Elimination of barriers to education, as well as persons and groups of persons eligible for aid;

2) detailed rules for the financing of regional or local programmes, referred to in paragraph 1. 1 point 2, the conditions to be met by these programs, entities carrying out the evaluation of the programmes and the participation of the own resources necessary to apply for a grant, as well as the manner and mode of choice programs, which will be awarded funding, taking into account in particular the educational needs in the area, student achievement, including in particular the results of the test, exam, exam and matriculation examination attesting competence in the profession and, in the case of applying for funding by the local government is also expenditure on education in the budget of the unit;

3) detailed rules for the financing of regional or local programmes, referred to in paragraph 1. 1, paragraph 3, the conditions which must be met by these programs, entities carrying out the evaluation of the programmes and the participation of the own resources necessary to apply for a grant, as well as the manner and mode of choice programs, which will be awarded funding, taking into account in particular the needs and learning opportunities of students, their teaching base, necessary for the implementation of the programme, the preparation of school staff and the material conditions;

4) detailed the conditions, forms and support mode of creating the conditions for the exercise of preventive health students, having regard in particular to the creation of treatment preventive health care for students;

5) forms and scope of support, leading authorities to provide safe conditions for science, education and health care in schools and care or raising the level of discipline in schools or institutions, the way the State budget allocation of resources allocated for the implementation of the programme, the detailed criteria and conclusions the evaluation mode of the leading bodies for the financial support and the extent to which information should include the request of the operator for financial support having regard in particular to the requirement of the efficiency and effectiveness of the measures undertaken under the programme;

6) detailed conditions, form and mode of implementation of the projects in the development of competencies, interests and talents of children and youth and other social groups, as well as the conditions and support the leading bodies of the school or institution in the implementation of projects in this area, taking into account the need to develop skills to help adapt to changes in social and economic life, the possibility of providing financial support to bodies engaged in the school or facility and the requirement of effectiveness and efficiency of budget spending;

7) detailed the conditions, forms and supporting projects in the field of education the patriotic and civic children and youth, having regard, in particular, to assist in learning about places of National Remembrance.



Chapter 9 specific provisions Article. 91. (repealed).

Article. 91a. (repealed).

Article. 92. [health care] 1. The students, with the exception of the high school students to adults, are preventative health care benefits.

2. The organization and form of preventative health care over the students lay down provisions on the general health insurance [18].

Article. 92a. [activities] 1. In their free time from school activities for students can be organized colonies, camps and other activities.


1a. during the holidays children and youth held in the forms referred to in paragraph 1. 1, educator or the Manager of the activities may not be the person penalized for a deliberate crime against life and health, to the detriment of a minor, a crime against morals and sexual freedom to the detriment of a minor, an offense against the family and care, with the exception of the offences referred to in article 1. 209 of the Act of 6 June 1997, the Penal Code (Journal of laws No. 88, item 553, with further amendments), the offence referred to in section 7 of the Act of 29 July 2005 on the prevention of drug addiction (OJ of 2012. poz. 124 and 2015. poz. 28), or the person to whom the prohibition has been ordered to bring up related activities, treatment, education of minors or care of them or the obligation to refrain from being in certain environments or places a ban on contacting specific people restraining certain persons or ban on leaving a specific place of residence without the consent of the Court.

1B. In order to confirm the condition referred to in paragraph 1. 1A, candidate for teacher or Manager activities of children and youth is required to submit to the organizer of activities of children and youth information from national criminal record. Candidate for teacher or Manager activities, which at the same time it is employed on the basis of the provisions, which include the condition of no criminal record for a crime committed intentionally, is composed in the form of a written statement of no criminal record for offences referred to in paragraph 1. 1a. 2. The proper Minister of education and upbringing determines, by regulation, conditions which must be fulfilled by the organizers of the activities of children and adolescents, as well as rules for its organization and supervision.

Article. 93. [Certificates obtained abroad confirming the secondary education and permission to apply for admission to higher education] 1. Secondary education and permission to apply for admission to higher education in the Republic of Poland confirm: 1) certificates and other documents issued by the school or educational institution working in the education system, a Member State of the European Union, Member State of the Organisation for economic cooperation and development (OECD), a Member State of the European free trade agreement (EFTA) – the parties to the agreement on the European economic area, to apply for admission to higher education in those States;

2) diplomas, IB (International Baccalaureate) issued by the International Baccalaureate Organization in Geneva;

3) diplomas, EB (European Baccalaureate) issued by the European schools in accordance with the Convention on the Statute of the European schools, done at Luxembourg on June 21, 1994 (Dz. u. of 2005, no. 3, item 10).

2. the certificates and other documents issued abroad by a school or educational institutions recognized by the State on whose territory or in which the education system work, it is considered under the conditions laid down in the international agreements.

3. If the international agreements provide otherwise, certificates and other documents issued abroad by a school or educational institutions recognized by the State on whose territory or in which the education system Act, may be considered by way of administrative decision for evidence of basic education in the Republic of Poland, the grammar school, the essential professional or average, or permission to continue learning, including permission to apply for admission to higher education taking into account the terms of reference in the country of issue of the certificate or other document.

4. If the certificate or other document referred to in paragraph 1. 1, paragraph 1 or in paragraph 2. 3, entitles you to apply for admission to specific courses in the State, this certificate or document is confirmed in the Republic of Poland to apply for permission to adopt the same or similar due to the program of training courses or higher may be considered as evidence in the Republic of Poland to apply for permission to adopt the same or similar due to the program of training courses.



Article. 93A [obstacles to the submission of the original or a duplicate of the certificate] If the submission of the original or a duplicate certificate or other instrument referred to in article 2. paragraph 93. 3, or authentication of the certificate or other document encounters difficult to remove obstacles for a person who: 1) has obtained refugee status or subsidiary protection or who holds a temporary residence permit is granted in view of the fact, referred to in article 14(2). 159 paragraph 1. 1 (1) (a). (c) or (d) of the Act of 12 December 2013 on foreigners (OJ item 1650 and from 2014, item 463 and 1004), or 2) has been injured as a result of armed conflict, natural disasters or other humanitarian crises, caused by nature or man – basic education, essential grammar school and the average obtained by that person abroad or held by that person permission to continue learning obtained abroad , including permission to apply for admission to higher education, it can be confirmed in the Republic of Poland by way of an administrative decision.



Article. 93b. [the competent authority in matters relating to the recognition of a certificate or other document] 1. In matters relating to the recognition of a certificate or other document referred to in article 1. paragraph 93. 3, or for confirmation of education or permission to continue learning, as referred to in article 1. 93A, the Superintendent at the place of residence of the applicant, hereinafter referred to as "the applicant", and in the absence of a place of residence in the territory of the Republic of Poland is a competent Superintendent due to established institutions, in which the applicant intends to submit a certificate or other document issued abroad.

2. If the applicant is a party to proceedings referred to in article 2. 93A paragraph 1 administrative decision seems like a competent Superintendent for California.



Article. 93c. [the proceedings on the recognition of a certificate or other document] 1. In the proceedings on the recognition of a certificate or other document referred to in article 2. paragraph 93. 3, and in confirmation proceedings of education or permission to continue learning, as referred to in article 1. 93A, curator of education compares the course of training abroad with education in the Republic of Poland in public schools, taking into account the content of the training, standards and evaluation, learning outcomes or the scheduled time and permission to continue learning at the specified level, respectively, in the country of issue of the certificate or other document or in the country get an education or permission to continue learning. The recipe article. paragraph 93. 4 shall apply mutatis mutandis.

2. In case of doubt concerning: 1) the course of training in the educational system of the Member State issuing the certificate or other document referred to in article 2. paragraph 93. 3, or get an education or permission to continue learning, as referred to in article 1. 93A, 2) status of a school or educational institution in the country of issue of the certificate or other document referred to in article 2. paragraph 93. 3, or get an education or permission to continue learning, as referred to in article 1. 93A-Superintendent may ask for information in a particular organizational unit in the Republic of Poland to the function of the national ENIC Network Information Centre, referred to in the Convention on the recognition of qualifications related to obtaining higher education in the European Region, done at Lisbon on 11 April 1997 (Dz. u. 2004.233, item No. 2339), consular representation in the Republic of Poland, respectively, of the Member State issuing the certificate or other document or a Member State obtaining education or permission to continue learning or consular representation of the Republic of Poland, whose territorial competence shall concern Member States accordingly for the issue of a certificate or other document or a Member State obtaining education or permission to continue learning.



Article. 93d [Talk to check level of education] 1. In the proceedings on the recognition of a certificate or other document referred to in article 2. paragraph 93. 3, if the certificate or other document does not give rise to the discretion of the Superintendent, may carry out a conversation with the applicant to check the level of its education, hereinafter referred to as "talking to check".

2. in proceedings concerning confirmation of education or permission to continue learning, as referred to in article 1. 93A, the Superintendent shall be carried out with the applicant an interview to check, unless on the basis of the documents submitted by the applicant, directly or indirectly, it is possible to establish the fact of obtaining overseas education or permission to continue learning.



Article. 93e [scope of screening calls] Superintendent specifies the scope of screening calls, given the scope of the requirements for skills and knowledge, which should have a student after completion of specified education stage in accordance with the general education programme, and taking into account the specifics of the training in the educational system of the Member State issuing the certificate or other document referred to in article 2. paragraph 93. 3, or get an education or permission to continue learning, as referred to in article 1. 93A. 93f [Conduct screening interviews] 1. The conversation that checks shall be carried out, the Commission set up by the guardian of education.

2. If the appeals that the applicant's interest in valid, referred to in article 1. 93A paragraph 1, curator of education for California may appoint a Commission in kuratorze education right at the place of residence of the applicant.

3. The Commission shall consist of:


1) Superintendent or designated by the Board of Trustees of the employee education, as Chairman;

2) teachers teach subjects covered by talking to check on the level of training to get an education or permission to continue learning for which recognition is sought confirmation or, respectively, the applicant, as the members of the Commission.

4. In the case referred to in paragraph 1. 2, the Superintendent may appoint members of the Commission from among the candidates presented by the curator of education proper due to the place of residence of the applicant, as referred to in article 1. 93A paragraph 1.

5. the members of the Commission shall receive the remuneration for the work of the Commission.



Article. 93g [the fee for carrying out screening calls] 1. Conduct screening interviews is subject to payment of a fee. The fee is the income of the State budget.

2. The amount of the fee is the sum of the costs of remuneration of the members of the Commission and an interpreter.

3. Superintendent exempt from fees: 1) to the applicant referred to in article 2. 93A paragraph 1;

2) applicant, who gets the benefits referred to in article 2. 37 or article. 38 of the Act of 12 March 2004 on social assistance, or download such benefits during the last two years preceding the application for the recognition of appropriate certificates or any other document referred to in article 2. paragraph 93. 3, or confirmation of education or permission to continue learning, as referred to in article 1. 93A. 4. Superintendent may lay out the obligation to pay the fee in installments, if appeals for the important interests of the applicant.

5. If the conversation to check not held for reasons of health or random applicants, or part of the fee may be refunded.



Article. 93h. [Delegation] proper Minister of education and upbringing shall determine by regulation: 1) the types of documents, which shall be submitted together with the application for the recognition of a certificate or other document referred to in article 2. paragraph 93. 3, and the requirements concerning the form of the documents submitted, 2) types of documents, which shall be submitted together with the application for confirmation of education or permission to continue learning, as referred to in article 1. 93A, which directly or indirectly apparent possession by the applicant education obtained abroad or acquiring permission to continue study abroad) way to authenticate the certificates or other documents referred to in article 1. paragraph 93. 3, 4) the conditions to be met by the translation of certificates or other documents referred to in article 1. paragraph 93. 3, and the documents referred to in point 2, 5) the conditions and methods of screening calls, including the composition of the Commission, referred to in article 14(2). paragraph 93f. 1, and the conditions for fixing the result of screening calls, as well as a range of items which may be included in the conversation that checks, 6) the remuneration of the members of the Committee referred to in article 2. paragraph 93f. 5, not more than 10% of the minimum rate of the basic salary of the teacher certification, professional title master of pedagogic, based on art. 30 paragraph 1. 5 paragraph 1 of the law of 26 January 1982 – teacher's Card, 7) mode for the lodgement fee, referred to in article 14(2). 93g paragraph 1. 1, 8) the amount of the fee that may be refunded in the cases referred to in article 1. 93g paragraph 1. 5, and the reimbursement of the fee, 9) the cases in which the fee referred to in article 14(2). 93g paragraph 1. 1, non-refundable – taking into account the principles of transparency and consistency of the procedures and the application of objective criteria when examining applications for recognition of certificates or other documents, arising from the Convention on the recognition of qualifications related to obtaining higher education in the European Region, done at Lisbon on 11 April 1997.

Article. 94. [Education abroad] 1. Pupils and teachers ' improvement can be done abroad, on the basis of international agreements, direct cooperation agreements concluded by the school authorities of leading schools, government entities, government authorities, teacher training and facility improvement, educational programmes of the European Union or at the invitation of the foreign entities.

1a. the period of excellence abroad is for the period of employment of a teacher in the country, which depends on the permissions, under the conditions laid down in the regulation referred to in paragraph 1. 2.2. The proper Minister of education and upbringing, in consultation with the Minister responsible for Foreign Affairs, shall determine, by regulation, conditions, targeting overseas students to education and teachers in order to improve, having regard in particular to: 1) the possibility of granting a scholarship and other benefits;

2) period for which the scholarship is granted, and the detailed terms and conditions of payment of the stipend and other benefits;

3) minimum scholarship, the amount of the basic salary and allowance, referred to in the provisions on remuneration and the legal remedies available to members of the foreign service;

4) the possibility of teachers in employment training leave or free and the period for which the grant of the leave, as well as the rules for calculating the amount of remuneration for the period of training leave;

5) the possibility of granting benefits to the families of the persons referred to in point 4;

6) authorities empowered to grant scholarships and benefits and the granting of leave;

7) conditions for determining the period of excellence abroad to a period of employment in the country;

8) terms of reference aimed at students and teachers abroad and the conditions for the reimbursement of paid them grants and benefits.

Article. 94a [non-Polish citizens] 1. Non-Polish citizens benefit from learning and care in public kindergartens or other forms of public pre-primary education as well as in private kindergartens, referred to in article 1. 90 paragraph 1. 1B, and other forms of private pre-primary education, referred to in article 1. 90 paragraph 1. 1 c and subject to subject to compulsory full-time schooling benefit from learning and care in public primary schools, gymnasiums, public artistic schools and in schools, including the art institutions, the conditions concerning the Polish citizens.

1a. the non-Polish nationals, subject to the obligation to learn, enjoy learning and care in public secondary schools on the terms and conditions relating to the Polish citizens to complete 18 years of age or completion of secondary school.

2. The conditions concerning the Polish citizens from learning in public schools for adults, public schools, colleges, public schools, public schools, public establishments and public teacher training colleges and social services employees with continuing education in the form of the qualification vocational courses: 1) the citizens of the Member States of the European Union, Member State of the European Free Trade Association (EFTA) – the parties to the agreement on the European economic area or the Swiss Confederation as well as their family members who have the right of residence or the right of permanent residence;

2 Polish origin) of the person within the meaning of the provisions on repatriation;

3) persons to whom it is granted a permit for permanent residence in the territory of the Republic of Poland;

4) persons with a valid Card Pole;

5) persons for whom permission is due to international agreements;

6) persons who have been given refugee status and members of their families;

7) persons having agreed to stay tolerated;

7A), which have been granted permission to stay on humanitarian grounds, and members of their families;

8) persons granted subsidiary protection status and members of their families;

9) persons enjoying temporary protection on the territory of the Republic of Poland;

10) people on the territory of the Republic of Poland granted long-term resident's residence permit in the European Union;

11) people on the territory of the Republic of Poland has been granted a temporary residence permit in view of the fact, referred to in article 14(2). 127. 159 paragraph 1. 1, art. 176 or article. paragraph 186. 1, paragraph 3 or 4 of the Act of 12 December 2013 on foreigners (OJ item 1650);

12) [19] family members of applicants for international protection;

13) persons who hold a residence permit with the heading "access to the labour market", a Schengen visa or a national visa issued in order to perform work on the territory of the Republic of Poland.

2A. For members of the families of the persons referred to in paragraph 1. 2:1) point 1 is considered the person referred to in article 1. 2 section 4 of the Act of 14 July 2006 on entry into the territory of the Republic of Poland, their stay and departure from the territory of nationals of the Member States of the European Union and members of their families (Journal of laws No. 144, item 1043, 2007, no. 120, item 818 and 2008 No 216, item 1367);

2) point 6, 7a, 8 and 12 is considered a spouse and minor children of such persons not married and are dependent on them and, in the case of minors, persons referred to in paragraphs 6 and 8, their preliminary in a straight line or adult responsible for a minor in accordance with the laws in force in the Republic of Poland.

3. Non-Polish nationality not mentioned in paragraph 1. 2 can benefit from learning in public schools for adults, public schools, colleges, public schools, public schools, public establishments and public teacher training colleges and social services employees with continuing education in the form of the qualification vocational courses: 1) as grantees receiving a scholarship granted by the proper Minister of education and upbringing;


2) grantees receiving a scholarship granted by the host school, Department of teacher education or the establishment, by the Director of the school, the teacher training establishment or institution;

3) on the terms and conditions of remuneration.

3A. the amount of remuneration for the use of science in public schools, facilities, teacher training establishments, colleges and social services workers for life-long learning in the form of professional courses for qualification referred to in paragraph 1. 3 paragraph 3, and the way of payment of fees shall be determined, taking into account the body expected costs or education provided benefits and the possibility of total or partial exemption from the fee.

4. Non-Polish nationality, subject to subject to compulsory full-time schooling or to science, which does not know the Polish language or know him at a level insufficient to use science, have the right to an additional, free Polish language. Added Polish language learning for those organising body.

4A. the persons referred to in paragraph 1. 4, have the right to assistance by a person Empress of the language of the country of origin, employed as a teacher's aid by the principal of the school. The aid shall be granted for a period not longer than 12 months.

4B. The permission referred to in paragraph 1. 4, also to persons who are nationals of Polish, subject to subject to compulsory full-time schooling or to science, which does not know the Polish language or know him at a level insufficient to use; These people make use of the powers referred to in paragraph 1. 4, no longer than for a period of 12 months.

4. persons referred to in paragraph 1. 4 and 4b, you can benefit from additional compensatory classes in terms of subjects organized by the body, however not longer than for a period of 12 months.

5. For non-Polish nationality, subject to compulsory full-time schooling, consular or diplomatic service of their country of origin in the administrative or educational-Cultural Association of the nationalities can organize in a school, in consultation with the Director of the school and with the consent of the authority leading, learning the language and culture of the country of origin. The school provides free facilities and teaching aids.

6. The proper Minister of education and upbringing, in consultation with the Minister responsible for Cultural Affairs and the protection of the national heritage shall determine by regulation: 1) the conditions and mode of admission to public kindergartens, other forms of pre-school education, schools, including art schools, and lifelong learning in the form of non-vocational courses Polish nationals qualifier and Polish citizens who received education in schools in the education systems of other Member States as well as the types of evidence of the level of education and the State of health of these people, and how to qualify to the appropriate class or on the appropriate semester, having regard to the lack of knowledge of the Polish language by the candidate or the inability to submit the candidate documents the completion of overseas school or the next stage of education;

2) way to organize additional Polish language, extra-curricular activities in terms of subjects and learning the language and culture of the country of origin, referred to in paragraph 1. 4 and 4b-5, taking into account the dimension of the hours and the minimum number of people for whom organized learning the language and culture of the country of origin;

3) scholarship for persons referred to in paragraph 1. 3, paragraph 1, and the cases in which the scholarship may be reduced or suspended, given the scholarship of the President of the Council of Ministers, referred to in the rules pursuant to article 114. 90 k article. 94b. [order of the tasks of the Foundation for the development of the education system] the proper Minister of education and upbringing can have the Foundation for the development of the education system, which is the Foundation of the State Treasury, the completion of the tasks in the field of education and of education in the programmes of the European Union concerning the education, training, youth and sport. To carry out these tasks, the Foundation for the development of the education system receives a special grant from the part of the State budget, which is Administrator of the proper minister of education and upbringing.



Article. 94c. [Promote international cooperation activities by the Ministry of children and youth] proper Minister of education and education can promote international cooperation activities of children and adolescents, including through their funding, taking into account the annual and multiannual plans for foreign cooperation proper Minister of education and upbringing.

Article. 95. [Delegation] proper Minister of education and upbringing shall determine, by regulation, the terms and conditions of employment in schools and public facilities teachers of non-Polish citizens.

Article. 95A [Delegation] proper Minister of education and upbringing, in consultation with the Minister responsible for Labour Affairs, shall determine, by regulation, health and safety general regulations applicable to public and private schools and institutions, taking into account, in particular, of the working conditions and learning during his stay at the school, including in workshops, laboratories, and classrooms, and during the course of physical education during the sports competitions and tourist trips, and the investigation of accidents.

Article. 96. (repealed).



Chapter 10 Changes in the provisions of the existing Article. 97. (omitted).

Article. 98. (omitted).

Article. 99. (omitted).

Article. 100. (omitted).

Article. 101. (omitted).

Article. 102. (omitted).

Article. 103. (omitted).



Chapter 11 transitional and final provisions Article. 104. [Task of the municipality] 1. Keeping primary schools, with the exception of special schools (including schools in prisons and correctional facilities and shelters for minors) and artistic, goes to the mandatory tasks of their own municipalities on January 1, 1994, subject to the provisions of paragraph 2. 2.2. A municipality may determine another date of acquisition than schools referred to in paragraph 1. 1, but no later than 1 January 1996 on nieprzejęciu conduct primary schools with effect from 1 January 1994, the municipality shall notify the competent Superintendent of education until 30 December 1993.

3. (repealed).

4. Carrying out secondary school, art schools l and outlets may be provided, at its request, as the task of its own, with the consent of the authority leading the school and after informing the competent Superintendent of education for at least 6 months before the date of acquisition.

5. the assets of the schools reported as specified in paragraph 1. 2 and 4 are part of municipal property from the date of transfer.

6. Until 31 December 1995, non-public elementary schools receive grants from the State budget on the principles laid down in the rules pursuant to article 114. 90 paragraph 1. 5.7. By the time it was acquired by the municipality of schools referred to in paragraph 1. 1, the composition of the Commission conducting the contest for the Director of the elementary school of two representatives of the relevant municipality, if the contest for the principal of the school shall be carried out other than the municipality body.

Article. 105. [Running kindergartens] the task of their own in the conduct, referred to in article 1. 5 paragraph 1. 5, the task becomes mandatory on January 1, 1992.

Article. 106. [public schools] Operating on the date of entry into force of the law State schools or run by municipalities become public schools within the meaning of the Act.

Article. 107. [Houses a small child] 1. Houses a small child running at the date of entry into force of the Act on January 1, 1993, is transformed into a facility for the education and care-educational as defined in the Act, carried out by the proper Minister of education and upbringing and subordinated to him.

2. the Council of Ministers shall determine in detail the principles and mode of transformation of houses a small child in the education and care facility-, referred to in paragraph 1. 1. 108. (omitted).

Article. 109. [Superintendent] 1. A person acting on the date of entry into force of the law functions of curators of education and upbringing have become curators of education, referred to in the Act.

2. workers employed at the date of entry into force of the law in regional school inspectorates of education and upbringing to become employees of the kuratoriów of education, referred to in the Act.

Article. 110. (omitted).

Article. 111. (omitted).

Article. 112. (repealed).

Article. 113. [Current Rights] 1. (omitted).

2. Existing powers to keep schools and other establishments, the resulting from the rules pursuant to article 114. 38 paragraph 1. the Act referred to in article 1. 114 section 2 shall remain in force until the provisions provided for in article 4. 29 of this Act.

Article. 114. [the provisions repealed] are hereby repealed: 1) the Decree of 23 March 1956 to children (OJ No 9, item 52, 1961 No. 32, item 160, 1971 No. 12, item 115 and 1989 No. 35, item 192);

2) Act of 15 July 1961 on the development of the system of education and upbringing (OJ No 32, item 160, 1971 No. 12, item 115, 1972, no. 16, item 114, 1975 No. 45, item 234, 1984 no. 49, item 253, 1989 No 29, item 155 and no. 35, item 192 and of 1990 No. 34 , item. 197 and 198).

Article. 115. [entry into force], the Act shall enter into force on the date of the notice, except that the provisions of Chapter 7 shall enter into force on 1 January 1992.

[1] on the basis of article. 18 section 6 of the Act of 13 June 2013. amending the law on the education system and certain other laws (OJ item 827; ost –: OJ from 2014, item 7). 14 paragraph 1. (4A) shall enter into force on September 1, 2017.

[2] on the basis of article. 11 (1). 1 of the law of 13 June 2013. amending the law on the education system and certain other laws (OJ item 827; ost –: OJ from 2014, item 7) annual amount referred to in article 14(2). 14 d of paragraph 1. 4:1) in 2013 – $ 414;

2) in 2014-$ 1242;

3) in 2015 – £ 1273;


4) in 2016-1305 PLN;

5) 2017-£ 1338;

6) in 2018-1370 PLN;

7) in 2019 – $ 1403;

8) in 2020-1437 zł;

9) in 2021-1471.

[3] on the basis of article. 18 section 6 of the Act of 13 June 2013. amending the law on the education system and certain other laws (OJ item 827; ost –: OJ from 2014, item 7). 14 d of paragraph 1. 7 shall enter into force on September 1, 2017.

[4] on the basis of article. 20 section 4 in relation to the article. 1 section 11 of the Act of 6 December 2013. amending the law on the education system and certain other laws (Journal of laws of 2014. item 7; ost –: OJ from 2015. poz. 357) article. 20 l is added on January 1, 2016.

[5] on the basis of article. 23 paragraph 1. 1 of the law of 20 February 2015, amending the law on the education system and certain other laws (OJ item 357) section 3a, shall be applicable as from the school year 2015/2016.

[6] on the basis of article. 24 paragraph 1. 1 of the law of 20 February 2015, amending the law on the education system and certain other laws (OJ item 357) section 3b, applicable as from the school year 2015/2016.

[7] on the basis of article. 33 of the Act of 20 February 2015, amending the law on the education system and certain other laws (OJ item 357) article. paragraph 61. 3A applies to students in the branch: 1) class II public elementary school-the school year 2015/2016.

2) public class III elementary school-the school year 2016/2017.

[8] on the basis of article. 33 of the Act of 20 February 2015, amending the law on the education system and certain other laws (OJ item 357) article. paragraph 61. 3B applies to students in the branch: 1) class II public elementary school-the school year 2015/2016.

2) public class III elementary school-the school year 2016/2017.

[9] on the basis of article. 33 of the Act of 20 February 2015, amending the law on the education system and certain other laws (OJ item 357) article. paragraph 61. 3 c applies to students in the branch: 1) class II public elementary school-the school year 2015/2016.

2) public class III elementary school-the school year 2016/2017.

[10] on the basis of article. 33 of the Act of 20 February 2015, amending the law on the education system and certain other laws (OJ item 357) article. paragraph 61. 3D applies to students in the branch: 1) class II public elementary school-the school year 2015/2016.

2) public class III elementary school-the school year 2016/2017.

[11] on the basis of article. 33 of the Act of 20 February 2015, amending the law on the education system and certain other laws (OJ item 357) article. paragraph 61. 3E applies to students in the branch: 1) class II public elementary school-the school year 2015/2016.

2) public class III elementary school-the school year 2016/2017.

[12] on the basis of the judgment of the Constitutional Court of 20 March 2007 (OJ c. No 53, item. 358) article. 90p paragraph 1. 1 complies with article 4(1). paragraph 167. 1 and 4, of the Constitution of the REPUBLIC.

[13] on the basis of the judgment of the Constitutional Court of 20 March 2007 (OJ c. No 53, item. 358) article. 90p paragraph 1. 2 paragraph 1 complies with article 4(1). paragraph 167. 1 and 4, of the Constitution of the REPUBLIC.

[14] on the basis of the judgment of the Constitutional Court of 20 March 2007 (OJ c. No 53, item. 358) article. 90r paragraph 1. 1 complies with article 4(1). paragraph 167. 1 and 4, of the Constitution of the REPUBLIC and art. 9. (2) the European Charter on local self-government, drawn up in Strasbourg on 15 October 1985 (OJ 1994 no. 124, item 607 and from 2006, No 154, poz. 1107).

[15] on the basis of the judgment of the Constitutional Court of 20 March 2007 (OJ c. No 53, item. 358) article. 90s paragraph 1. 1 complies with article 4(1). paragraph 167. 1 and 4, of the Constitution of the REPUBLIC.

[16] on the basis of the judgment of the Constitutional Court of 20 March 2007 (OJ c. No 53, item. 358) article. 90s paragraph 1. 2 complies with article 4(1). paragraph 167. 1 and 4, of the Constitution of the REPUBLIC.

[17] on the basis of the judgment of the Constitutional Court of 20 March 2007 (OJ c. No 53, item. 358) article. 90s paragraph 1. 3 complies with article 4(1). paragraph 167. 1 and 4, of the Constitution of the REPUBLIC.

[18] currently: the provisions of the Act of 27 August 2004 on publicly-funded health care benefits (Journal of laws No. 210, poz. 2135), which entered into force on 1 October 2004, and the provisions issued under it, pursuant to article 18. 229 point 2 of this Act.

[19] Article. 94a paragraph 1. 2. the following point 12, set by the article. 4 of the Act of 10 September 2015, amending the law on granting protection to aliens in the territory of the Republic of Poland and certain other acts (OJ poz. 1607). The amendment entered into force on 13 November 2015.

Related Laws

2015 6.29.1NMAC